Rod Yapp: Next Level Business with High-Performance Leadership

Listen to our exclusive interview with Rod Yapp:

Subscribe to this show on Spotify  |  iTunes  |  Stitcher  |  Soundcloud

What makes a great leader in today’s world? Has leadership changed over time? Rod Yap is a high-performance leadership expert who answers those questions for us in this discussion.

Rod Yapp is a former Royal Marine Officer and the founder of Leadership Forces, a program that takes the high-performance principles of the Royal Marines and applies it to leadership development. Rod has exemplified leadership on the front lines (literally) in Afghanistan and Libya and now uses that experience in order to develop leaders within organizations such as Land Rover, HSBC, and NATO.

Learn more about Rod and his work at > https://www.leadershipforces.com

We also recommend:

Transcription of Interview

(Transcribed by Otter.ai, there may be errors)

Adam G. Force 00:11

Hey, what’s up, everybody? Welcome back to the Change Creator podcast show hope y’all are doing well. This is your host, Adam force. Today we’re going to be talking to somebody about leadership. But before I get into that intro, just a reminder, if you missed the last episode that was posted about a week ago, Amy and I spoke about the hard truth around delegating for your startup. This can be a tough one man, you can really get yourself into a financial pickle if you’re bringing in the wrong people at the wrong time. So this is something that we’ve been through ourselves and was kind of like a growing pain, if you will. So some really valuable input there just from our experience that we kind of kick around and share some insights that you may or may not be aware of. So I think it’s it’s a really healthy conversation. And as you’re looking to grow your business, you’ll find some good nuggets in there. So go back, check that If you haven’t already, this week, we’re going to be speaking with somebody by the name of Roderick Yap, calm rod. He’s the CEO of leadership forces. So he’s got a lot of experience as a speaker, a leadership coach, and all that kind of stuff. And he was actually in the, he’s a former Royal Marines officer. All right. And so he led the Marines, all different operations all around the world, whether it was in Somalia, Afghanistan, Libya, and all these different places. And then in 2012, he joined a group called the, your Renko group, and he was actually responsible for developing leaders using an operational excellence model. And then as of 2015, he decided to found found the leadership forces business which focused on developing leaders within organizations and he’s worked with clients such as HSBC, Deloitte, Jaguar Land Rover, Rolls Royce and NATO and all kinds have other great organizations. So he’s really stepped up into this leadership role, and he has a lot of great experience to share. Because it’s so important for our businesses. I mean, great leadership can be a game changer for long term differentiation and success. So we’re gonna dive into this conversation with rod in just a minute. Just a reminder, we always have lots of fresh content coming out on Change, Creator calm, so swing by get all the new goodies. And if you haven’t already signed up for the captivate method, there is a waitlist there, you can jump on our site on the homepage, you’ll find that you can sign up. This is all about how do we how do we communicate effectively with storytelling? And how do we apply that to our business? We call this a digital conversation. really powerful stuff. And we’ve seen some great success from our current students and members. It’s a really fun community. So check that out, and we’ll send you some information. All right, guys, I’m gonna dive into it. Don’t forget to stop by iTunes and other places that we are like Spotify leave us reviews, ratings, all that good stuff. It helps us a lot and we really appreciate your support and ongoing, you know, listenership so thanks again and we’re gonna dive into this conversation with rod. Okay, show me that he Hey rod, welcome to the Change Creator podcast show how you doing today man?

Rod Yap 03:25

Good thanks very, very pleased to be here.

Adam G. Force 03:27

Yeah, well Awesome. Thanks for being here. So, you know, I’m just I leadership is something that as we go into 2020 I’m putting more emphasis on just because it’s such an important part of operating a business that becomes you know, profitable successful. And I think leadership especially when it comes to building a team is really important. So tell me just a little bit about like, what’s going on in your life right now. Like what’s, what’s the latest, the greatest just to kind of tell us where you are

Rod Yap 04:01

So I’m continuing to develop my business I started in July 2015, how they felt that there was sort of something that I could add to this industry. I sort of looked at the kind of market and felt that most leadership development professionals tend to tell us a lot of ex HR, or organizational psychology backgrounds, and I had different, you know, I was more of a sort of practitioner. So I felt I could sort of take that experience, and, and sort of build a business around that. And when I sort of think about, you know, my background is, is obviously, as an officer in the Royal Marines, I think about my career in the military. You know, it really was developing people it was helping my Marines to get better at their jobs to become more effective to comply performance. That was what I enjoyed most about the whole my, my sort of seven years in the Corps. So I wanted to see if I could replicate something similar to that in the commercial world.

Adam G. Force 04:56

Yeah, I love that and what led you to the Marines

Rod Yap 05:00

Really, it was just a desire to do sort of something completely different. I believe in the concept of service. Certainly serving my country, but sort of serving other people. And I sort of thought about it much in the way as many people might think of sort of a graduate scheme. But then I was like, well hang on a sec, what are the graduate scheme puts you through 15 months of pretty demanding leadership and management training, and then your first job is line managing 30 people? Nothing like it right? And no one gives you that sort of that level of responsibility, that level of training, you know, that development as it gets, and I guess in a nutshell, that’s probably what took me in that direction.

Adam G. Force 05:41

Hmm. Interesting. So it sounds like you’ve been are all around the world. And just before we get into some of this, you know, a deeper conversation around leadership. I’m curious. Just about some of your experiences Afghanistan, Libya, Somalia, I mean, anything stand out to you experience wise that kind of maybe hits you

Rod Yap 06:01

I mean, a lot of them were unique in their sort of own way. Afghanistan was a very kinetic war fighting environment. What What that means is that people were shooting at us an awful lot. And Libya was one of those environments where we really didn’t have a clue what was going on. Are you really making up as we went along, and then working sort of off the coast of Somalia was, was actually sort of quite quite a lot of fun. I quite enjoyed it, you know, working with small boats in the middle of the Indian Ocean. Yeah. And when I think about some of the lessons that I take from all of those experiences, I think really, serving in the military, like, a bit like travel, gives you a much sort of broader perspective. I served in Afghanistan in 2007. And, you know, when I look back on my sort of time there, we had no real grasp of how that country or how those people lived and operated. Did we approach that that world in that environment with our own sort of set of values and our own ways of thinking about a world? And it just didn’t? It just, it just didn’t compute, if that makes sense? Yeah. And, you know, I remember being there. And sort of one one story from my time there was that when I was based in San Diego, the district district center in the heart of Helmand Province, you know, we would get firefights from time to time with the Taliban. And if we accidentally sort of, you know, hurt some civilians who got sort of caught in the crossfire, what we do is we sort of patch them up, and we would bring them into a bring them into the base and sort of give them some compensation. There’s a fairly, fairly blah, sort of method of reparations, if you like, yeah. And what we started to notice was that, you know, certainly some groups this was kind of incentivizing that behavior. So there’s one tribe or one family that would that would actually grow In members of their family of their group with gunshot wounds, because we were paying to fix these people, you know, despite the fact that this had nothing to do with us that we haven’t been involved two or three days, I just remember thinking, you know, like, if that’s, you know, if that’s how people live here, I just, you know, I don’t have the, you know, the values or that sort of language to really compute how people can do that to each other in order to get paid. So, it just made me realize that, you know, it’s incredibly lucky to be born in the West and, you know, just by pure accident of being born in the UK, you know, I kind of won the lottery that he respects

Adam G. Force 08:40

Hey, now, it’s funny, as you were saying that I was thinking in my head, that birth is a lottery.

Rod Yap 08:47

And you know, it’s a total accident that we were born, you know, in, in the sort of developed world. Yeah, we just have things like you know, eating clean running water, easy access. So those things because they’re things that, you know, a lot of people don’t have.

Adam G. Force 09:03

Yeah, which is it’s an eye opener, it makes you grateful, that’s for sure. And, you know, it’s that I’ve noticed with about at least 80% of the people that I interview, especially when it’s, you know, different social entrepreneurs and such that their inspiration to start something really powerful as a business and change the trajectory of their of their life is from a travel experience. That’s usually what jolts them, it’s like a sensory overload.

Rod Yap 09:29

Hmm. Yeah, I think I think certainly with this sort of social entrepreneurs that that I’ve come across, they really kind of get this concept of, you know, making a contribution towards making a better place somehow. Yeah. And I think whilst a lot of veterans or a lot of people serving the military wouldn’t necessarily Connect as strongly as a social entrepreneur that certainly some absolutely would, you know, some of them join the military or, you know, join the police of the army. Fiber graded because they want to have a positive impact because they want to splice. And I completely see that I get it.

Adam G. Force 10:06

Yeah, I mean, there’s many ways that we can all contribute and you know, so not everybody is the same. And, you know, I can appreciate all the different formats and lifestyles that people have that, that make a difference and contribute and stuff like that. And I think, you know, as business is really transforming quite a bit over the past couple decades, you know, being a great leader, like redefining what a great leader is and how they think and what they accomplished, like, I think is really important, because there’s that trickle down, right, the leader of a different company or organization, when you have values in place that are important to not only the company, but the people that the company serves and all that stuff. It starts kind of like pushing good business. Right. Do you agree?

Rod Yap 10:53

Yeah. You know, I think you know, how you behave sort of sets the tone, certainly if you’re in leadership positions. For the organization, so, you know, I, I contract with a number of organizations that will often say to me, you know, we’ve got a cultural problem. You know, we’ve got an issue that our culture is not quite right. You know, I’m actually Well, you know, I might often say this in the kind of first in a pitch presentation, but actually the problem, they have a problem with the way in which they leaders are behaving as a leader, you need to need to pull off. You know, understanding the culture simply is a reflection of leadership, positive or negative. Yeah, it’s kind of really, really important. And that fundamentally comes down to the behavior of the leaders in your organization. It’s what they do, every single day. It’s the impact that has on the people around them. That’s what sets the tone for the culture of your organization. And I think when you’re relatively small, that’s something you’ve really got to focus on. Because if you’re only a sort of team of nine people and you may you hire someone in who’s potentially toxic as your 10th employee. Now 10% of your organization is going to cultural issue. But 100,000 people that that’s not so much of an issue, but, you know, when you’re small those you know, you need those kind of people that can muck in and help out are willing to roll their sleeves up and do work outside of their job description. And, you know, lots of people aren’t willing to do that. So you know, then certainly right for your your organization.

Adam G. Force 12:23

Yeah. 100%. And I’ve heard a couple, you know, interesting lessons that I’ve learned, which are one great leaders hire great leaders. So you definitely want people that are the right fit for your company culturally and have the mindset that will push the company in the right direction. But also I was interviewing the founder of Tom’s Blake Mycoskie and he said that, you know, one thing he would do differently if he started over would was his hiring because I guess as they got more established, when they were hiring the executive team, you can find people that have great resumes, but what happens is they have this experience As leaders in their particular space and their history, and they bring all that baggage with them, which may not jive with the current culture that you’re trying to create?

Rod Yap 13:09

Yeah, absolutely. And I think it’s really easy, you know, check yourself and consider, you know, the impact of the things the brand names have on you, and all the assumptions that you bring with them. Because if you, for example, work in a FinTech business, for example, you know, off top my head and you hire people from sort of larger banking organizations, you know, often their experience, you know, if even if they’re particularly senior can be very, very specialized, and they understand how one area, you know, to go and work on what much smaller team will require them to have a far broader remit for the things that are going on. And frankly, to to kind of get involved with actually doing stuff. Well, maybe just to wrap up is I think the hiring was a really interesting one because again, you know, a lot of sticks or a lot of people that want to build a high performing team. Yeah, really thought about that hiring process. is still very much a kind of, you know, couple of interviews, you get off of the job kind of thing and my view that you know, anyone can be good for a couple of hours down the route or you know, give give people some work or give people a kind of case study and see what questions they ask to their, how they approach something that is relevant to the job they’re going to be doing. Because as you know, when you’re a small team, right, that those jobs are going to evolve, the responsibilities are going to change rapidly. So you don’t need people that can do something, you know, very neatly fixing with into into a job description. You need people that are flexible and malleable and can roll with the changes that the company is going to go through. And I realize you know, his family is giving people some work and see how they handle it will give them some things to think about in a sort of scenario based scenario based process.

Adam G. Force 14:52

Yeah, hundred percent. I mean, I think that’s a really important point for anybody listening is that especially when you have a smaller team you in the first couple years I mean, people start out as solo entrepreneurs often and and i would definitely encourage having co founders, but as you start building a smaller team to get extra hands on deck, you, you really do want to think about people that are not just good at a particular job, but that can kind of face challenges and pivot with the needs of the market or the business as you see what’s going on. And you can kind of like you said, Go with roll with the punches. Yeah, that’s powerful.

Rod Yap 15:29

Yeah, absolutely. You need those people that have that agility, flexibility and worked around you. That’s not my job description.

Adam G. Force 15:39

Yeah, yeah. I will tell me a little bit about just from your experience, then around leadership, you know, have you seen an evolution in leadership over the years? Has has the mindset of leadership changed?

Rod Yap 15:56

I’d like to think so. I like to think Leadership is moving away from something that is, you know, is really reserved for the kind of C suite executives and something that people, you know, do or responsibility that comes with a position of authority. I think it’s moving away from that. And I think it’s moving away from that kind of, you know, I’m a leader, I come up with a plan, I tell you what to do. I’m not convinced that approach has ever worked particularly well, but having spoken to, you know, people in the generation above me That said, I get a sense that that’s how businesses and organizations used to operate. And I think nowadays, there’s an expectation that, you know, if you were a leader in a position of, you know, in a position of authority, you know, you asked your team, you know, right, this is the end state that we’re working towards, you know, how do you think we should approach that, you know, you might have a challenge, you invite the feedback, you invite their ideas, and then your job is effectively to cherry pick the best things and, and to sort of build it into some kind of plan because I don’t buy into this nonsense that, you know, Millennials don’t work hard. I think that’s absolutely rubbish. I think that they will work hard, they will absolutely work their nuts off, but they have to be involved in that process, they have to be made to feel like, you know, they were part of the planning. And you know, I that I want to be fit, I want to feel like that as well. So, so that’s where I kind of see things going. I think that people have a different expectation about what their what their bosses are going to do and how they will involve them going forward. But some lasting change.

Adam G. Force 17:39

Yeah, no, I think that’s a great point. And and, you know, organizations are flattening out, you know, from the height, the traditional, like hierarchy structure. I mean, I think there’s always like decision makers, like you said, but the teams are more involved and everybody becomes a leader in their own right, in a sense that, you know, we have to be able to trust and rely that they’re going to get the job done. Based on what the end game is about, right, so if everybody’s on the same page, we can work towards those same goals. And I think that that’s, that’s powerful. That’s a powerful change in mindset. And, you know, interesting, I just did a quick talk about how there’s some new data out that I think 50% of millennials, and 75% of Gen Z are leaving their jobs for mental health reasons. And I was kind of blown away and alarmed by those numbers. And you know, everyone gives them the bad rap. They don’t want to work hard. And so you know, when you have like stagnant low wages, or you’re being overworked for those low wages, like there’s some burnout there, but I also think there’s a lot of misalignment of people trying to get jobs that one they’re overqualified for or two, they’re just not meaningful to them. So they’re kind of like just miserable, waking up every day and doing it so they might be in these bad, you know, job environments.

Rod Yap 18:55

Yeah, I mean, I think that’s a that’s a really concerning issue. But then when you sort of think about it, you know, certainly when my father came home, you know, if the office call, it’s because the building was broken down. Right. But you know, there was a real emergency. Yeah. Now, as companies are more global, you know, you could be working across quite a few different time zones. Yeah. Therefore, your emails and phone calls never really switched off. There’s not that many people or not that many bosses that will will, you know, advise you or sort of say to you that you need to put in boundaries, you need to push back when people are asking for you, you to deliver stuff for tomorrow. And, you know, it’s five o’clock here. And you haven’t, frankly, got any more working hours to give. I think, I think that is a contributing factor. But also, I think, again, I think some of this comes down to leadership, because most of us have worked in a team, right where, you know, let’s say you’ve got sort of six people in that team. Two or three of them are really sort of strong performers and maybe some others kind of, you know, coasting, perhaps a little bit of that generally tends to be a bit of a bell curve distribution around to the performance. And one of the leaders tend to do with the people that deliver all the time, they tend to give them more work. Because it’s a lot easier to do that than it is a performance management conversation with someone else and go, hey, maybe you’re putting your weight here. I need you. I need you to deliver in accordance with my expectations, because frankly, I’m not going to keep giving more stuff to those people who always deliver for me. I think I definitely think that’s part of it as well, that sort of inability to handle those difficult conversations.

Adam G. Force 20:33

Hmm. Yeah, I think that that makes a lot of sense. That’s important. And it is tough. I know a lot of people are uncomfortable with that. And, but I mean, there’s ways to approach it that I guess are it’s more beneficial because you can help somebody else kind of make progress in their own life by giving them that feedback and helping them move forward. And I’m, I’m curious, so you know, you do a lot of leadership training and development to help you know, create a High Performance cultures, I’m just kind of checking out your website here. And you know, I’m curious in some of the things that are important to your process that you see with a lot of the organizations you work with then some of the maybe some key takeaways that might be valuable for our audience to understand when it comes to this leadership. Dynamic.

Rod Yap 21:22

Sure. So I mean, I think the first thing is be really cautious of people that give you a nice sort of type, by definition of what leadership is. Leadership, by definition is about judgment. It’s about making good decisions that get the best out of a situation. So, you know, when people sort of say, you know, leadership is all about empowering people. Yeah, I agree with that. 99% of the time, you are absolutely right. But you know, if you only walk across the road and we see someone get hit by a car, the last thing you would necessarily want me to do in that situation is empower you to call the ambulance you know, you think it’s the right thing to do to Just call the police or the ambulance come and help this individual, you know, that’s an environment where sort of tight command and control and sort of, you know, taking, taking control and gripping that chaotic situation is sort of really, really important. I think some of the things that, you know, I work with with people on are, you know, creating that sort of clarity by having that aligned goal, you know, it’s a really, really simple and sort of common theme. There’s loads of other people that sort of talk about this. But I think it’s really important to have a unifying goal of the team are working towards because then once you’ve got that clarity in the how you can ask them for support on and you can, you know, you can say right, how do we how do we achieve this as a group of people who’s going to do what in everything becomes much easier. Once you’ve got that clearly aligned picture of what you’re working towards. I tend to use and sort of, you know, NASA version man on the moon by the end of the decade is a really good vision with a nice set of time boundary to as well. Once you’ve got that happen You know, it’s one of those things that you you over communicate, so you cannot afford to communicate what it is you’re working towards as a group of people so that people know instinctively right? How do I how does my workstream fit in with the achievement of that vision? You know, unless you’ve got that vision, you can’t really answer that question. You know, holding people to account is really, really important. And accountability is a sort of two way process for me. So accountability involves, you know, turning around to a leader saying, hey, look, you’ve been distracted by the new shiny thing. You said that that’s the vision, we’re working on that don’t change that unless there is a reason to change it. And then we should all get together and discuss it and make a decision based on the facts rather than following your instinct on what needs to be sort of worked on. So lastly, I mean, I’m sort of trying to, you know, try to keep this short. So I’m trying to be concise. You know, laugh, you know, the ability to build strong relationships. You know, how well do you know your people? How well do you know you’re doing I want to ask you that question. And I’m sure there’ll be a lot of people sort of nodding down. Yeah. Oh my people. Okay, would you know? Do you know the names of their spouse? Do you know the names of their children? How old? Are they? Where do they go to college? when they grow up? What do they do with their spare time? What are their interests? What do they want to have a career within your organization? Do they want to stay here? Do they want to be you know, or do they do they want to take this experience and start their own business? The answers to all this stuff, frankly, are less important than the fact that you answer them because you started you ask people that because right what you’re demonstrating by that is demonstrating that you care about them and that you’re interested. And fundamentally, people aren’t gonna follow you because you’ve told them to, they’re going to follow you because they believe they have their best interests at heart. So the sort of clarity that vision, relationships and accountability if I can be really succinct, those are probably the three areas to work on more than anything else as a star. Beautiful.

Adam G. Force 24:59

Yeah. Ain’t no I, when you teach these types of things, I’m always thinking in my head, like, I hear that stuff I’ll make, you know, it’s just a matter of caring. It’s like, you know, who are these people, like you should care enough to ask about how they’re doing, who their spouses meet them. And like, these are people you’re going to spend a lot of time with as well. Right? So I spend I talk every day to my co founder. So these are people that you really want to get to know and you gotta, you gotta like them. You know? Yeah.

Rod Yap 25:29

Social Enterprise why, you know, that that’s confused about this. Because that, you know, if they share that enthusiasm for the problem that you are trying to solve for the people that you are trying to help, and they will walk through because to achieve your vision, and that’s a that’s a great thing.

Adam G. Force 25:47

Yeah, yeah, they need to believe in what the mission is. So you know, people overlook the missions in their company, especially early on like, yeah, yeah, I gotta have this mission statement. It’s just like, boilerplate crap. But it’s not like that clarity of like, where you’re going and why you’re doing what you’re doing, especially the why you’re doing it because people want to get behind something and not everyone’s going to start their own business to get behind something they believe, but they can certainly join something else that they believe in and be excited about waking up every day.

Rod Yap 26:17

Yeah, absolutely. And that’s kind of the key thing. I mean, that would be question number one for me, in a relatively small organization, a social enterprise. Why do you care about

Adam G. Force 26:26

Yes, yes. Love it.

Rod Yap 26:29

Like, you can’t convince me of that, then. Frankly, may I’m not sure there’s a but you know, I’m not looking for someone that just wants another job. Because the reality is, the job description I’ve just shared with you is probably going to change in six months. So I need someone that is kind of willing to be flexible, but enthusiastic and passionate about this purpose or the purpose of this organization.

Adam G. Force 26:49

Yeah, early on. I mean, that’s, that’s probably most important. I think that’s, that’s a beautiful, we’ll wrap it up there. And I want to just let people know where they can learn more about what you’re doing and your programs and stuff. So why don’t you give a shout out to where they can learn more and connect with you?

Rod Yap 27:05

Sure. So my name is Roderick. Yeah. The beauty of having a unique name is that I can pretty much be found on the internet. So hit me up on LinkedIn. I’m an open connector. So you know just assembling changing the text. just invite disconnects are always accept. And my website is leadership forces calm and I blog there about articles relating to leadership, human performance, taking the principles of what I’ve learned in the military, in the nuclear industry in the sporting world, into the corporate world. That’s that’s what I have to do. That’s my, that’s my mission in life anyway. Beautiful.

Adam G. Force 27:41

I really appreciate your time today and sharing your experiences and expertise.

Rod Yap 27:47

Thanks very much.

Adam G. Force 27:48

Great to speak to you. That’s all for this episode. Your next step is to join the Change Creator revolution by downloading our interactive digital magazine app for premium content, exclusive interviews and more ways to Stay on top of your game available now on iTunes and Google Play or visit Change Creator mag comm we’ll see you next time where money and meaning intersect right here at the Change Creator podcast.

Gessie Schechinger: Earn More Revenue with Smart Selling and Tech

Listen to our exclusive interview with Gessie Schechinger:

Subscribe to this show on Spotify  |  iTunes  |  Stitcher  |  Soundcloud

What are some strategies you can consider and test to sell better as an entrepreneur? We find out from Gessie Schechinger who is the VP of Sales at OnCourse.

Gessie Schechinger is the laziest salesman in America as well as Vice President of Sales for the OnCourse Sales Engagement Platform.

Gessie is passionate about leveraging technology and automation to surpass revenue targets so he can help protect golf and bar time for the salespeople of the world. Gessie won annual sales awards at 2 different Fortune 500 companies. His 20+ years of sales experience began in an outbound call center where he averaged 450 calls per week and blew out his quota by 297%. Unsurprisingly, he moved to field sales where he traveled 300 days a year convincing the biggest companies in the United States to open their wallet.

He now spends his time educating sales leaders to utilize the most effective sales tool in the world and co-hosts the mediocre podcast, TechTales.

Learn more about Gessie and his work at > https://www.tryoncourse.com

We also recommend:

Transcription of Interview

(Transcribed by Otter.ai, there may be errors)

Adam G. Force 00:11

Hey, what’s up everybody? Welcome back to the change coder podcast show. This is your host, Adam force. And if you missed last week’s episode, check it out was with the Vice President of sustainability and one of the founding partners of the massive scooter company called lime. These guys have over 100 million rides. If you’re living in one of the cities, they’re doing the tests and you’ll see scooters flying all over the place. Really great conversation. So swing back and check that out. We’ve talked about a ton of good stuff that you guys will find value in. This week, we’re talking with Jesse, I’m not even gonna try to pronounce Jesse’s last name. It’s a little bit of a tongue twister, but it’ll be in the description notes. He is the vice president of sales at on course and that is a sales engagement platform. And Jesse has been in sales for I think most of his life and he has a ton of experience. So we’re going to pick his brain about selling because obviously this is something We all need to do if we want to scale impact Don’t forget to stop by Change Creator calm we have a ton of fresh content out there for the podcast feature articles. Plus we have the waitlist for the captivate methods. So if you want to power up your marketing with storytelling, and really set your business up for automation and long term sales, this is a program for you. So when you’re on the waitlist, we’re going to send you some info, and you’ll get invites to check out some next steps and learn about the program to see if it’s a good fit for you. Okay, all right, guys. We’re not gonna waste any more time here. We’re gonna dive right into this conversation with Jesse Okay, show me the hate page. Jessie, welcome to the Change Creator podcast show how you doing today, man?

Gessie Schechinger 01:41

Awesome, man. Thank you so much for having me. I really appreciate it.

Adam G. Force 01:44

Yeah, well, I appreciate you making the time as usual. Very cool. You know, you’re you’re big into the sales scene, which is why I’m excited to talk with you today. So we’re gonna dig into some of that good stuff because, you know, as entrepreneurs, if we’re not selling all we got is a hobbie right

Gessie Schechinger 02:02

that is the bane which is the revenue, no doubt about

Adam G. Force 02:05

it is that no revenue, no impact? Yeah. So why don’t you kick us off with just a little bit about what you have going on in your world today. I’d like to just get to the peak of the of what’s going on and see where you’re at now and then we’ll we’ll back into how you got there.

Gessie Schechinger 02:21

Sure, not a problem. So what I’m what I’m majorly into is just really like how technology is impacting sales, and all of the different tools and some people get super lost, and I call the CEO of SAS, right, and there’s a million different solutions out there. And really, what I’m all about is how you can amplify your sales efforts, and what tools you can use to amplify those efforts and leverage you can pull and so we have a little program, on course, which is a sales engagement platform, but that’s really what our messages is amplifying sales teams, making sure that That the brainless type of work of sales you don’t burn too many calories on and really focus on the area that you can you know, that actually takes your time and make a difference.

Adam G. Force 03:10

Yeah, I love that. It says in your one sheet or that I got about you it said you’re the laziest salesman in America. Tell me Tell me about that.

Gessie Schechinger 03:21

No doubt. So I’ve had like every different sales job you could have from working in a call center to out there Field Sales, doing you know, traveling the road, 300 300 days a year, and really as it comes down to is one nothing annoys me. We’re more than like, brainless paperwork and entering things into a CRM, like I would go out stay at like some Embassy Suites, a little cocktail hour from like 530 to 730. It’s like, I just want to be drinking and having a good time. I want to be sitting here entering in things, and there has to be like a much better solution for that. And so I teamed With the the guys that simtek and we build a platform like literally, all I as a sales professional want to do is just be in front of customers and talking and reaching out. It’s like how can we automate all the nonsense so that I can kick back and have a beer?

Adam G. Force 04:14

I love it. I love it. I you know, Amy, my co founder and I, our philosophy here at Change Creator is work less make more.

Gessie Schechinger 04:23

I’m 100% I’d be a great fit.

Adam G. Force 04:27

So right now you’re vice president of sales for on course right, which is that the sales engagement platform you mentioned?

Gessie Schechinger 04:35

That’s correct. I recently I’ve kind of moved to be the chief revenue officer. But But yeah, I’m very much engaged in the on course platform.

Adam G. Force 04:44

Awesome. Awesome. So now you you’ve won some annual sales awards and things like that, and you’ve been doing this for a long time. So maybe just give us a little bit in a nutshell about your the highlights of your sales experience, and then we’ll start kind of digging into it.

Gessie Schechinger 04:58

Yeah, sure. So Early on in the call center type days, I was working and we sold a medical record retrieval service for attorneys and big life insurance carriers, stuff like that. And we would sell the service to people and then I, again, largely being lazy and everyone was calling all the same people I was like, I gotta figure out a shorter way to sync this bot. And so I was like, Who else needs medical records and getting into workers compensation group found a big loop there as a brand new market and things got you know, all the low hanging fruit just kind of hit it was like Okay, perfect, boom, smash this year’s quota. And then furthermore, just really trying to you know, I moved from there to working for a couple of big companies. One of them is a very global, very large plastic factoring company. Did Field Sales and national accounts for those guys. Again, also exploring I mean, we are big into plastic is has a tough record, especially with with your And audience, but we were definitely trying to work on sustainable solutions and corn and all those type of things. Yeah, we’re gonna kind of have alternatives kind of reduce that footprint, right? And so work for those guys forever. And then eventually just got to a point where, again, Embassy Suites burned out whatever, like this, there has to be an easy way. And I got into technology. And I tell everybody about delving into the software world that it’s a lot like scuba diving, in the sense that it’s as beautiful as it is terrifying. You learn about all the things that are possible with software, and then you learn all the scary stuff that happens along with those amazing beautiful things. And so when I met up with these guys, I we really had to focus on like, let’s juice up sales and we built a tool. We put in a couple key components. And I’d really love to you know, Adam, a lot of people I know from listening to your previous podcasts might be in that first like five years of their business. And the one thing I know about that is like that’s typically where money is the tightest, and you’re trying to hit a squeeze rocks to get some blood out of a squeeze every dollar. And I really just wanted to talk a little bit about how the zip tech path and what we did and then how that led into on course, and really just some real stuff that you can do to amplify your sales efforts if that’s fair.

Adam G. Force 07:32

Yeah, sounds good.

Gessie Schechinger 07:34

So, Adam, yes, you this and this is probably a silly question, because I’m only a nerd the reads this stuff. But have you ever heard of the Toko report?

Adam G. Force 07:43

I haven’t read it. I’ve heard of it.

Gessie Schechinger 07:46

Yeah, so basically, the Toko is a organization that all they do is study outreach, and they study lots of things on like, how many emails until somebody engages How do you best like how many times touches lead to a sale. And they do all of these really cool data and analytics, and it’s over Twitter 42 businesses. But using some of that stuff, who am I really toyed along with in today’s market, you have to hit people on a lot of different channels because you’re not really sure how people are going to communicate. Back in the day, everybody was cold calling, and you’re just smashing through the nose dial for dollars. And the more people I call, the more sales I’ll get. Nowadays, it’s a fundamental waste of time, because you’ll spend two to three minutes and some automated phone tree like that times burned, you know. Whereas if you move to LinkedIn, and you can prospect there, you get a lot faster you have email, I would never recommend SMS for cold outreach, but it’s amazing on follow up and customer retention. And so you have all these different channels and levers you can pull and conducting, you know, kind of automated sequences in order to priming the pump. And so, for example, the total report tells us that an outbound lead is going to take you anywhere from 14 to 16 touches. And those touches have to be everything from called email to LinkedIn. Right? So you need a warm body to do the calling, but you don’t need one to do the email. And the LinkedIn can be fast. And there’s ways to do that personalized. So have you cut down the beginning part. So you’re only spending your time doing the calling that’s actually worth your time. And not just leaving voicemails all day? All right,

Adam G. Force 09:31

yeah, no, I love that. We’re all about automation in you know, setting up those sequences, and we always call it a digital conversation on our side. And this is what you know, we teach on our end for entrepreneurs just to just shift the perspective away from funnels, because when you think about it, it’s like back in the day we go door to door and we knock on the door, we can sit down for an hour and talk to somebody but today we’re not really doing that. And we’re kind of breaking up that one hour conversation into these little digital sounds. bites across the internet. And you got to kind of figure out how to get someone to go through step by step to hear hear that sales conversation, right,

Gessie Schechinger 10:07

Oh for sure.

Adam G. Force 10:09

That’s the tricky part

Gessie Schechinger 10:12

I know you got to be different. And actually, one of the funny story about that is, I was super fascinated the first time somebody sent me an email that had like a video embedded in it. I was like, This is the coolest thing in the world. We’re gonna crush it with this. Yeah. into your point, like you have to navigate and you have to know it’s applicable. I like literally, like pulled the cruise ship a different direction, like everybody first email, send off these video emails. It’s gonna be awesome. And then we looked at the analytics, and we realized that like, nope, actually, everyone just deletes their first five emails. And we’re not getting anywhere. But when we positioned it around the sixth or seventh one, like Oh, man, it was awesome. And we started getting, you know, way up as far as are open and click rates started increasing dramatically and so It’s all about the cool, shiny new object. And it’s also about when you use it.

Adam G. Force 11:04

Yeah, timing is important, right? And this is constant, a constant point of conversation for us is, you know, not only in the the steps you take as an entrepreneur, but even in the sales conversation, your timing of when to say things, when to do things is gonna matter a lot, because if you hit the person, and they’re at the wrong point in their journey, it’s just gonna fall flat.

Gessie Schechinger 11:27

Oh, 100%. And I know that like in previous podcasts that you’ve had, you’ve mentioned, you know, like, like sales systems, right? Like getting your sales system in place. You know, tools, like on course, because of the analytics and moving the messaging in different areas and places like it really helps you to kind of drill down and map and nail that sales system, so that then you can amplify and you can make those adjustments into new people in personnel and all that kind of stuff. And so you’re not burning money. I thought it was an excellent podcast. You have it on exactly who the guest was. But you talked a little bit about it’s kind of useless to hire a bunch of salespeople until you have a system that works. Yeah, I think that’s an excellent point.

Adam G. Force 12:11

Yeah, you know what? We did something about my co founder, I did a talk about delegation. And this quote just kind of jumped out from us. And we were like, you don’t hire a sales team. When when you need like, when you’re not getting sales, you hire a sales team when your sales are thriving. It’s like, if you don’t have the system working, you’re just gonna bring a sales team in to beat a dead horse that’s not working versus we have a process that works. We figured out our narrative and now you can really skyrocket the sales.

Gessie Schechinger 12:41

Yeah, don’t get like seven people trying to dig a hole with a spoon isn’t nearly as good as one guy with a shovel.

Adam G. Force 12:46

Exactly. Exactly. And it’s tough man. Like you mentioned, a lot of the folks who are listening are in the first five years, maybe even the first two or three and there’s decision overwhelm and you know, sad Which is shiny object syndrome. And it’s just so saturated. So it’s nice when you can get a little clarity on where to put your attention because we have limited attention but unlimited options.

Gessie Schechinger 13:13

That’s, that’s true and actually on the arm other companies called zip tech, custom development, and we build lots of applications for people. And one of the things that just like it just floored me was literally there’s a SaaS application to monitor your SaaS applications, which is just amazing. I got to show like, when they expire, how many licenses you’re using all kinds of stuff, but I was like to buy like we fit next level.

Adam G. Force 13:38

Yeah, that’s how I felt when they had storage units. I’m like, we have so much crap in our house now. We’re gonna just start expanding into another unit. Start putting more crap in there. That’s like SAS overload.

Gessie Schechinger 13:50

Oh, no. That’s the problem. The storage unit is like you realize like, you’ve just lived without that stuff for years. But to the the, the SAS is incredible and And one of the things that we’ve tried to do with encores is like we’ve consolidated a lot of tools, right? And so inside our tool, you instead of having multiple different things like we have the dialer, we have the equivalent to like a MailChimp, we have your general CRM functionality so that you can monitor contact management and pipeline, all that kind of stuff, as well as that sequencing portion. And, you know, one of the cooler things and, you know, I would encourage a lot of the people who are starting out because it’s a really cool way to differentiate yourself is SMS as like 100% open rate, like people for good or bad, they’ll always read their text. And one area that we found that it’s been crazy influential is customer retention. And a lot of times people look at these sales tools in their thinking like, Oh, I need to automate the front part. We all also need to think about How you can automate the second part because that could be a big deal. Because a lot of times, when you start out you have maybe have like a one or two like really key customers. And you can’t let those guys go right? Like they’re, they’re paying the power bills, the mortgage, like, hey, those guys are like get all your attention. But you still want to be catering to your customers and upsells and all that kind of stuff, make sure that they’re happy. And setting up automation to take care of the retention part is equally as beneficial. And we found that a lot of fruits came from that labor. And so we built in this SMS thing into the tool and it really use remarkable when like you have a depending on what you’re selling, but if you have a customer service person, whatever and they’re just fire off a quick text saying like, hey, how’d everything work? How is how you’re happy with your product, etc?

Adam G. Force 15:47

Yeah, so tell me a little bit like just ground us. I mean, we’re always looking to help people find tools that will simplify their efforts, consolidate things make it easier to have a automation and sales so as far as your as on course goes, let me just ask a couple questions just to give clarity for anybody listening because again, like we all we hit, we get hit with a lot of tools and you know you have you have the MailChimp, the active campaigns ConvertKit, all the CRM, the email platforms and all that stuff is, is this complimentary to that or supposed to replace that?

Gessie Schechinger 16:27

This is to replace all that is is designed to be we’re on the first of four releases. And it’s designed to if you’re an entrepreneur, setting up a business, you don’t have to go sign up for 10 different licenses. This is going to be your all in one sales platform. That’s our that’s our goal. That’s the part we’re trying to. We’re trying to hit.

Adam G. Force 16:50

Okay, so let’s pause there. So, as far as it goes, you’ll be able to set up different lists of people tag them for automation. kind of have branching logic and your email sequences Is that accurate?

Gessie Schechinger 17:04

Correct. And then in addition to that, you’d have the normal pipeline, you know, features functionality. And then we have a cool again, laziest sales guy in America, we have some cool extra features. So for example, if you prospect on LinkedIn, we have a Chrome plugin, where literally, if you just see a prospect your life, you click a little button, and it automatically creates the lead in for you, it throws him automatically into a sequence. And you’re just crushed right along, you can actually do big lists where you can just hit the chrome plug in and it’ll cruise down the list. So if you were really good filter, so we’re we’re really trying to cut out all kinds of time.

Adam G. Force 17:40

Yeah, and we’ve done a lot of prospecting on LinkedIn, we do some b2b work as well. And there is I mean, it’s a powerful tool and I forget I was using some other plugin to to see I can help you get people’s like emails and see the list of people and all the information they’re about and stuff. That. So it sounds like you are helping extract important leads and save them into the system from from LinkedIn.

Gessie Schechinger 18:09

Yeah. And I think that if anyone’s ever tried to prospect on LinkedIn, the one of the first things that they’ll find is like, let’s say that you went through 100 people, right? You’ve sent messages to all these other people. And then good luck scrolling back through your inbox to try to find that first guy, because that thing just like goes over and over and over. And so what the problem we fixed was like, Okay, well, that’s crazy annoying. And so we ended up putting this thing and so it just it sets a follow up tax and then just copy that URL into the LinkedIn URL so that you can go hit and get straight back to them and then you know, where you where the conversation. And the other I would say cautionary tale is nothing is more transparent than templates and LinkedIn messaging. And so if I had advice for all of your audience and I have done a ton and ton and ton of Nobody’s reading two paragraphs of your message in LinkedIn. They don’t they do not think that you put that together yourself. They they know that you copy paste it. And so brevity is important. And being real, understanding what they’re doing make sure we call the two by two, you take two minutes to make two personalizations. And really just kind of drill in that way. And, you know, as cool as automation is use automation to do the brainless stuff as far as the reminding and doing some follow up emails, and there’s definitely a place for templates when written correctly. But really, you just want to trigger yourself to just always be doing the right thing at the right time.

Adam G. Force 19:41

Yep, makes sense. I mean, it’s it’s it’s that relevancy because I get I get a ton of LinkedIn messages from people and it’s always about, you know, can I get on your podcast? Can I be featured in you know, the magazine or whatever it might be. And then, you know, or or just random messages that are like you said, A couple paragraphs, and unless there’s something that is very relevant that I would see and be like, Oh, well, it really makes sense that you’re reaching out for this particular reason, it will catch my attention. But I would say 98% I look I barely even look at because I just don’t catch my attention with anything relevant.

Gessie Schechinger 20:18

Ya know, and that’s why it’s super, it’s really important to to do to do two things, right. The first is, take the time, make it personal. But also, people like back in the cold call days, people just straight up hang up on you, like they didn’t care at all. People are kind of nice on LinkedIn by and large. And so they’re being pretty nice to us to be nice with their time is what I tell all my guys and like I said, Let’s find people that we actually, we looked at their business and we have, you know, before putting anyone into an automated sequence. Like this is the biggest I think miss that a lot of people have is like, they’ll just take down like a huge list from like zoom info or someplace. They start pounding out stuff to the list, it’s like, you could be burning a lot of calories on people that have no need whatsoever. My advice is like, take the time to make sure you got a super good list. And then you can’t beat the heck out of those people. Because you know, like, like, they’re either your competitor is gonna drop the ball one day, and you’ll be there or something. But like, take the time in the beginning to really drill down that list because you’re putting a lot of horsepower behind that intelligence. And you want to make sure you get it right from the get go. And then you won’t have you know, people are asking me to do all kinds of weird stuff like, dude, I work for a custom dev shop. I’m not gonna hire a custom dev service. Like please give it a second thought before you reach out to me.

Adam G. Force 21:43

I surprised they even said anything. That’s interesting. We should get a little educational feedback.

Gessie Schechinger 21:51

As a guy who’s had to cold call most of my life I’m very pleasant. I believe in karma.

Adam G. Force 21:56

Yeah, well, you know, and that’s, that’s the smart way to do it. For sure. Are you ready? Want to put your best foot forward and things tend to work out a little bit better that way. So tell me a little bit about just from your sales experience. I mean, I it sounds like on course, is in its early phases. Yes. He said it was first released right now.

Gessie Schechinger 22:17

That’s Yeah, yes. 100%. And so we’ve had the first release. And so we took on beta users in February. And then we’ve had about 200 or so users in it, that all through that we worked out all the bugs and kinks and anyone who’s listening that’s ever build software might be in the process of building software, they know how that stuff goes. Lots of lots of polishing because we like to put us Fs but like work through and then we launched in September. And not to you know, toot my own horn but beep beep we’ve we’ve had a bunch, you know, we ended up getting 500 new users and like two months in so it’s been pretty awesome. And our onboarding team and the only thing that I would say, is where how we’re trying to stand out is yes, obviously, I think it’s the greatest tool in the world, because I built it, right. But how we’re really trying to stand out is the fact that one we have a the two things that are always going to kill you with this stuff is a price. And then B, people are just like, I gotta take all my stuff and put it into a new system. Yeah, no, thank you. Right. And so we don’t do that. So we have a we have an in house implementation team. So you don’t have to find a third party. You don’t have to do anything. We have it all under one roof. We can go in and get you out of your old system into the new system. relatively painless. I like to say there’s no pain involved, but relatively painless way. We take care of all that for you. And then, as of right now, especially for all the people on the show. If you just say Change Creator, we’ll do $100 A month per user deal

Adam G. Force 24:02

$100 a month per hour per user, per user business owner, like the team that you’re saying, for users using the platform?

Gessie Schechinger 24:11

Yeah, per user. So if your company wants to do it, if just on the demo request, if you go to WWE, try on course, calm. And you mentioned Change Creator, that is about 20% off of our normal price.

Adam G. Force 24:25

Cool, cool. Yeah, I was actually gonna ask you if there is a trial, I know, a lot of times with this stuff, you know, hearing about and do all this stuff is great. But getting in there, and just getting a feel, seeing how it looks and how it functions is a huge step in that exploration phase for somebody when they’re making a big decision. I mean, if you’re just starting in your first year of entrepreneurship, this is easy peasy to migrate. If you even have anything set up yet. That’s easy. But if you have automations, and you have a 50,000 person list, and you got to move a bunch of stuff over, it’s a bigger decision, right? Like you said, so just having a that opportunity to check things out and get a real feel for it.

Gessie Schechinger 25:04

Yeah, I just want to make sure to clear so like, we will give any of your listeners a discount on the per monthly price. But we don’t do failure free trial, we will give you demos, we will show you the implementation plan. And for the first year, we provide training at no cost to you helping you set up all of the cool automation secret. Like the other big problem with these CRM systems is people only use like 30% of them. Because they don’t they don’t know what they don’t know. And selfishly, I’m talking to a bunch of business owners so we can all be real here. Yeah, right. You’re gonna get into the tool. And if I make it, if you know, it’s super well, it’s gonna get sticky to your business, you’re gonna like it and I’m gonna have you forever. Whereas if I just let you go willy nilly into the tool, you’d be like, Oh, well, you didn’t know about the seven features that might kind of help you. So we really believe in investing into our clients. Yeah, onboarding very heavily to make sure that everyone’s good. That’s why like, we hold your hand. So it’s basically a white glove thing throughout the first 12 months.

Adam G. Force 26:07

Yeah, I think that’s smart. I mean, it’s a good it’s a good thought process, meaning, you know, if you go in there, and you’re not really clear about how this can help, not just for where you are now, but where you can grow into using the features, there’s a lot then that could be missed, and you may not become, you may not use the technology and take advantage of it. So doing the demo is probably smart. So I think that that makes sense. That’s a good good philosophy, because you’re right, like you really then have an opportunity to see what everything is all about, and where you can go with it, you know,

Gessie Schechinger 26:42

exactly. And when I’m, you know, have my full sales guy hat on, I basically just tell people like this is the tool that’s going to help you grow so that you can hire more users. And so that’s what we’re trying to do. We’re trying to get your business to grow so that we can charge it for our users.

Adam G. Force 26:59

Yeah. No, it’s it’s good. I like it.

Gessie Schechinger 27:03

Everything selfish at a certain level.

Adam G. Force 27:05

I mean, listen, if we can’t make money, we can’t help people, I always try to reposition the selling process because people get so scared of it because they think oh, sleazy sales. And it’s really you have the wrong relationship with sales in your mind. Because it’s really, the best thing you can do for a client or customer is sell because that’s how you transform their life. And what you guys are doing is offering a service to make someone’s life easier, meaning they get more sales, they get a they grow a stronger business, so that you should be pushing the sale, you know?

Gessie Schechinger 27:36

Absolutely. And we’re trying to, you know, exactly like do that TEDx type routine and give them you know, the the amplification that they can for their business for sure. And, again, nobody would buy anything unless you could solve a real problem. That’s that’s all it really moves the needle in my experience.

Adam G. Force 27:53

It is Yeah, I agree. So I mean, it all sounds really cool, man. I sounds like there’s a lot there to dig into. So Listen, anybody listening? Now this could be an interesting evolution in SAS to just help scale your business because it’s coming from the mind of a sales person who knows what you’re looking forward to, to grow the business. So, no, I haven’t played with it myself. So I can’t say anything specific. But we’re always looking here at Change Creator to just to see how do we get more efficient with our time and our money. And the tools that we use are important. There’s just so many of them that you know, you just gotta, you just got to be smart about where he’s doing. Well, because we did a big migration last year, from AWeber to Active Campaign for reasons of behavioral marketing automation. And, you know, Active Campaign is very big with the behavioral marketing. It’s been pretty freakin amazing. And it’s done wonders for our open rates, click rates and all that stuff. And it sounds like you guys offer a lot of those types of automation. Among other things, for managing the sales process and stuff, so could be pretty powerful. So I appreciate you sharing some of those insights and the discount opportunity for people.

Gessie Schechinger 29:09

Yeah, absolutely. Again, like, so we’re getting the word out. And, you know, we’re our, our CEO, actually, he exited two different software companies. And even on the other side of the business, where we have some people that are building applications that basically are their business. And sometimes we’re their dev team for the business. We get these guys in because we know it just helps them grow. And they’re just like, everybody’s just so tight on budget in those first couple years that you use something that is going to be affordable, and that can get you through the next you know, five to six years.

Adam G. Force 29:45

I mean, that’s it. That’s it cuz Yeah, and you gotta be willing to invest in these things. Like one mistake that we’ve learned, just you know, this is my second business and I learned early on is you’re afraid to spend money because you don’t know if you’ll make it back but then you end up just spinning your wheels for a while. Time and spending more money in the end, because ultimately, you do need the right tools to grow your business and you have to be willing to invest in yourself, you know, I’ve paid over, you know, four grand just to have a sales page, someone do copywriting for a sales page, you know, it’s like these things, if you want it done, right, and it’s an important piece of your business, then, you know, you just got to do these things, right?

Gessie Schechinger 30:21

And I tell people, this is again, you know, call it sales pitch, call it what you want, but I tell people, think of how much it would cost you to have an employee to do it. And then you can justify the cost pretty easily that way.

Adam G. Force 30:33

Yeah. And hey, listen, you’re a sales guy. When you’re doing this stuff, you got to look at ROI. What is the ROI is it’s am I afraid, I’m afraid of the expense? Well, that’s the wrong mindset. The mindset would be what’s the return on this? So if I get something like on course, what’s the potential ROI here if I actually take advantage of it right.

Gessie Schechinger 30:53

And as we all know, there is no ROI as great as email. And even with all the junk coins you get, and even vault The ones you’d like one of the things I do every single morning. I don’t know why, but I smile about it. Because I delete, like 20 emails, the very first thing I come to my computer, but some guys get past me, you know what I mean? They get to me, they’ll say something like, okay, maybe I do want that. Yeah,

Adam G. Force 31:16

it works. And I mean, it doesn’t work. And we’re very big on email. So that’s not going anywhere. And I’m curious about, you know, the chat bots on things like Facebook to help like with messenger, but also the SMS. And I’ve been sensitive about SMS technology just because it’s much it’s, it’s more personal than email is today. So it’s really for I think, when you’ve already built trust with somebody, so they’ve already raised their hand for your business, like you said, I think I’d feel more comfortable with very selective follow ups for them that they request.

Gessie Schechinger 31:50

Yeah. And it’s, you make a great point, right? Because again, it’s a gamble. It can totally rub somebody the wrong way. Like if I get these weird, like text messages, right? Normally, it’s just like, oh man, like, Who is this guy get out of here like you must think sometimes in sales. And I’m sure the sales guys out there, they could relate to this. So you’ve gone out and you’re calling on. Now you’re emailing back and forth. And they get that first text. We’re like, who are relationships move to texting now, we’re getting close.

Adam G. Force 32:20

It’s true. It’s true. Text Messages where I’m like, what the EFF is this? Like, who are you stop? Like, why are you in my personal like, this is for family and friends. You know?

Gessie Schechinger 32:29

Like, sorry, homie, we’re not there yet.

Adam G. Force 32:33

Yeah, it’s like, it’s like, well, yeah, it’s exactly yeah, we’re not there yet. But yeah, these things all its timing and, and being smart. And I guess one thing I always like to ask people in the sales space and we’ll wrap up here so I can be respectful of your time. is, you know, telling stories, like how important have stories been to giving clarity to people and getting people to understand you know, and pull them across the finish line.

Gessie Schechinger 33:00

So I, at when I was at Barry global, I did one of the sales trainings. And as a part of that sales training, we talked about how a story was 1000 times more memorable than just throwing up facts of people. Right. And so here’s a classic example. And hopefully this is relevant to the conversation or the question you’re asking. Sure, you know, as an example, it’s like, our plant is five miles from your facility. You know, like, that’s a great stat and they can allude to it. Or, you know, the alternative is like, hey, Adam, you know, I gotta be honest with you. I had this customer two weeks ago. He’s right down the street because our plant was eight miles away. He was an emergency. We got the order over right there. lickety split, same day, blah, blah. Like, you can see how the two messages are a little bit different one like one like you’re like okay, I see how this advantage plays out. And So moving some of that narrative stuff into a story is extremely helpful. And it just makes relatable people just remember stories better.

Adam G. Force 34:07

Oh, yeah. Oh, they do. So depending on where you are in that conversation, like where somebody is, you might need to tell a certain story to help them understand. So if they have some objection about not having the time, you might tell a story about how somebody used your, your product and ended up freeing up a lot of time, right? Oh, okay. So meaning I should make the investment then it’s not that. They might say, I don’t have time to learn something new, but in the end, it actually solves that problem, right.

34:35

100% Absolutely. Yeah.

Adam G. Force 34:38

Awesome, man. Well, listen, I appreciate your time here today. Any final messages for young entrepreneurs? I mean, trying to get their sales rockin and rollin.

Gessie Schechinger 34:51

The last thing I would say is that the old adage for sales was 75% of the job is showing up. You got to be there to get the yes With the tools today, go out and find things where you literally only have to do the 25%. Now, because 50% of the showing up, the follow up all those things is getting done for you. And so don’t be hesitant or fearful of the tools don’t worry about, you know, depending if especially if you’re in a high velocity sales situation, I highly recommend Rhea to do lots of selling to lots of customers. In order to build your business, you’ll have like just four key ones. When you’re doing that kind of stuff, don’t be afraid of the automation. And also don’t lose your personal touch. Just because it’s templated template or something that doesn’t mean it can’t be in personal. It doesn’t mean you can’t hear your voice through it. If you talk like an attorney and avoid can an email message. Like it’s not if you say Hey, what’s up Adam? How’s it been? Like, you know, it’s gonna be a lot better than just trying to throw up some random facts about your company.

Adam G. Force 35:57

I love it. Be yourself. Be authentic. People do want to know what you’re all about, like, why are you doing this? Like, why? What’s in it for you? Everyone always says that the customer wants to know what’s in it for them, which is true. But they also get to you and say, Well, what are you? Why are you doing this? What’s in it for you? Because you know what I mean? Are you shady? Are you real?

Gessie Schechinger 36:16

Well, yeah, that’s like, it’s like, hey, I want you to get involved because I think I could turn your company so big that you go for two users to 100 users, and I want to ride that train. Like that’s what I’m trying to do for your company. I’m trying to suck more money out of you. Boy, I suck money idea, you’ve gotten way bigger. So that’s really what we’re trying to do. I love that man.

Adam G. Force 36:34

Well, and on that note, appreciate you sharing and sounds like you have a really interesting product that is doing well so far. And let’s give one last shout out where people find you. And so they can learn more. And what that that discount opportunity was in case anybody wants to check it out.

Gessie Schechinger 36:54

Yeah, no, thank you very much. So if anybody’s interested, just go to try on course dot COMM And then also in LinkedIn, it’s on course sales engagement platform. You can look us up there. We’re also like on everything, Twitter, Facebook, all that nonsense. But you can find us all there. And then again, if you mentioned something to the SDR that helps you with that request. Just say like, Oh, I heard about him on the Change Creator, podcasts, it will make sure that right now we’re typically at 125 bucks, but for you guys to do for 100 bucks.

Adam G. Force 37:29

Got it. Awesome. All right, man. Appreciate your time, Jesse. We’ll be in touch and talk soon.

Gessie Schechinger 37:36

Hey, Adam, thank you so much. I really enjoy your podcast. It’s fantastic. And, you know, it’s great. I learned all kinds of business stuff from you. But then I also realize that there’s stuff like pig island in the Bahamas. There’s all kinds of weird stuff that you can get from this podcast, in addition to the education, so that’s great.

Adam G. Force 37:54

Awesome, man. I appreciate it. Thanks so much. That’s all for this episode. Your next step is to Join the Change Creator revolution by downloading our interactive digital magazine app for premium content, exclusive interviews and more ways to stay on top of your game available now on iTunes and Google Play or visit Change Creator mag Comm. We’ll see you next time where money and meaning intersect right here at the Change Creator podcast.

Peter Montoya: Becoming a Transformational Leader For a Better Future

Listen to our exclusive interview with Peter Montoya:

Subscribe to this show on Spotify  |  iTunes  |  Stitcher  |  Soundcloud

What is transformational leadership and why does it matter to your business today? Find out with expert Peter Montoya who has been an entrepreneur for over 30 years, a best-selling author and keynote speaker.

Most Speakers who teach have not done it for themselves…and most Entrepreneurs don’t know how to speak… Peter is the rare exception.

He’s a thought-leader who has also accomplished big things. Peter bootstrapped his successful software company from an idea in 2008 to a multi-million dollar exit in 2018… without capital, investors or partners.

Peter knows how to inspire people by tapping into their unique purposes. Peter is a truly fascinating and multi-faceted guy, with decades of experience in speaking to audiences about his business knowledge, inspirational journey, and human behavioral insight. Though Peter struggled through school with undiagnosed ADHD, he was admitted to and graduated from the University of California Irvine in Political Science. Post-college he became a traveling speaker and salesman, chalking up over 3000 presentations and living in over 22 major cities.

Peter went on to found a successful advertising agency and software platform, dedicated to financial service professionals. He quickly became the industry guru, writing numerous books, including one of his best selling works “The Brand Called You”, “The Personal Branding Phenomenon” and his newest book “Leadership Power”.

He now pursues his passion for humanity and the planet – he sincerely believes that all people and organizations have a special role in perpetuating the survival of our species, our civilization and our planet. He speaks thoughtfully and passionately about the need for Transformational Leadership in today’s world.

Learn more about Peter and his work at > https://www.petermontoya.com

We also recommend:

Transcription of Interview

(Transcribed by Otter.ai, there may be errors)

Adam G. Force 00:11

Hey, what’s going on everybody? Welcome back to the Change Creator podcast show. This is your host, Adam force. I hope that you’re doing amazing. And if you missed last week’s episode, you might want to go back and check that out. We spoke with rod Yap. He’s got a ton of great experience, and we cover off on high performance leadership. Now leadership has been a very big topic. I mean, today we are talking about how businesses evolution, how businesses evolution, how business is evolving, and what kind of leadership is evolving with it, right? How do we lean into leadership for today’s world? And what does that look like? And it’s really important because great leaders create trust, they inspire people, and they do good in the world. And that’s what we’re all about here. So we’re going to be talking to Peter Montoya. Now. Peter Montoya has a lot of experience That we want to learn from. So he’s a leadership strategist. Now. He is a keynote speaker. He’s done a ton of talks over 3000 talks in, I think 20 over 20 major cities. And he’s also a best selling author. So he’s a best selling author for a book called The brand called you the personal branding phenomenon, and his latest book leadership power. Now he started his own company as well. He bootstrapped the software company in 2008. And he had a multi million dollar exit in 2018. So he’s been down the startup road. He’s been traveler, he has been a storyteller. He knows what it takes. And he seen what it takes to be a transformational leader. And that’s what we’re going to touch on is, you know, what is the the what are organizations roles in the future of humanity? What is transformational leadership? And what do you need to know about leaning in to be a great leader for your startup right now, we have some great stuff that has been released on Change Creator calm so before we get into that conversation, I just want to give you a heads Up to a check that out. Just a quick reminder. And guys, you can find our Facebook group, if you go to our website, you can join us on our Facebook group and get involved over there. It’s the profitable digital impact entrepreneur, we’d love to see you over there, we have a little bit more of a tight knit focused conversation around business and startups. So if you have a business idea, or you already have a business, that might be a great place for you to get into that community. One other thing I want to mention is if you are a Shopify user, we recently did a review on a company called Shogun. And the so Shogun offers so much flexibility. They are a page builder for Shopify. So I know Shopify has some like limitations around how the functionality and the analytics, so they not only give you deep analytics, but they give you the ability to really customize every page the way you want on Shopify, so you can increase conversions and do different types of testing and all that good marketing stuff. Go to change. calm. So if you have a Shopify store, search for Shogun, you’ll find our full review, I think you’ll really like it. We were We were pretty blown away by the software and the capabilities, one of our writers had a chance to really dig into it and get like an account to explore it. And they did the review based on that really cool stuff. So I just wanted to throw it out there, I think you can benefit from it, and help drive your business forward. So without further ado, guys, we’re gonna jump into this conversation with Peter and really dive in deeper into the leadership role. Hey, Peter, welcome to the Change Creator podcast show how you doing today?

Peter Montoya 03:38

I’m doing phenomenal. I’m so excited to be here.

Adam G. Force 03:42

Yeah, I appreciate you taking the time. I know you’re a busy guy and yet lots of stuff going on. But I think you do have a lot of great experience to share. So we’re gonna dig into that over the next 20 to 30 minutes and see where it goes. So I always like to just kick it off. Just tell us like what’s going on in your world today. what’s the latest? What’s the greatest? I’m going through another pivot.

Peter Montoya 04:03

So I have been an entrepreneur for 30 years. And as an entrepreneur, you kind of when you start your first business, you’d like to think this one business is going to be my lifelong business. That is not the case. So I probably have started and either closed and or folded in or sold 10 businesses, and I’m probably on my 11th incarnation. Now, I’m going back and rebranding myself as a leadership speaker and high performance teams expert. I have been a speaker for the better part of 30 years, but never in the leadership space.

Adam G. Force 04:37

Yeah, and some of the information I got it sounds like you’ve only done about 3000 presentations. Tell me about your first business that you bootstrapped and had a multi million dollar exit. I think we all like to hear about those, those life, lines of business going from start to finish. Got it.

Peter Montoya 04:57

So I’ve only had one more section. than failure in my life, I’ve had, you know, seven businesses that failed and one business that had a really fantastic exit. I started my first business as an advertising agency back in 1998. I was 29 years old, I thought I knew at all. I was an advertising agency specializing in financial service professionals. And I did that for about 10 years, I became the go to guy. If you were a financial advisor, and you wanted to help marketing or branding yourself, and then I evolved that business in 2007 or so.

Adam G. Force 05:33

Pretty cool. Pretty cool. Now, I guess so once you sold that one, why did you decide to exit and what did you do next?

Peter Montoya 05:42

Well, that business, which was the advertising agency, I basically kind of collapsed it and then started a software business. So the advertising agency was a model where I only ate what I killed every single month. Yeah, and every single month I had to generate between 200 and $400,000 a month in sales, which I was doing myself Using using stages so you know, speaking in front of audiences and selling audiences on our advertising services, and I realized I was really sick and tired of being on a hamster wheel. Yeah, constantly having to eat what I kill. And I wanted a recurring revenue business. So I started a software company called Marketing Pro, which provided automated marketing content for financial service professionals. And we charged subscriptions of 25 to $75 a month, in between 2008 and 2018. When I sold it, we amassed 11,000 subscribers, and we sold it to a much bigger company. The reason I sold it was it was I had all my equity in the company. I mean, I had no debt, but I also had no assets, except for maybe a couple investment properties, a couple cars. So it was up my whole entire nest egg, and I wasn’t passionate about it anymore. I’m an entrepreneur and so I fall in that kind of quickstart category of where you’re always having new ideas and you want to go in new directions. I kind of built it gotten over the hump and lost the passion for growing the business.

Adam G. Force 07:06

Yeah, yeah, you know, I see that happen a lot. And I guess you got to be willing to kind of let go, what you what was the past and be willing to just kind of move forward with new ideas. And I know as entrepreneurs, it’s pretty common that you’re like, top level big picture thinker and you want to try all kinds of different things that focus can be tough sometimes.

Peter Montoya 07:25

Yeah, exactly. So once the problem is solved once you’ve got a workable model, okay, what’s next?

Adam G. Force 07:31

I, you know, my, my co founder, Amy and I were always saying is, you know, it’s really important to us that our business can run without us, because to your point, you want it to be an asset. And as we have the investor mindset, you really want it to be able to operate without you. And, you know, I think that kind of leads you to certain types of decision making. greed. Yeah. So you’re really getting into the leadership stuff. Tell me a little bit about that focus and what you’re thinking there.

Peter Montoya 07:58

So I still think the world is suffering from a dearth in really good leadership? I think there is collectively a large elephant in the room that we as a society aren’t talking about. So here’s what I mean by that. And here’s the question I’ve got for you, Adam, in 50 years from now, if we went forward to 2070, do you think the world and society will be better than it is right now or worse off than it is right now, based on the trajectory we’re headed on?

Adam G. Force 08:27

I want to say that it’ll be better but the problem is I had to actually think about it. be negative.

Peter Montoya 08:37

So that’s kind of how I am too. So based on our current trajectory, it is going to be worst. While you’re talking about climate change, overpopulation, pollution at the lot loss of biodiversity. We are headed 180 million miles an hour in the wrong direction. As a civilization Yeah, so the most important question the most people Dialogue we should be having right now as a species is how can we work together to solve our collective problems better? And on the other side right now, the large the conversation right now is, is how can I make the other side more wrong than we are? So we get our way that is the conversation we’re having right now in this country. And that is a profound lack of leadership.

Adam G. Force 09:25

What do you think is the barrier here? So I mean, I love that you’re focused on leadership because we do need more heart led leadership, we need people that think holistically about not just their companies and businesses and assets, but actually how they impact people in the environment in the world. And you know, we haven’t done that for a long time, which is why we are where we are. However, I don’t know how familiar you are with things like Cambridge analytic and the power of you know, our technology today and data, and just the disinformation and the the campaigns going on. It’s I mean, I see a huge challenge in getting people, I guess clear on like what’s right and what’s wrong because everybody can find a study or report or something that that supports their own agenda

Peter Montoya 10:14

That’s a really, really great point. So what social media is now doing to our society is the same thing the printing press did to the world about 400 years ago. So when the printing press was first invented, there, all of a sudden you thought, Oh, my gosh, I start spreading information and the world’s become more informed. And actually, what happened was a huge proliferation of conspiracy theories about 400 years ago, and actually led to the Christian crusades where they killed hundreds of thousands, if not millions of people. For about 30 years. It took 30 years to figure out how to publish information that was actually accurate. We’re going through the same kind of tectonic train change, change right now with social media. Yeah. And we are only 10 years into it. We may have 30 more years to go until we figure out the platform’s technology, the policy among those platforms to actually start telling the truth. So we can agree on a common set of facts so we can actually solve problems.

Adam G. Force 11:15

Yeah, I mean, that sounds amazing. And I would love to see that I know, I was listening to somebody talk, and they were like, Listen, fossil fuels are no longer the most valuable currency today. It’s its data. And when she said that, I was like, You know what, I actually don’t think that’s true. I think that today, it’s trust. Because you know, especially from a business mindset, like based on what we’re talking about here with disinformation and poor leadership and personal agendas, you can’t trust anything anymore. So if you can earn someone’s trust, you’re gonna get a lot further.

Peter Montoya 11:47

I like that. Well said.

Adam G. Force 11:48

Oh man. So what kind of steps now have you been taking to kind of pursue a shift in leadership?

Peter Montoya 11:57

You know, the biggest thing is one thing I could impose upon your audience is for them to consider what their moral compass is. And so most people have never even really thought about the definition, their moral compass, and it probably is the most important decision they’ll make in their life. So the truth to me is, is that morality is subjective. Those are the objective that your morality is subjective, which means each human being is decide what is the goal of their lives, and to some degree with the goal of people’s lives are around them. And some people go well, you know, it’s easy, it’s God whenever God tells me to do what God says is moral. That is my moral compass, okay? Other people might say it’s the Constitution. So the US Constitution instead of federal laws, if it’s legal that it’s good, if it’s illegal, then it’s bad. Other people have I think the default moral compass for most Americans is personal enrichment. So as long as it makes me money and doesn’t hurt somebody else too badly, then it’s okay. So you know, I want a big house big car. I want to consume a lot. I want a reasonable enough We will listen to me. And then you know, I want to be left alone, and they more or less are living the morality of personal enrichment. Now what I think what I’ve chosen for my life, and I would like more people to choose for their life, and I can’t make them do this is that of human well being? I think everyone’s moral compass should be set to maximizing their own human well being and everyone else’s well being as well. And as soon as you make a decision, the calculus of how you make decisions and what you value changes radically.

Adam G. Force 13:32

Yeah, yeah, I agree with that. And I think, you know, I think there’s a, I guess, an educational gap. Would you agree that over time, there’s an educational gap that could be preventing people from actually understanding that in another word, another way to put it is, you know, people don’t see as clearly that the a shift or transition from an individual or an organism will impact the whole, and they don’t see it that way. Cuz if you did, you’d realize that all these things of thinking for yourself, I have enough money, I don’t want to hurt someone too bad. You know, that’s the wrong way to think about how we operate as a global community.

Peter Montoya 14:16

That’s absolutely right. And you got to look at the culture of the United States and the culture of the United States all moves toward radical individualism, radical individualism, and I want to win as long as I don’t hurt you, or someone else too bad. So as all of our society, I mean, we basically have been indoctrinated for the last hundred and 20 years with what’s called a prosperity doctrine. And the prosperity doctrine basically says, success equals happiness. As soon as I make enough money that I can buy my house in the woods, be completely and totally isolated, live off, you know, live off the grid where the government’s not bothering me. I have succeeded and I will be happy. And what’s amazing about that is those people are the least happy people on the planet. So the Whole aim of our society is going in the wrong direction. And that happens both in religion, it happens in personal development, almost all personal development is geared around the prosperity doctrine. What happens in our educational system? All everything is moving toward How can I be alone? How can I make a lot of money? How can I do this all by myself, it’s all geared the wrong way, which is the opposite of how we thrive. If you look at the schools of positive psychology, look at the studies in longevity, everything’s about having a purpose, which is usually greater than yourself, making the world a better place. And number two, having a lot of interconnected relationships 100%

Adam G. Force 15:39

So, you know, a lot of times you’ll hear like, there’s been massive progress with technology, and people associate that with just overall progress, but we haven’t had you know, I think what we’re kind of getting at is educational and spiritual progress around you know, how we live. I mean, you can hear these guys like Bernie Sanders and stuff, talk about About how they want to help more people, and it’s going to cost taxes and all this stuff. And so people will say, Well, I’m not gonna pay for someone else’s kid to go to school or get health care. And I’m just like, I can just see such a huge disconnect and how we actually are thinking about things.

Peter Montoya 16:14

I would agree with you. So I would say that humanity right now if you look at humanity in terms of a human life lifespan, we are in our college years, and your college years are about is how do you adapt? How do you use unlimited adult vices. So when you first go to college at 18 or 19 years old, all of a sudden, you don’t have anyone telling you and putting restraints on what you can do anymore. And you can drink smoke sacks gamble, what drugs, you have unlimited access to all of the human biases and most people in their first couple years of adulthood adulting they over indulge? And they realize there are prices to pay for doing whatever you want when you want to do it. And we as a society are exactly the same place right now. We are realizing Yes, we can As much carbon as we want as cheaply as we want, we can have as much technology in our hands we want, we can be staring at our screens as we want. However, those things as indulgent and as good as they might feel as easy as they might be, there are huge societal repercussions or societal individual repercussions from that. So we are as a society right now, as a species right now, in those 1819 year old years going, just because we can doesn’t mean we should. And we’ve actually got to restrict ourselves based on what is in the best long term interests of our species.

Adam G. Force 17:33

That’s the that’s the tough one right there is really getting people to I guess, it’s like a reeducation process almost how do we get people to detach from those you know, historical conditioning conditioned beliefs and start thinking in a new direction with you know, I just, it’s a very difficult thing. So I guess that’s why you’re focused on leadership and trying to have a top down effect.

Peter Montoya 17:59

Noticed some degree, I mean leadership and really changed, you know, the military was the prototypical takedown style. You know, I’m the leader, you do what I say. And today, it’s really an inside out job, which means we’re really trying to empower people. So they make better decisions for themselves and for the organization as a whole. We want thinking self leading, empowered people making decisions, so no longer isn’t necessarily a top down. We’re trying to really imbue them with the right tools that make better moral decisions for themselves and the people around them. Yeah, and

Adam G. Force 18:34

I think, you know, so. So basically, getting because I, you know, it made me think of this film the family, I don’t know if you’ve seen it, or saw it. It’s like, they’re like, these are the leaders that have the most impact. And when I say top down, forget traditional corporate hierarchy or anything like that, but people that have been influenced in a sense, it’s like, if they’re out there, spreading the Bs, like, it just makes it that much harder and to Your point we want people to start understanding what this I guess modern day leadership is and not even just what it should be, but what it needs to become and why, right?

Peter Montoya 19:11

Yeah, absolutely. Right. So we’re really focused on self leadership and self leadership really is empowerment. empowerment is one of those terms to a lot of people where they go, it’s kind of a fuzzy word, but they really, empowerment really is very well defined. So here’s what empowerment is. First of all, empowerment is authority, plus confidence, plus competence. So when As for me, as a leader of an organization, I want to give my people maximum authority to make as many decisions within alignment of the organization. So the organization is really clear, the objective is really clear or head is really clear. And we’ll give each one maximum authority to help us achieve that goal. Next, I want to give them the competence and the skills and I’ll ask them questions and training to constantly give them more and more comps, make better decisions, and then with that usually comes down competence. So when they’re sitting there in a decision making situation, they are empowered to make the best decision for them in the organization. I love that.

Adam G. Force 20:09

And so and what are you offering and doing right now that’s that is supporting people to become a transformational leader, if you will.

Peter Montoya 20:18

Great question. So I’m an infopreneur. These days, I’ve got a great YouTube channel which is youtube.com, slash thrive, e union. And on there, we’ve got 54 different videos that basically teach different life skills and leadership. So that’s one thing we do are putting the final touches on a book right now called the 10. Secrets of leadership power, self testable for self leadership and leadership of others want to really kind of break down and get pragmatic steps for people to actually be able to know how to build up their leadership skills. And then also I’ve got a great online coaching community, which is on Facebook and it’s currently free. So that would be Peter Montoya leadership coaching inside of Facebook, go to Facebook search for Peter Montoya leadership coaching, and join our free leadership coaching community.

Adam G. Force 21:09

So thanks for sharing that. And just curious then, as leadership is evolving, and where do you see it? Do you see these leadership styles changing? Obviously, it has changed over time. And do you see it happening more in certain areas? It could be small companies, large corporations, government, whatever it might be. Do you see it evolving in certain places first?

Peter Montoya 21:34

Yeah, it certainly is happening. And I don’t know if you saw it. In the last couple months, the American Chamber of Commerce actually kind of changed what they thought was the objective American business now, whereas the objective of American business was either by default or stated to maximize shareholder value, right. The Chamber of Commerce, more or less said, I think the US Chamber Congress more or less said, we now have five stakeholders and we get to consider all five stakeholders. Clients are one shareholders be another, their vendors, their employees and the communities they serve. That actually is a holistic solution. Now we’ve got American businesses saying making money alone is not it.

Adam G. Force 22:21

Yeah, yeah. No, it’s it’s powerful. And I do recall seeing that and I’m curious at what impact the you know, I think it was Chamber of Commerce, but them setting the tone, if you will, curious on what kind of impact that’s really happening because I feel like you know, there’s probably a lot of old blood out there and a lot of new blood coming. I think the new blood is gonna lean into those ideas, while the old blood is gonna have their mindset on maximizing profit, because that’s just their mentality.

Peter Montoya 22:51

Yeah, I mean, you also understand that money is you know, highly, highly addictive. So human beings have two potential Reasons for living. The default reason for living is your basic survival and this goes back to our homosapien origins and more or less how we survive if human beings is to eat, don’t get eaten and procreate. That’s how we prepare. keeps giving you some of the survival of the species going forward. And making money is nothing more than an extension of that basic core programming. So you say well, how is making money I mean, buying more houses and more cars, just an extension of eat, don’t get eaten and procreate. reproduce. And when more or less people buy cars, have houses have boats have more vacation as a way of attracting mates? If you think Oh no, I’m evolved. I live in a big giant huge house and I’m beyond my core programming. Basically basis rival No, you’re still caught on the hedonic treadmill of that and it takes a level of comfort. consciousness to go, you know what, I’m going to transcend my basic core programming of survival and move on to human flourishing or thriving. And that’s basically when you make the choice that you want to live for human well being. And once you figure it out that maximizing human well being is what you’re going living for. Then you start living for things like purpose, relationships, calm, and you actually reorganize your life in a much more holistic way. But it takes some intelligence to do and discipline to do that in our society.

Adam G. Force 24:30

Yeah, definitely. Now, do you do you think or would you agree that there that we’re actually living through a major transition in in business overall, globally?

Peter Montoya 24:45

But yeah, I certainly hope so. You’re getting more and more Gen Xers like me into the executive ranks, and we have a much more holistic way of looking at the world so I’m really hoping so. Gen Xers have been the biggest disappointment. Is this most not the biggest non generation in history? We haven’t even had a president yet. So we’ve had baby boomer presidents, and they’re looking we might skip right over Gen x’s and just get all millennial if they elect Pete Budaj edge. Yeah, there hasn’t been I don’t think any of the candidates right now for president are Gen Xers were worthless generation.

Adam G. Force 25:20

You know, you don’t hear too much about Gen X. That’s, that’s no, it’s it’s, it’s now millennials and Gen Z. And for some reason, yeah, Gen X gets skipped.

Peter Montoya 25:30

You did.

Adam G. Force 25:32

Man. So yeah, I think you know, there is a big transition. And you know, one of the things I always like to say is that, and I’m curious on your thoughts is you know, as more people as the internet grows and grows, and we have this, all these new opportunities, it’s there’s never been a better time for opportunity for someone to say, I’m gonna I’m gonna escape the nine to five like what we were taught and programmed to do basically, and I I’m going to do something of my own, like, I’m just gonna figure out my own. And what I always want to see people do is like, find harmony, like there is no work life balance, there’s just your life. So you just start creating this harmonious, you know, duality like comes together, right? And it’s like, I’m just gonna shape whatever I want. And now with the internet, you can do that the opportunity is there.

Peter Montoya 26:23

So yeah, it certainly is. I mean, there’s so much technology now that allow you to actually, you know, work from home from home and basically look like a big business. So there is a lot of opportunity in that one regard. And then in another regard, the number of new businesses starting in America right now is less than during the Carter administration. The large businesses on this planet, Amazon, Google, Facebook, Tesla, you know, they are gobbling up a whole lot of mindshare right now. So in some regards, it is easier and in some regards, it’s harder because of the climate right now.

Adam G. Force 26:58

Yeah, that’s an interesting point. I’m always looking for statistics on the number of companies started or you know, failing, like, and I don’t know, like where you get your numbers. Any any ideas on that?

Peter Montoya 27:11

Good question. I would have to google it again. Yeah, I know. I googled it not too long ago and saw those numbers, but it’s, it’s out there. I’m guessing it is. The Department of Commerce is where those numbers are. Yeah. Neil Patel recently posts something around about a 500,000 or so companies start but only about 30. Some thousand make it? Right. Right. And those numbers are pretty powerful. You know, but what’s interesting is I see more people, and you don’t need to be a Tesla to live. So live, what you might define as success, right? So you can grab your small part of the pie and help a small part of the global community in your own way with the skills that you have. And we would call that living your truth. I was at a conference in Toronto and I interviewed a girl by the name of Nasseri Sheikh who is on our magazine cover and when I spoke to her she was a child slave went through all the stuff she got out started two businesses. And I asked her in the end, if you had one opportunity to give a message to the world, what would it be? And she said, I would ask that people dig deep live their truth, because that’s the biggest contribution you can make to the world. Did I lose you? Sorry, I had muted the microphone to sneeze. failed, unmuted. Yes, in my vernacular, that is living your purpose and purpose is the intersection of five of five things. Number one, what you’re passionate about. Number two, what you’re good at what you’re skilled out. And number three, something that benefits humanity. And once you find the intersection of those three things, yes, you are maximizing contribution to our species. And so I really hope that your listeners here are not just doing jobs that they like, and that make them money. But actually, they’d like to Really good at that are helping society beautiful.

Adam G. Force 29:04

I love that. And I and I that’s where I want to see this overall transition go, you know, we have more transparency now with the internet, we could see what’s going on in the world. And hopefully we can find trusted information. And as people get, you know, inspired more than they want to contribute back to help solve some of these problems. And that’s what we’re all about here at Change Creator. So we see a lot of people who do have their hearts in the right place.

Peter Montoya 29:26

Oh, I love what you’re doing here. Adam is fantastic.

Adam G. Force 29:28

Thank you so much. Appreciate that. And I really appreciate your focus on leadership. And you did define it, but I just want to do a final definition and we’ll wrap up. So I have a note here that you know, like we talked about transformational leadership. Let’s just give everybody a very clear definition on what that really means. today.

Peter Montoya 29:49

A transformational leader is someone who changes the fundamentals, fundamental understanding of what something is. So our founding fathers This country 200 years ago, created a fundamental change in understanding what a country could be. Up until that time, most of the countries in the world were all monarchies basically, in powered by God more or less. And the United States of America was the very first democracy and no one thought that model would work. Here we are 200 and some 70 years later, and a half the countries in the world are now democracies, they created a fundamental change understanding of what something is. Steve Jobs is another one. I mean, Steve Jobs probably was a transformational leader at least twice, if not three times. First with what a computer was a computer up until that time filled a room. It was only for governments and research institutions and colleges and things like that. And he basically said, No, a computer is what you put on your desk. It’s more functional. That was probably number one. Number two is probably iTunes. We changed how we got listened to music versus CDs. It was now digital. And the third one was what is a pocket computer Caught a fall, but really it’s a handheld computer. And that was the probably the third time he created a fundamental change understanding was something is, so what in every single time but those fundamental transformation leaders, not only they change the understanding what it is, but they also unlock hundreds, thousands or millions of other leaders. So if you think about it, how many businesses have come evolve because of the iPhone? Well, there’s thousands of or hundreds of thousands of businesses that are created doing software and hardware for the iPhone. And then you also got to think about all the businesses that were started because people could run their whole entire lives off of a handheld computer. So he trance he created other leaders based on his own transformation.

Adam G. Force 31:47

Yeah, I love that. I love the fact that has, you know, Britney bring up a great point about how just creating these transformations such as the iPhone, it just opens up a world of whole a whole other world of opportunity, which is been the case and it’s been pretty amazing. So I couldn’t agree more. Yeah. Well, Peter, listen, I appreciate your time. We’re gonna wrap up here. And I want to give you a chance. I know you gave some shout outs earlier, but let’s just what’s the best place for people to learn more about you and your leadership? approach

Peter Montoya 32:16

our website, which is Peter Montoya calm that should be easy enough to remember. And then I would also go to facebook and join my free leadership community, which is the Peter Montoya leadership coaching in Facebook.

Adam G. Force 32:29

Awesome. Perfect. Alright guys, you heard it, check it out. This sounds like exactly the kind of leadership we need. So really appreciate you sharing all your insights. Peter.

Peter Montoya 32:39

I love that you have this channel and thank you for having giving this gift to the world and having me on it. I really love this episode.

Adam G. Force 32:45

And your next step is to change create a revolution by downloading our interactive digital magazine app for premium content, exclusive interviews, and more ways to stay on top of your game available now on iTunes and Google Play or visit change. Raider mag comm we’ll see you next time where money and meaning intersect right here at the Change Creator podcast.

Maddy Martin: Increase Sales and Impact With Messenger AI Strategies

Listen to our exclusive interview with Maddy Martin:

Subscribe to this show on Spotify  |  iTunes  |  Stitcher  |  Soundcloud

Are you leaning into modern marketing solutions that will allow you to help more people and scale impact? We spoke to the head of growth and education at Smith.ai.

Maddy Martin is the head of growth and education at Smith.ai, which provides integrated phone and web chat services for solo and small businesses, including their virtual receptionist & intake service, live website chat, and Keypad cloud phone system.

She has spent the last decade growing tech startups from New York to California and has expertise in digital marketing, small business communications, lead conversion, email marketing, SEO, and event marketing.

Learn more about Maddy and her work at > https://smith.ai

We also recommend:

Transcription of Interview

(Transcribed by Otter.ai, there may be errors)

Adam G. Force 00:11

What’s going on everybody welcome back to the Change Creator podcast show. This is your host Adam force. hope everybody’s doing well today. If you missed the last episode, it was with Travis chambers. He’s the founder of chamber media they’re doing some really amazing stuff with video and so we talked about video marketing and development and all that good stuff. So a lot of good gold nuggets in there and as you know, video is hot today. So you want to check that out. And today we are going to be talking with somebody in the AI space and her name is Maddy, Martin. She’s head of growth and education at Smith AI. And they’re all about integrating you know, web and phone chats right so automating these processes to help increase your sales connect with leads validate the leads right. This can lead to calls the can lead to whatever your funnel or process is. And you know, there’s a lot of money left on the table today, when we don’t have these types of resources in place. And even, you know, like Facebook Messenger is super powerful with really unique strategies behind it. And you know, programs like this for your website can really help you increase your monthly revenue for your business. So we wanted to talk to her about how businesses are using this stuff, why it’s so important and get a sense of what they’re doing that’s different, and bring that to you guys. So you can get some insights and maybe fresh ideas for you know, pulling in some more leads, pulling in some more sales and upping your business, right, the more we can do that the more impact we can have in the world, with our companies. And that’s always a good thing. So the other announcement I want to make is, we have a very special offer and it is a it’s new. We haven’t we haven’t shared this with anybody just yet. And it is our storytelling roadmap for impact on Entrepreneurs now we run a program called the captivate method. And we help supercharge your brand with storytelling right to turn more leads into sales and automate your business and really set things up and integrate storytelling as a powerful marketing force. And this is a first step. So we want to share this storytelling roadmap as a first step to get acclimated understand story a little bit better and what’s going on with it some of the mistakes that people make when they’re in their early years of startup. And so you could check that out now this again, this is a fresh document we’d love your feedback on it as well. So you can go to the URL change crater comm slash forward slash storytelling roadmap. All right, just all one word. So Change Creator comm slash storytelling roadmap, and you can grab your free copy of the storytelling roadmap for impact entrepreneurs. Now check it out, let us know what you think we’d love to get some feedback on it. And we hope you really enjoy it and it’s helpful for you. There’s lots of good nuggets in Alright, so this will be a good first step. Alright guys, I think that’s about it, you can check out our website, check us out on Facebook, you know where we’re at, you know, get on Facebook, this is where we put a lot of content and then get into the Facebook group, the, the profitable digital impact entrepreneur. All right, we have a really healthy community in there that you can connect with lots of good insights. And we hope to see you over there. Alright, let’s jump into this conversation about messenger and AI with Maddie. Hey, Maddie, welcome to the Change Creator podcast show. How’s everything going today?

Maddy Martin 03:38

Oh, it’s great. Thanks, Adam. Thanks for having me.

Adam G. Force 03:40

Yep. Thanks for being here. I think you’re in an exciting space and you know, just over the past couple years, there’s just so much talk around this type of technology and messenger support and I think, you know, for even for our business as we get into this stuff, it’s I always look at it as like another thing to learn, but I think So look at it as like, Man, you better start leaning into it, because that’s money that you’re leaving on the table for sure. And I’ve seen just incredible results for people. So maybe just give a little bit of background on what’s going on with, you know, with you today, what you’re working on and just kind of a little summary there.

Maddy Martin 04:18

Yeah, sure. Absolutely. So I’m the head of growth and education for Smith AI, which is a Virtual Receptionist and web chat service that’s now offering also texts answering for small businesses primarily. So we operate now really globally, but we’re based in Silicon Valley and we have the majority of our receptionists are in the US and Canada, English and Spanish support for really a professional services, businesses and solopreneurs to small business owners who are you know, the first few years of business to more mature and advanced where they understand the opportunity cost of their time, which for me is a long time ago. Economy Major really resonates with the with the business and our clients because we know that yes, you know, you could take out a loan and spend more money you can leverage friends and family and you know, venture capital. But what you can’t get more of no matter how hard you try is time. And it’s precious in terms of how quickly your business gets adopted in the market, how quickly you make sales and in are able to find the right product market fit. And what we find is that if business owners are spending all their time on admin tasks and chores and answering the phone, or neglecting those and not finding replacements to pick up the phone and answer emails and chats, then what happens is that there is a huge lag and missed opportunity in business growth, and that can significantly affect the sort of opportunities and viability of the business.

Adam G. Force 05:53

Yeah, I think that was well said. And it’s a tough lesson to learn because, you know, there’s a I would say that as As soon as you’re when you have an established revenue stream, let’s say I just have one product as a start up and you’re starting to get sales, you know, that’s when I would really start looking at this technology to help kind of capitalize on that. And I think you made a good point just about the time we put in because I’ve seen it over and over again, where people put in a lot of time in the weeds with this type of stuff, rather than spending their time you know, they talk about working on the business versus in the business and there is definitely some truth to to that and how you spend your time is important. So once you just have those sales like I think technology like this is is essential, actually, you know

Maddy Martin 06:39

Yeah, and I think you know, there’s such like a chicken and egg sort of mentality with services like this even think about like, are you using a CRM? Are you using online calendaring? Have you outsourced like the chore of bookkeeping and accounting like we’re approaching tax season, right? So maybe, I mean, to be honest, maybe we’re in tax season if we like it or not. And what ends up happening is that we get so bogged down by the day to day and the chores. But we don’t take an eye on the things that actually really move the needle, which is responsiveness. That’s the most important thing. And if we don’t invest in the tools that allow us to be responsive, then we end up shooting ourselves in the foot. So like, there’s often this analysis paralysis that happens, where you think, Oh my gosh, there’s so many CRMs on the market, like which one do I choose? How important is it that it connects to all my other tools? Should I have a you know, email account hosted by Gmail or Outlook or how does it play well with my other systems, and what we find now that’s really honestly a huge advantage to small business owners is that there are not as many like long term commitments and contracts that are required by software. You can use most software and services month to month, so there isn’t so much of an initial investment. And, and cost if you don’t like the software, so what I recommend is that you just get started using something that’s like free or low cost, like think about calendly. I mean, they offer a free online calendaring solution, there, even CRMs that start free. There’s email marketing tools that start free until you hit, you know, a total number of contacts. And then you know, like, this is something I like to use, it works for my business functions. It’s something that I can understand. But you don’t know unless you start actually using these systems and not just reading you know, your peers posts in a Facebook group, like how they’re going to actually work for you. Because like, if you agonize, you will never end up choosing a software and frankly, nothing is perfect, but you won’t know what actually you even want or like to use unless you just get started. And that’s one of the biggest struggles that we see small businesses. face.

Adam G. Force 08:58

Yeah, it’s true. And I think you see a lot of the software companies, they do offer, you know, a free access opportunity, you know, until you can get your business to a certain point, but that by that point, you either love it and you’re integrated with them. So you continue, or you don’t and you can try something else. So there’s really no reason to not get started with some of these things. And, you know, we’ve done it with calendly and drift and just simple things like that. And we’re behind on the messenger game and you know, this type of support at the level that you guys are, are doing. So that’s led me to be super curious to talk to you more about it. And if you could share maybe a little insight around, you know, the uses of this technology for small businesses and, and some of the things that might stand out as just someone maybe top two or three items that stand out that could be valuable, that someone should be thinking about that maybe they’re not.

Maddy Martin 09:55

Yeah, um, I think there there are three sort of core things to think about. About one and we started actually with our website chat having a self service sort of platform like you know, an intercom or drift or something. But what we found is that small business owners don’t need to answer their own chats. The two options that we now offer are live website chat, which is staffed by us, and also staffs, your texts answering and messages. Then the other product is the chat bot, which is automatically responding with programmatic answers that you know, respond to common questions and steer leads in the right direction towards scheduling a consultation or or buying products online. And those are the tools that are really hands off either there is someone handling it without your involvement or there is AI handling it without your involvement. But when we first sort of launched the website chat, and giving that self service platform, we realize like hey, hang on a second, like our core, you know, business Owner clients are not available. That’s why we exist to sort of deliver this service either through live humans or AI to respond on their behalf. And that’s what we do with phone calls. And and now doing that across, as we say, omni channel platform, so phone, text, website chat and expanding from there into other things like Facebook and other messenger apps. But what we know is that business owners always want to be in the loop. So when you’re looking at the system, they should notify you and anyone else who is scheduled or who is, you know, purchase a product, the notification should not only be to the business owner, but also to the buyer or to the lead. And then also see how you can sort of get the most out of the system. So like, a lot of people probably know that there are call answering services. But what a lot of people don’t know is that you can actually mask a business number. And I’m not speaking about spoofing and spam can actually move Ask a business number and we can call using your business number so that it shows on caller ID, your leads and clients to follow up on maybe they completed a website form or they left their cart abandoned and they didn’t end up buying the product, whatever the case may be, they have indicated an interest in buying something from you a product or service, we follow up on those great leads on the people who may be you know, indicated an interest or had a consultation with your service and didn’t buy. And then you have that entire workflow sort of both inbound and outbound with us answering, you know, screening, scheduling, answering questions and getting that, that revenue in or following up on people outbound to call them and to get that sale proactively. So I think that that proactiveness and the level of depth that we provide is really the thing that moves the needle, not a glorified voicemail right now. Just like leave a message. I mean, how annoying is that? When you go to a website, and you see that little like chat widget, and then you click on it thinking, I’m going to get live help right now either like through AI or a human being. And then it says, okay, enter your information. All right, I’ve done that name and email and then it says, things were away right now leave your message. And you’re like, what, you know, a bunch of baloney, like you just like made me fill out a form basically, and I’m not going to get live help. That’s such a disappointing experience. So I think that there is the expectation unfortunately, that like we live in the Uber Amazon instacart world where people are getting instant gratification and unbelievably great, fast service for any questions that they have about buying something or or just like, you know, contacting a business. And what ends up happening is that like, those are the same clients or the same consumers who are Going to be interacting with you. So if you don’t have business texting, if you don’t have a Facebook page with messenger, if you don’t have a website that has anything more than a form and instead, like, you know, a chat widget for real time interaction, then you’re missing out on potential business. Like, for example, what we see is that you can expect one chat for every four calls you get for a net new lead for your business. So we know that there is money being left on the table.

Adam G. Force 14:29

Yeah, and I think that’s huge. I think that, you know, I literally was just having this conversation with my co founder, Amy about just abandoned cart stuff, or you know, people that are hitting that page and you know, there’s retargeting solutions and, you know, ways to follow up with people. But I think that this type of support and follow up is really important. I was gonna say powerful, but I just think it’s really important because there is a ton of money left on the table, and it might be something very simple. With these follow ups that you find out that were just holding someone back from that sale, and not only do you get the information, but you will get the sale also. So, like, if you’re not following up in these different, there’s different ways to have these follow ups. I feel like and you know, you want to be covering your bases and in the ways that are going to be most effective and immediate.

Maddy Martin 15:19

Yeah, I mean, one other thing that I’ll emphasize, honestly, in terms of tools, because there is a little bit of hesitancy still here with text messaging, that, you know, chat is great. But it does require sort of someone coming to your website or prompting that engagement, right? But texting is really nice because it can be less, less less inbound, right? And it can be two way and we know that unlike email, which many of us are still leveraging, but it’s you know, lower and lower open rates and more noise and less effective text messages, get an astronomically higher ROI. Right so what ends up happening is that for those who are most likely to respond to a text message and who are most clearly indicating that they want to hear from you, they want to engage with your business or they have already engaged with your business and I’ll get to an example of that in a second. You can text them and get a much higher interaction engagement rate and and you know when to sale rate so that you can you know, really make the sale happen especially if you have a mobile friendly website. Or if you have purchases available for product on other sites, you can direct through link them to make a purchase and it can even be something that is a personalized link so it gets them right back to where they were started, you know, with cookies, etc. So So to me, like I’ve got chrome on my desktop on my browser. If someone texts me a link on my phone, then I’m using Chrome no matter which device I’m in my Chrome knows where I am. So I can pick up right where I left off. Again, leveraging technology that’s not costing you anything extra. But it allows you to help facilitate that sale. Now with existing clients. What’s really interesting is that you can even use texting to help them write reviews for you, what we see is that reviews or referrals are still incredibly important and have a ton of weight on the attraction and the sort of search ranking of your business, the visibility, everyone is checking, you know, online reviews and referrals. Even if they have a friend who tells them you know, go check out this business, they’re still going to look at it and what you want to do is systematically be asking for and getting fresh reviews and from your happiest clients of course, so if you use texting and you say thanks so much for you know, your recent purchase and we’re leaving us you know, five stars, when you automatically email them about you know, thanks for making this purchase. You You made a purchase in your cart. And then here’s the automatic email. If you text them and you say, Would you please write a review on our Facebook page or Google My Business or wherever it is that you have a listing, then you can help facilitate that actually coming to fruition, whereas in the email, you know, someone’s gonna snooze it, maybe they want to do it, maybe the open rate is lower, if you just direct them to that link right there. And then and you can even if you’ve captured, you know, comments from them, praise in the past, you can include that to make it even easier for them to write the review. One of the things that we even do is we can call, you know, recent clients back who left a positive review and say, you know, what, you know, let me just, you know, have a little mini interview with you, and we will send this to you, you can approve it, and then I’ll send you the link to post it online, like really facilitating that online reputation management.

Adam G. Force 18:55

Yeah. Which I love and I and I think a lot of people have a gap there with getting those reviews and stuff like that for their products, and it can be a real pain in the butt. And sometimes people do need that little, like, make it as easy as possible for them. So they need a little nudge.

Maddy Martin 19:10

Yeah, and I think they don’t want to they don’t have time, right. So you have to facilitate that.

Adam G. Force 19:16

Well, we’ve learned, you know, like on iTunes and stuff, like people find it to be a real pain in the butt to like, they want to leave a review, but it becomes like a hassle. And so if it’s not really simple for them, you lose that and I know like on iTunes, it can be a little bit if you’re not familiar with the process, it’s a little bit clunky. So that kind of like hand holding could be really valuable to getting those additional reviews and stuff. So have you noticed anything? I’m curious on just some of the companies that might be using this type of technology and support at the level you’re talking about. And if you’ve heard any kind of results stories that have shown an uptick in their sales or Just overall business revenues and things like that.

Maddy Martin 20:03

Oh my gosh, so many okay like a few things well, first of all one like sort of PSA. I travel around the country Adam and like I talked to a lot of small business owners, and many of them are using voice phone systems cloud phone systems and they don’t sort of Secret Shop them. So after you listen to this, one thing that I would recommend that you do if you’re running a small business is to have someone call your business phone number and count the rings and then pick up when you hear the you know, first or second ring. So count the rings on your end because what we’re seeing is a lot of latency. So sometimes if your phone system is not set up properly, or if you have a lot of delays, then you could be missing calls for the very simple and very fixable reason of like there’s eight rings and I kid you not this actually happens before you hear it ring once on your end, and people are hanging up then before they even reach you. So that is really an easy fix. The other thing that I recommend is that if you don’t have business texting enabled for your phone number that you get that immediately a lot of our clients say, you know, these are lawyers, financial advisors, e commerce, you know, they say they didn’t realize that people were trying to text their number until they enabled it or until they switch their phone system. And the really nice thing is that that typically is rolled into like any cloud phone system plan, it shouldn’t really cost you anything extra. If so, it’s extremely small potatoes right in the grand scheme of your costs, and you know, 510 bucks a month or something that have basic business texting enabled. And if you have a landline, you can even use zip whip, or you can use Smith AI to provision sort of a business texting solution for you. So that’s something that I would absolutely recommend and then I would definitely also recommend looking into you know, having sort of automation setup, so that if you have a webform filled For example, from a new potential client or from someone who says, Yes, I want more information or you do product demos, or whatever the case may be, you have a really good system of follow up. So that if someone, even if they’re chatting on your website, that you always have the opportunity to sort of like have that conversation with them. One of the things that we see is that business owners shoot themselves in the foot sometimes by saying, play by my rules, rather than trying to be in tune with the clients and say, okay, you’re contacting me, on my website. Here you are, you’re chatting, or you’re filling out these forms. If you’re just filling out forms, you should definitely have website chat if you get a lot of form fills and e commerce requests. If you have website chat, then what happens? You’ve got someone who’s live on the line, and you’ve got this fish on the line and then they say, you know what, I need to step away like can I can I turn this into a call or this is getting a little bit more complicated, you know, I want to learn more about extra Z, you know, can I schedule time to speak with someone, you want to be able to make that available to them. So either they’re able to schedule a call for someone on your team, maybe it’s even you the business owner. Or if you’re using an omni channel solution where for example, we know your business, and we’re using chat and phone to communicate on your behalf, we can actually even have our receptionist, take that phone call and continue the conversation so you don’t have the interruption. But the main thing is that don’t get interrupted until it actually has to be you who brings in that final sale, who does that demo or consultation are much more sort of advanced conversation that only you or your team can do before that point. If you are doing all of that triage and handling yourself, then you’re spending a lot of time with people who are probably not all converting to clients. or customers? And that doesn’t need to be you who’s on the front lines? Yeah,

Adam G. Force 24:07

yeah, I mean, the time saving is huge and I agree that was gonna be a question is that converting from the the automated chat because you know sometimes there does it does require a personal touch so you might have a trigger point that would turn it into something that you can handle personally to close a deal or whatever it might be but the whole setup process and the initial conversation getting there sounds like it can be automated and then you can have a trigger point to set up a call as needed.

Maddy Martin 24:35

Absolutely. And the nice thing with online calendaring is that if it is you know, you or your staff who has to have the you know, consultation or demo or discussion, then we will book that based on your calendar settings. So you can say you know, I only open up you know, my public calendar for you know, three demos a day or phone calls in the afternoons and I need 15 minutes of buffer time in between Each appointment to take notes and follow through. All of those things are completely customizable. And when we’re booking appointments for you, it’s not like we’re seeing into your calendar or we’re logging in or you need to buy another license. It really is just a link that we use based on your directions. But the important thing is that it’s not just anyone having a link and they’re just booking appointments with you willy nilly. They’re screened first to determine if they’re a good potential client or customer or even partner. You know, are there people who you’re doing work with? Maybe it’s b2b and not see to see, you know, b2c? There may be different vetting steps based on who is on the phone and how you plan to work with them.

Adam G. Force 25:46

Yeah, and I think I would make the point that it’s nice to be able to screen people because you want to get a sense of who is coming in who is chatting because you can look at that and say great, these are the right people. For my My business or you’re going to find out these are not the right people for my business. So now you want to look at well, then why are we attracting the wrong people? Do we have the wrong SEO content? Are we doing the wrong targeting in our ads or whatever it might be. So I think it’s great to be able to screen people and make those types of decisions because you’re starting a sales conversation or a funnel, whatever you want to call it. And if you’re seeing a lot of the wrong people, it kind of leads you to determine there’s probably other issues with your traffic to begin with. So I love that I love that screening opportunity. And I like the automation. I mean, not that we don’t want to have personal touches, but you know, once you get to a certain number, more and more people coming, it’s like you just can’t, right. So it’s it is nice to be able to manage some of the primary conversation to like, vet somebody depending on what they need. And then if they are a buyer, then you have that conversation.

Maddy Martin 26:53

Yeah, I mean, I think that you also just go back to that SEO point that you made that is a really important In one, and it’s sort of this like unknown secret benefit to having something like website chat that allows you to get the exact language that people are using to search. So what do we know, we know that like Google doesn’t really give you the keyword so much anymore that people are using to search and find your business. It’s really hard to determine all the entire questions that the entire keyword set that’s driving business to your pages. So what we know, though, is that in a chat, they’re using the exact same language that they were searching for in Google, right? Because like, maybe they got to the right page, or maybe they got your homepage, or maybe they search for something and now they’re actually going to search their exact query on your website. A lot of small business websites don’t have search or very robust search. So chat actually can be a search portal for the rest of your site. If it’s connected to live agents, they can facilitate you know, getting the right answer to you or providing it directly. But the really nice thing is that you can read into all of the chat transcripts that you see. And you can pull out the best blog posts the best FAQ the best, like, you know, questions that people are asking and then answer them proactively on Facebook or Twitter and say, we just got, you know, three of the same question this week about, you know, product A, wanting to, you know, share with everyone the answer because we didn’t realize it was something that wasn’t, you know, well known. You know, you as a business owner, you have deep expertise. And sometimes it’s easy to have those blinders on where, where you don’t keep in touch with like, those basic questions that maybe you take for granted. And we see this really often. Or maybe you have used a digital marketing agency that isn’t totally familiar with the exact language that’s used, like a really good example of that would be, you know, with attorneys who do personal injury, like let’s consider the phrases like car wreck, or car accident, right? Like if you’re Just saying car accident all over your website, but you’re in a region in the US where people say car wreck, then you’re going to be missing out on some of that search traffic. And if everyone in your chat widget is saying, Oh, do you handle, you know, injuries from car wrecks, you’re like, Oh my gosh, it’s so simple. Like, I should be using that keyword too. So something like that can be a big unlock to organic search traffic growth, as you were alluding to,

Adam G. Force 29:29

yeah, yeah. No, I love that. That’s all really good information. And I just think that there’s such an important place for this type of technology. And there’s a lot of ways we can use it. I get a little sensitive around the text messaging. I think it’s super powerful. And obviously it gets high exposure and opens. I guess we all just have to be a little bit more intimate, right, it gets Yeah, email is like at one level of intimacy and trust. And then you get to the text messaging. It’s like you’re really in the Inside world with somebody

Maddy Martin 30:03

And so you need to be careful and not invasive, right? Like, you know, consider how interested the person is and then be Be careful. You know, it’s like how I teach writers who I’ve worked with, you know how to use an exclamation point you know, it’s like a jalapeno like you only need one and you know any block of text any recipe right? Right. Um, too many is overload. You want to be careful with like how much you’re you’re out bound communicating, whether that’s email or text message, but you really don’t want to ever feel spammy and have clear indicators of when you send that prompt follow up and on what channel

Adam G. Force 30:42

love it. Yeah, makes sense. Well, it sounds like there’s a lot of to explore here for people. So you know, if you got your business you’re you’re up and running. This type of support could not only just takes give you some time back, but it could also improve your sales and conversion rates, not just the number of sales, but those conversion rates can go up based on the volume of traffic, you have come to your site. So definitely something really great to look into. So thanks for sharing, you know, your expertise on the topic and some of the ways that people are using it to grow their businesses that you’ve seen and stuff like that. So, Maddie, let’s give her a shout out to where people can learn more about it and kind of check out what you guys are all about.

Maddy Martin 31:27

Yeah, thanks, Adam. So if you are interested in having us help you accelerate growth with phone calls, chats, texts. We are available to speak with you live@smith.ai our website. We also have a phone number traditionally 6507 to 76484, or you can email us at hello@smith.ai. And as a listener of this podcast, we have created a special promo code so it is Change Creator 100 that’s 100. And if you put that in, you’ll get not only a free trial for calls and chats, but also $100 off your first month. And if you don’t want to spend a dime, you can use our free AI chat bot that has unlimited conversations available to you for your website.

Adam G. Force 32:20

Awesome. That’s, that’s great. Appreciate that. Alright guys, so take advantage. I thought this was gonna be you know, a great call. And it was because I really wanted to dig into more of this chat stuff as our team is even looking into it and kind of share this with everybody that’s listening in. So it’s a really good opportunity to start automating your business more taking that time back and capitalizing on those sales that you’re leaving on the table. So thanks again Maddy, appreciate your time this episode. Your next step is to join the Change Creator revolution by downloading our interactive digital magazine app for premium content, exclusive interviews, and more ways to stay on top of your game available now on iTunes and Google Play or visit Change Creator mag calm We’ll see you next time where money and meaning intersect right here at the Change Creator podcast.

Jennifer Priest: Grow Your Startup With Organic Traffic on Pinterest

Listen to our exclusive interview with Jennifer Priest:

Subscribe to this show on Spotify  |  iTunes  |  Stitcher  |  Soundcloud

Need more traffic? Maybe Pinterest is a place for you to start exploring? We speak to the founder of Smart Creative Social, Jennifer Priest to learn more about organic traffic on Pinterest.

As a digital entrepreneur for over 17 years, Jennifer intimately understands what it means to run a successful online business and manage your online marketing needs in-house … or yourself.

With over a decade of digital marketing experience for large corporations to handmade artists (and everyone in between), she knows what it takes to make content that gets traffic, to navigate the algorithms of popular platforms, and to interpret data in meaningful ways business owners can understand and use to make successful decisions.

Learn more about Jennifer and her work at > https://www.smartcreativesocial.com

We also recommend:

Transcription of Interview

(Transcribed by Otter.ai, there may be errors)

Adam G. Force 00:11

Hey, what’s going on everybody? Welcome back to the Change Creator podcast show where we help entrepreneurs earn a living doing what they were born to do. And if you missed last week’s episode is with Emily Hirsch. She is a Facebook marketing Rockstar. She’s built up her agency, her marketing to 25 people now and I think they have like, they’ve done about a $23 million ad spend so far, and they’ve had over 90 million in return. She’s done talks at like Russell Bronson’s inner circle and Ryan deiss has conferences and stuff like that. So she’s been really growing like wildfire over the past couple years. And so we picked her brain and we’re gonna and we shared all kinds of good secrets in there for you guys to pick up on. So swing back and check that out. If you haven’t already. You don’t want to miss that one. So this week, we’re gonna be talking with Jennifer priest. She’s an expert. She’s actually in a mastermind with me and Amy We were just out in California and we were talking and stuff and she is a, she’s a rockstar when it comes to Pinterest. This is like there’s untapped traffic here, everybody. So we wanted to just kind of see Hey, what are we missing out on? How do we get started in Pinterest and kind of get into the nuts and bolts of that stuff and she also just has an incredible story of transformation. So, you know, not becoming an entrepreneur is not always an easy thing. It’s it’s a push for people, and it becomes this lifestyle. So Jennifer has had incredible changes in her life that have been, you know, really inspiring and she’s been very successful with her business because she’s been working so hard. So we’re gonna tap into those Pinterest secrets and her story in just a few minutes. So last but not least, guys, swing by Change Creator calm, lots of fresh content coming out over there and you could check out the latest and greatest can also get on the waitlist for the captivate method. We are helping people supercharge their marketing with storytelling so They can build trust and actually attract more customers, right? So you could check that out, we’d love to see you in that community can see if it’s a good fit for you. And last but not least, don’t forget to leave us a review. We very much appreciate your support on iTunes and other platforms. It goes a long way guys, and we appreciate you being here. And hopefully you guys are getting value out of this. So Oh, one thing I did forget, if you guys want our storytelling roadmap, you cannot get it from our website. But if you go to Change Creator comm forward slash, storytelling, roadmap, all one word Change, creator.com forward slash and then all one word is storytelling roadmap, you’ll be able to sign up and get a free copy of the storytelling roadmap. There’s a lot of good tips and insights in there and some key information about mistakes that people are making when it comes to their marketing. When we talk about story, storytelling, we’re really getting into the depth of real marketing. That’s what that is all about. So you don’t want to miss that kind of It’s it’s really designed to energize your your business. Alright guys, we’re gonna jump into this conversation with Jennifer about Pinterest and see what we can learn from her. Okay, show me the heat. Hey, Jennifer, welcome to the Change Creator podcast. How are you doing today?

Jennifer Priest 03:19

Awesome. I’m really glad to be here.

Adam G. Force 03:21

Yeah. Thanks for joining us. I’m excited to have this chat because I know you’re all about organic traffic over on Pinterest. And that’s an area that our team is always talking about. So I love to just learn a little bit more about it and share those insights with our audience. So I guess for starters, just tell me a little bit about what’s going on in your world today and how you got into Pinterest.

Jennifer Priest 03:44

So right now what I’m doing is I have an online program called Smart pin Pro, where I help businesses drive massive traffic to their site with Pinterest in just a couple hours a month. And so we use the power of automation. We work with SEO because Pinterest is a search engine. The way that I figured all of this out and started kind of down this path is that all starts with a DIY blog. So I was teaching craft classes all over, I was doing Etsy, eBay craft fairs. I was running myself ragged and on the verge of burnout. And one of my friends was like, Jennifer, you have a blog to promote your business, why aren’t you using that to make more money that way? Instead of just, you know, having do all this stuff where, you know, packing like $2 orders from Etsy and stuff like that. That’s just not a huge ROI. And so in order to work with sponsors, and to get money from ads and affiliate, you need a lot of traffic. And so I started really digging into Pinterest. I felt like I was doing everything that I could. And then I was trying to do everything right, and it wasn’t getting any results. And so I really dug in and started figuring it out for myself. And at the same time, I had some social media management clients that I was running their social media, so I started doing things for them and people were getting word, and they were like, wait, wait, wait, what are you doing? Can you You tell us, can you teach us Can you show us and so that’s why I started this online program a couple years ago, is to help other people drive that massive traffic, so that they’re not having to be on Pinterest all the time, and they can be in their business doing the thing they’re passionate about

Adam G. Force 05:16

Yeah, I think that’s super important. And yeah, I just had a conversation with somebody in our Facebook group. And, you know, they were talking about how, you know, they get great word of mouth and organic in that sense, but they’re having a hard time with using social media and getting people on board with fresh traffic that cold traffic and turning them into to buyers. So how does your process help? You know, is it is it like through developing warm leads? Is it going out to pulling in cold traffic? Can you tell us just a little bit about the approach?

Jennifer Priest 05:48

Really on Pinterest, it’s very much an SEO type of activity. So you know, Pinterest is kind of this strange animal where it’s like, it’s like Google and Instagram had a baby So it’s a very visual, but it’s really based on search. But it has some of those those social elements like you can follow people, you can message. And so we kind of lump it in with Facebook and all of that. But it’s it’s really much different. If you really focus on SEO, like what are people looking for on Pinterest? And then where does that intersect with what you have to offer? A lot of times people will come in and they have this whole Bank of content. And then they’re trying to like shove it and make it like fit into some kind of shoe. That’s the wrong size. Yeah. And so what we do is we actually say, Okay, before you even create the content, let’s do some research on Pinterest, let’s find out what people are looking for. And then we position your content or, you know, we teach you how to position your content, so that it’s going to be found by the right kind of audience that you want. And then it’s pretty easy, right? You’re you’re offering them some information, you’re offering them some kind of solution to a problem they have. And then they’re going to click over and come to your site. And so from there, that’s where it’s really dependent on how Your sales funnel is set up. Right? Do you have a way to capture those leads? We see a lot of people come into

Adam G. Force 07:06

Jennifer, are you there? Is your is your connection ok?

Jennifer Priest 07:10

Yeah, well, I thought it was.

Adam G. Force 07:12

Yeah, you’re back. You’re back. All right. We got some post editing to do.

Jennifer Priest 07:17

No sorry Adam. I’ve never had this happen ever

Adam G. Force 07:23

So I forget exactly where you left off. But you were just talking about some of the ins and outs on Pinterest. But so I guess I’m curious comparatively like you work probably on other social media platforms as well. What’s the major differentiator is the major differentiator for Pinterest the the power of that SEO feature that you’re that you’re leveraging?

Jennifer Priest 07:46

Well, the major differentiator is that Pinterest is actually part of their mission. They’re in the business of sending traffic away from their platform, even though they are monetized with ads just like Facebook and Instagram, and YouTube, Facebook, Instagram, and YouTube. Want to keep people on their platform, they don’t want you to leave. Whereas Pinterest is like, we want you to discover new ideas go off platform, go try them and come back. And so what that means is that referral traffic from Pinterest to other sites year over year is on an increase. Whereas referral traffic from like Facebook, and we’ve all experienced this is on a decline. And so Pinterest, since it’s it’s engineered to send people off platform, it’s just made for exactly what we want to do send traffic to our sites which I love and that’s that’s one challenge with Facebook. I mean, I love Facebook,

Adam G. Force 08:33

They are a powerful marketing engine for sure. But I love that on Pinterest you can they kind of are, you know, pushing you to to let people go from their platform to another platform and maybe you can give us what’s an example. And you know, we don’t you don’t need to teach all your secrets. But just maybe one little secret or tip for people that might be interesting on how you are using that that fact that you can drive traffic Pinterest, other places like what’s one way that someone might take advantage of that?

Jennifer Priest 09:04

Well, I think one thing is on Pinterest to have a really clear call to action of what you want people to do. So ideally, yes, we want them to click over but things like okay, let’s say that you have a podcast, right? have something on the pin itself that says, Listen now, so that they know what they’re getting when they go to the destination. We don’t want them to have a surprise, right? Nobody likes that. They want to know they’re going to a podcast. But we also want to tell them like, Hey, you can listen to this right now. This is available for you right now. So things like an arrow or a text and or a text overlay that says, hey, this is this is what we want you to do subscribe now go download it now. Those things that that tell people what action we want them to take to be very clear because people people are busy, and they’re just not paying that much attention. And so we can really utilize that on Pinterest. We don’t have any kind of penalty for text overlays, like you know, on Facebook, there was a 20% rule and all that. There’s nothing like that. on Pinterest

Adam G. Force 10:01

So I mean, you don’t so you’re not like if you let’s just use the podcast example. So for people listening, I mean, you might have audio clips on Facebook, you might have them on Soundcloud on your website, it just depends where it is for that podcast, we’ll just use that example. And you can use the Pinterest boards and and their space, that environment to kind of find people using your SEO, and then lead them to these other platforms where you have that stuff hosted. Is that right

Jennifer Priest 10:29

Yeah, definitely. You know, a lot of people think Pinterest is just for bloggers, but we actually have a lot of YouTubers in our program, who only have a YouTube channel and they’re using Pinterest to send traffic there. So really Pinterest is a place where you can send traffic from there to whatever destination you want. The key is really making it clear like you’re going to you’re going to search engine, optimize all of it with keywords, etc. But making it clear to the pinner. Hey, where are you going to end up? Am I ending up on a video a blog post or recipe? What do I get?

Adam G. Force 10:57

And do you find I guess people are used to that then but Pinterest, right? Because I know I always I’ve been on there a few times myself when I was looking actually for food recipes, I find that to be a good place to find some ideas. And you have to click into the pin. And then you usually have to click one more time, which will take you then I guess, to the off site location where it’s hosted.

Jennifer Priest 11:18

Yeah, so that’s how regular static image pins work. Video pins are a little bit different. If you click on it, it’ll pause it. And so they’ll have to click the link in the description. So that’s a little bit tricky to get clicks with that. But you could use both like I would say use both in your strategy, especially if you’re doing something like a podcast. You may not want to put an audio clip on Pinterest because people aren’t aren’t watching the videos with audio on but you can have some engaging imagery and then that goes to your podcast.

Adam G. Force 11:47

I just love the idea that you also have a lot of YouTube influencers and stuff or you know, people whose businesses are on YouTube in your program who are leveraging Pinterest and it’s just I guess, I guess kind of breaking into just a freshman source of eyeballs and traffic? And have you noticed certain categories? For you know, because you have to always look at these platforms and say is my audience there? Is this where they’re hanging out? And have you noticed certain categories really popular and flourishing on Pinterest versus others?

Jennifer Priest 12:18

You know, there’s, there’s, of course like food, right? That’s super saturated, and very popular DIY crafts, handmade, that kind of thing, fashion makeup. Of course, those are on there. But that’s not all that’s on there. You know, what I tell people is it’s kind of like if we look at Google and say, Oh, well, you know, news is popular on Google. So there’s no reason for me to try to do SEO because I won’t show up and search. People are still searching for things. So just the same as searching on Google and YouTube for for topics they’re searching on Pinterest. One of the things that I think people should do or actually there’s two things I think they should do if they’re if they’re a little wary and wondering Oh, geez, I don’t know if my my people are on Pinterest. One is go on Pinterest and do a search. Do a search for your topic. And see what comes up. You can learn a lot from that process. And then the second thing is go into your Google Analytics and see if you’re getting any referral traffic from Pinterest. Because just because you’re not pinning something doesn’t mean that your people can’t pin something. So if your people are pinning your stuff, that means they want to save it, and they’re putting it on Pinterest and that can get your traffic. So go see if any, any of that activity is happening. That’s also a good indicator that you should actually be on Pinterest.

Adam G. Force 13:27

Yeah, I love that. So I mean, you just do some basic market research go in there do some searches it does it show you. So you’ll see a bunch of pins. Does it show you how like what the volume is kind of like Google search. It’s like Oh, he had this many results does it show you that?

Jennifer Priest 13:42

It does not show you the volume. It doesn’t show you search volume either. But there are some in some things that you can look at as far as indicators. So when you do a search underneath the search bar, there will be some bubbles that come up with additional keyword matches like the keyword combination. And if those are happening, that’s a good indicator that there’s a significant search volume on Pinterest for that topic. You can also go into the Pinterest trends tool, which is brand new, and it’s only in beta in the US as of the time of this recording. But you can go in there and you can see some comparative analysis for search volume. So it doesn’t show you overall volume, but you can compare different keyword terms to see what is more popular and when it’s most popular.

Adam G. Force 14:27

I see I see. Interesting, and I guess, how long did it take you to start? I guess finding your methodology that worked for Pinterest. So can you take me through that process a little it.

Jennifer Priest 14:40

So it took me a few months to really start to understand Pinterest and how it works. And that was in 2015 and 2016. So you can imagine that a lot has changed since then. So with Pinterest, really my approach starts with their mission statement. You know, what are they What are they here to do? They want to help you To discover and try new ideas, they use the language in their marketing that they are a planning tool, right? They help people plan weddings plan, travel plan purchases. So they’re a tool for people to plan their lives. And so when you think about that, and then you kind of drill down a little bit lower and you say, Okay, well, what, how does Pinterest make money, they make money from display ads. So they need people to have a good experience. They need people to come back over and over. They need, you know, lots of opportunities to show those ads. So they want to have the best user experience possible. A lot like Google, right? If Google showed you like horrible results in the in the top of the feed that had like belly fat ads and pop ups all over, you would not go to Google anymore. You’d be like, Oh, no, I’m not going there. Because that’s a bad experience. Yeah, yeah, same with Pinterest. So if you keep that top of mind, and that drives everything that you’re doing, and I mean, we get way way more granular when we talk about strategy, but that’s, that’s kind of the basis like don’t spam Do things that you think are going to create a good experience, do do things that are going to give that pinner all the information they need in order to click over and get what they need from you. You know, make sure that that pin delivers on whatever it promises they’re going to get by clicking. You know, that’s, that’s really where it comes down to. And then you know that it’s all the tactical things, right? Like how many times you should pin and that kind of stuff, but yeah, you know, really, it’s, it’s letting that mission drive you and say, Okay, what is it that that is? How is the Pinterest ecosystem set up? And then how do I function within that in the most quality way? That’s gonna give me the best ROI?

Adam G. Force 16:38

Yeah, I mean, and that’s the key is really like attracting the right people. Because I think people get so us today, they get obsessed with numbers, and they become these vanity metrics, like we’ve heard and, you know, it’s like how many followers and you end up focusing on getting as many followers as possible, when really that’s not what matters, right? So, the SEO factor I love because I think with SEO, you really can start attracting the right people. And then if you have the right story, like your brand and personality and what you offer, they will stick around and follow you. So then you really do attract the right people. Now, I know a little bit about Google SEO, and my co founder, Amy is an expert in SEO on Google and stuff like that. And I’m curious, when you consider SEO for Pinterest, like when you’re putting stuff up? Does it take time to start coming up in searches? Like, is there any kind of delay in that like there is in Google like to be ranked or anything?

Jennifer Priest 17:35

Yeah, so the first 24 hours that a pin is up. Pinterest is essentially that’s when it’s crawling your site, and is trying to figure out okay, what is this pin about? And so there’s lots of data points that it looks at from the pin, the board, you know, the URL, the destination, URL, etc, for it to determine, okay, who do we show this to? What’s this about? Right? And is this a quality experience that we can then you know, push this higher up into feed. So the first 24 hours is pretty important. And where you upload it to is pretty important because that all that data is, is used for that. And then there’s, there’s a drop off after that point, right, you might hit peak for about 30 days. And then there’s a drop off in performance. Typically, that’s what we see, depending on how you’ve optimized that pin. Whether you’ve used hashtags or not which keywords you used, you know what board you pinned it to how frequently you’ve pinned it, all those factors, those can determine the length of time that that pin is still functional and working. And, you know, so so sometimes we’ll see we use a lot of UTM codes to track stuff. Sometimes we’ll see that pins with hashtags perform better right in the beginning, but then they taper off and pins without hashtags don’t perform as well in the beginning, but then the performance picks up a few months in. So there’s some some different, you know, things that you can do for mixing up how you’re going to how you’re optimizing each pin like we talked about. Every single pin exactly the same way, there’s no one formula that we’re using, because we’re trying to get that even traffic over time. So that, you know, we may have something that spikes pretty early on because Pinterest, you know, it scans it in the first 24 hours. Or you may have something that takes a while or it may have something that’s three years old, that’s picking up traffic because Pinterest, every pin is evergreen. So Pinterest will always pull old stuff and serve it back up as long as it is very, very relevant to those search search results into the interests of the people that are looking for that topic.

Adam G. Force 19:35

Yeah. Okay, that makes sense. Interesting. So, um, one thing that as you were talking I’m curious about is you said you started this in 2015. This process what were you doing before this?

Jennifer Priest 19:50

Oh, I was trying all kinds of stuff. I was doing Facebook, I was reading Facebook groups. I was watching YouTube videos and going on blogs and just getting caught up you know, even going to conference isn’t getting caught up in all of the tactics that people are using. And they’d be like, okay, follow this step, this step, this step this, and then like rainbows are going to shoot out of the sky. Yeah. And so, you know, and I felt like, Okay, I’m doing all the things that everyone told me to. I’m jumping through every single hoop. And I’m not getting any results. And what I, what I realized was actually a lesson I learned back in college when I was struggling to learn math. And I was I was like struggling my college algebra class. And I learned that once you understand the why of what you’re doing, then you can solve any problem, right? It’s not the steps. It’s not the process. That’s important. It’s understanding why why do we cross multiply? What is that right in math. So the same thing with Pinterest, it’s like people are telling you do these steps, these steps, these steps, these steps, but as you’re doing the steps, and you’re not getting the same result, because you’re a totally different business than that other person’s business. There’s so many factors involved in that she can’t just like cookie cutter it as you’re applying those things and things aren’t working out, right? Because you don’t know why you can’t adjust. You don’t know what to adjust, because you don’t even know why you’re doing the steps other than like so and so told you these steps worked for them. Exactly.

Adam G. Force 21:17

You have no Northstar. Yeah, it’s so true. It’s true. Yeah. And so I mean, did you ever have Were you always pursuing entrepreneurship? Or did you ever have jobs that you just were doing the good old nine to five?

Jennifer Priest 21:32

Yeah, so I I wanted to be a music journalist. When I was in high school, I had a Xen, I work with record labels. It was amazing. And kind of things fell apart when I was getting ready to go to college, and that had some family stuff going on. And so I went in the military. And then I got married and had a kid and I was like, Oh, I can’t do this crazy, entrepreneurial travel writer, musician life, I have to be responsible and so I went to school and I became a substitute teacher. And then from there I became a grant writer and contracts manager and analyst and I worked in the government for a few years, doing the nine to five grind. And it was absolutely soul sucking. And I, I lost my job. And it was the best thing that was traumatic, but it was the best thing that could have happened to me. Because that night I was getting my master’s I went to class and my professors like you can’t be here like it was snowing and you know, bus like beside myself. So then I go to the scrapbook store because I had been teaching classes there on the weekends, and the owner of the scrapbook store is like Good, I’m glad you lost your job because now you can teach scrapbook classes full time and I was like, I’m never gonna make that much money doing this and it just kind of all worked out and then look at I mean, I still scrapbook I just came back from a scrapbook retreat. But I do all this other stuff, you know

Adam G. Force 22:55

A scrapbook retreat. Is that a real thing?

Jennifer Priest 22:58

Yeah, totally. I’ve been to 45 ladies rented out a full bed and breakfast and we sit there and scrapbook and, you know, laugh and have a great time

Adam G. Force 23:08

Like creating a scrapbook of like memor

Jennifer Priest 23:11

Yeah, yeah. Our photos of our family. J

Adam G. Force 23:14

ennifer now you’re really nerding out on me.

Jennifer Priest 23:18

I mean, I am I’ve been in the craft arts and crafts industry for 17 years. So,

Adam G. Force 23:22

Wow. Interesting. Interesting. Okay, and so how has entrepreneurship changed your life?

Jennifer Priest 23:30

Oh my gosh, like, the whole thing of lifestyle design and, and all of that it just always seemed kind of foreign and, and I just didn’t really understand it. And this last year has been one of the best years in my entire life as far as really embracing entrepreneurship. And the the possibilities. You know, last summer I my son and I were looking at this thing on Facebook, it was you guys might have seen it. It’s like this 30 day road trip to see everything in the US and we’re like, we should totally do that. And we did it like I got in the car. We drove for 31 days, we saw tons of people, we drove all over the country. We didn’t see everything but it was amazing. And then so having the time to do that, the freedom, the location, freedom to do that, you know, and I did a launch. Wow, I was I was at The Ohio State Fair in the middle of a launch. It was so awesome. alive. Yeah, it was a live launch. And I made a ton of money while I was at the fair with my son. I mean, who doesn’t love that? You know, and then now I’m actually sitting here I’m looking out my window and looking at Palm trees and I am four blocks from the beach. And just like knowing that like with, with entrepreneurship, you can scale things you are in control of where you live. And I was living in the desert like six months ago miserable and sold my house and now I live by the beach like it’s is incredible, what it allows you to do the people it allows you to meet. I mean, if you’re going to talk about lifestyle design, this is ultimately lifestyle design. And really the only way you can do it is as an entrepreneur.

Adam G. Force 25:13

It’s true. You know, it’s interesting. It’s hard. You know, once you’re in a nine to five, and you start working on your own projects and making money and doing things, it’s you can almost never go back. It’s just, it’s just, you get so used to designing your own life and doing things the way that you want to do them. It’s a whole other sense of freedom. And I find it to be so motivating. So yeah, you know, and I’m curious though, like, a lot of times as we’re building our businesses, and say, from 2015 till now, I’m curious of what some of your biggest challenges have been to scale your courses and the programs that you’ve now been operating

Jennifer Priest 25:59

Well, I was doing launches for a long time. And that was really draining. And I did this launch in December of 2018. And I worked really, really hard on it. And, and I did like a five day challenge, you know, kind of like a PLF style thing. And I had all these people asking me for tons of help, and I was running myself ragged. And I look at the people that signed up, I only had five sales, which was definitely not my target. And none of the people that signed up were the people in the challenge who were sucking me dry of like, all my time and knowledge. And I realized I am I am like burning myself out now with this new thing. serving people that are never going to pay me like some of them had been through my challenge five times already. And I changed everything and I joined a program to help me evergreen my mind launches. And so now I’m on the Evergreen model and I absolutely love it because it really does free me up so that I can show up for my people that are paying, you know, I can show up in my group and I’m fresh and yeah rested. And, you know, I’m not like running myself ragged trying to help all the people with freebies.

Adam G. Force 27:19

Yeah, that’s the challenge too, because we have done challenges in the past as well. And we noticed the same thing. You know, I guess it comes down to really just trying to really attract the right people, but the freebies can, it can be a great starting point, but I’ve noticed to your point, people go through them the saint like over and over and they’re just looking for free information and they never become a buyer. And that is that’s exhausting. After a while

Jennifer Priest 27:46

It is and you know, learning that lesson because I was of the school of thought of like, give your best stuff for free, and, you know, help everyone and then people will just come and pay and you know, and I i really had to come by I don’t know, I had like a come to Jesus moment in that December 2018. And I was just like, this does not work. And I really had to relearn how to market because, honestly, the easiest thing for you to do is just tell people how to do it. That’s so easy, right. But you’re handicapping them. Because now you told them how to do it. They don’t didn’t learn why they didn’t learn how to do it themselves. So now, the next time that that doesn’t work, because if we’re talking stuff with algorithms, it’s not going to work right, you know, just a matter of time. Now, they don’t know what to do. So you give them enough that they feel like they know enough to move forward when you know, they don’t know enough because you just gave them a little tidbit for free. And then they don’t even know how to adjust or they didn’t learn the methodology or any of that stuff they really need to know to understand. And so you just handicap them for a little bit longer. Yeah, it’s, yeah, it’s a it’s actually so much more compassionate, to not teach for free

Adam G. Force 28:57

Now, I mean, we found the same thing like you don’t want to teach people to how because there’s so much behind it and they have to understand other things first, so you can really teach them the, like you said, the whys and the what’s and then they gotta, you know, the deeper education is the how cuz I agree that the order of that I mean, you do a disservice to people when you just give them quick how to use and then they try it it doesn’t work and they just don’t know the full picture right? They get like a little tiny piece of the puzzle.

Jennifer Priest 29:27

Yeah, exactly. And I mean, I’ve seen this where, you know, years of helping people and they’re still in my free group, trying to cobble stuff together on the free plan. And they’re like, I’m not getting results. I’m not getting results. Okay, we’ll pay for printing. I don’t have money to pay for a program. Oh, yeah. Yeah. And you’re just like, okay, but this is why you’re gonna stay in this place like, and it’s heartbreaking. But at the same time, it’s like, you know, I’m not helping them if I just give it to them.

Adam G. Force 29:56

It doesn’t work like that. And you know, it’s a hard lesson to learn especially early stage. entrepreneurships we found it, we find that there, it’s it’s interesting because I have seen people who just start a business or a course or whatever it might be, and they will be the people that will sign up for a $20,000 program right out of the gate. And I’d be like, Oh my god, like, I wish I had the courage to step right into it. But nine times out of 10 people are trying to Jerry rig all the freebie information and tried to pull stuff together and figure things out, because they’re afraid to invest in themselves, right? Like, what if I lose the money? What if it doesn’t happen? Like all those different doubts and stuff? And we’ve noticed that a lot and they end up a year goes by and they look back and they they end up quitting or scratching their head going What happened? How come I’m still stuck, you know? Yeah, happens alot.

Jennifer Priest 30:46

Yeah, it’s like, I call it like adulting in business, right? So I had lunch with a blogger, a DIY blogger yesterday, and she was telling me how she’s really concerned about her her sight because she does stuff with power tools. And she’s like, Oh my gosh, I don’t know, like if somebody got hurt, I don’t know about my liability and blah, blah, blah. And I’m like, well, don’t you have liability insurance. And it’s funny that I even say that to her because I didn’t have liability insurance for a long, long time. And it’s like, we’re kind of just kind of just limping along, hoping to get by with like, the least amount of stuff that we can do in our business. And then we’re wondering, why are we not successful? And a lot of us is mindset shift of saying, This is not just my business. This is my life. Yeah. And how am I going to proceed? That’s going to give me the best success. Like, I need to be serious about this, like, we can have a lot of fun, but I need to be serious about this, like, you know, do all those adulting things in my business and one of those things is investing in yourself to get the training you need instead of just kind of hacking it together

Adam G. Force 31:45

Absolutely. You know, and it’s, we, I’ve had conversations with people and they’d be like, I just can’t afford to do that right now. I’m like, can you afford to not do that right now? You know, it’s like people just like, I just see the pain. I can hear the pain I literally have people who would write to like Amy and I in our groups and stuff to make a man and I just, you know, I’m about to give up. I’ve been trying to do this, and they just never had the courage to really invest in themselves. And it is like you said, It is sad to see and you can only help so much. But sooner or later, they have to figure out and take, I guess that that leap of faith and believe in themselves, right?

Jennifer Priest 32:22

Yeah, there’s an example I love to give one of my dear friends, he’s been in business for 10 years. He just hit a million dollars this year, which is amazing. I’m so proud of him. Right? But he refused to take any classes to invest in any coaching. He only would consume free content. And he’s amazing. Imagine how much sooner he would have hit a million dollars. It took him a decade. Imagine how much sooner he would have hit that if he would have just invested a little bit in learning and that would have accelerated it so much. But instead he spent a decade trying to get to a million.

Adam G. Force 32:56

That’s that’s that’s what I see. I agree. I mean, that is That is a painful, so I mean, kudos for making it. But like, Why spend 10 years of ups and downs and struggle when you can accelerate? I mean, if you’re just willing to give it a shot, and you know, even even if we have like a $20,000 investment, or whatever it might be, we look at it and say, it’s not I don’t worry about how expensive or how big that number is, I just say, well, what’s the ROI? Right? Like, is this gonna get us where we need to go? Because if that’s what you need to do, you just that’s just what you need to do, you know

Jennifer Priest 33:29

And you can play a game to make that money. You know, it’s kind of interesting how we look at money as something that’s finite money is energy energy is infinite. And so we can manifest that we can do something like Okay, great. I want to invest in this program. That’s 20 grand. How many of my widgets Do I need to sell to make that? Yep, you know, and it’s very simple, but we’re like, oh, no, no, no, no, I can’t invest. I can’t do that like, and you can make the money you can bring it in like In fact, there’s a car. I’m looking at buying right now. And my co Just challenged me He’s like, play a game make the money. And I was like, I have the money. He goes, No, no, play a game, make the money and to buy the car even though you already have the money, why not challenge yourself? Because I want But you know, it’s it’s that thing of like, yeah, I can make the money like so we we tend to look at it like oh, I don’t have the money right now then go make it, go make it, you can totally do it.

Adam G. Force 34:24

You just got to figure it out. And you know, it’s interesting because I in my first business, I had a record label and we would be struggling with things. This is very new to us. And this is also like 10 years ago. And I would be like we weren’t focused on making money. We were focused on getting artists on the record label, you know, doing record release parties, all these things. And it wasn’t until we said, Wait a minute, like, we’ve got to focus our energy on actually making money and it just changes your decision making. And all of a sudden, because people are like, well, I don’t know how to do that. Well then you need to become financially literate. You need to start figuring out how money works and how to make Make money and get creative. But if you’re not even thinking about it that way, it’ll never come to you. You know?

Jennifer Priest 35:06

What I think one of the big challenges with that is that a lot of the things that we see people doing in their business and that we’re told to do in our business, are not things that actually produce revenue. Like I love social media, but social media typically does not produce revenue in one to two steps, right? So that’s a business building type activity. And what you need to do is be like okay, if I got to make money right now, what is it I’m gonna use my time for? That’s gonna get me only there’s only one or two steps from money. And just like you were saying with signing, signing artists, not one to two steps away from money, right sales is one of those way for money. So that’s the thing like bloggers tend to focus on, you know, oh, let me go on social media. Let me write a bajillion blog posts, right. I see people that are like, course creators, they’re like, let me start a podcast. Let me Yeah, we’re that’s so far away from money right

Adam G. Force 36:00

It’s true. We see it all the time, I had another media partner that runs another media company sake. And I’m just not making enough money. And we would do a little brainstorms, like once a quarter and stuff and share what’s working, what’s not. And he’s like, I think I’m gonna start this podcast and then I’m gonna do this and do that. I’m like, dude, like, you’re putting all your energy into things like a podcast, which may give you some fresh eyeballs, but it’s so much work. And there’s really not big revenue behind it, and especially not anytime soon. So I totally hear you dude, when you put energy into these things, so part of it is just taking the right steps at the right time. Right. It’s kind of like prioritizing your efforts.

Jennifer Priest 36:39

Yeah, just being really discerning and and kind of taking the emotion out of it. You know, we get so married to our business and we’re like, oh my god, it’s my baby. And, you know, we we get so tied up in it and instead of taking a step back and going well, what actually is going to move my business forward? And I mean, to go back to Pinterest, I see this on Pinterest all the time, people Like, well, I’m going to blog about, you know, my five favorite ways to style my dog’s hair. And it’s like, okay, but that, like, no one’s looking for that. Right? So it’s like making business decisions about like, what content Am I going to create to promote my course or promote my site or whatever you’re you’re promoting, is that content people are looking for. And a lot of times, people are so married to this? Well, I’m passionate about it. And so other people must want it instead of doing the research.

Adam G. Force 37:26

Yeah. And I kind of think it comes it goes back to what you were talking about earlier about understanding why you’re doing certain things. Because if you don’t have that grounding, like a foundation of your house is not solid, you’re gonna start doing content and programs that just don’t really make sense for the end goal because you don’t have that foundation. So you get kind of I’ve been messy before as an entrepreneur doing things all over the place, you know, shiny object syndrome, and all that stuff. And you’re like, wait a minute, why am I doing this? Did I look at the data What’s happening here? So anyway, yeah, on the same page with that, but to listen, I want to be respectful of your time, and we’re Definitely a little bit over and I appreciate you sharing all your insights on Pinterest and all the great success that you’ve had since you’re started your journey. So let’s make sure we give you a chance just to give a shout out anybody out there looking to learn some Pinterest strategies from an expert like Jennifer, where do they find you?

Jennifer Priest 38:19

So you can just go to smart pin, pin dot pro slash free, and there’s a masterclass that you can take and learn how to actually create a Pinterest strategy in five steps. So it’s pretty cool.

Adam G. Force 38:33

Awesome. Thank you so much, Jennifer. Appreciate your time today. Thank you. That’s all for this episode. Your next step is to join the Change Creator revolution by downloading our interactive digital magazine app for premium content, exclusive interviews, and more ways to stay on top of your game available now on iTunes and Google Play or visit Change Creator mag comm we’ll see you next time where money and meaning intersect right here at the Change Creator Po

Kenn Costales: Growing Leads and Revenue Faster for E-commerce

Listen to our exclusive interview with Kenn Costales:

Subscribe to this show on Spotify  |  iTunes  |  Stitcher  |  Soundcloud

How is the market-place shifting today due to the pandemic and what can you do to continue growing leads and revenue for your e-comm biz? The founder of Monolith Growth, Kenn Costales, who was on the Forbes 30 under 30 list, has his eye on the market and shares a ton of key insights to help you navigate these uncharted waters.

Kenn Costales is the Founder and Lead Consultant of Monolith Growth Consulting, a paid search and social marketing agency that helps Shopify stores & Lead Generation businesses around the world grow their revenue & ROI. Kenn is a 2019 honoree listed in Forbes 30 under 30 Asia, for Marketing & Advertising.

What sets Kenn’s agency apart is that they build fully paid ad funnels for their clients. They specialize in customizing the landing pages and emails to maximize conversions. They build custom dashboards, where clients get to see all sorts of data like customer lifetime value, frequency of purchase, and basket analysis, to maximize retention.

Before starting his own marketing agency, Kenn worked as a Brand Operations Manager for Procter & Gamble, and has managed multi-million dollar businesses in Asia like Olay and Head & Shoulders.

Learn more about Kenn and his work at > https://monolithgrowth.com

We also recommend:

Transcription of Interview

(Transcribed by Otter.ai, there may be errors)

Adam G. Force 00:11

Hey, what’s going on? Welcome back to the Change Creator podcast show. This is your host Adam forests hope everybody is doing well and staying safe. I hope all of you entrepreneurs are thinking like entrepreneurs being problem solvers during this time, extend your empathy to your customers, what are the new problems they have? And how can you help solve them? All right, we have some new Dynamics here to face these days. If you missed it last week, we had an episode where Amy and I were talking about how to effectively set up some systems and things you should be thinking about, all related to this situation where you are in with COVID-19 so if you missed that, you can go back and check it out. I think there’s a lot of good nuggets in there for you and we’re gonna have more talks from Amy and I coming as well. So guys, today we’re talking with Ken castells. So he is the founder of monoliths growth, all right. And they’re focused on helping e commerce and SAS businesses really kind of scale up their revenues, get more ROI and leads and things like that. So we have a very good conversation coming here, because we’re going to talk about the, what he’s seeing in the market. He was, he was on the Forbes 30, under 30. And he’s done a lot of great work over the past, you know, since he started this company, and so he’s seeing a lot in the market, working with clients and how things are shifting based on COVID, and all this kind of stuff. So there’s gonna be a lot of great insights for you to consider here, when it comes to running your business online and how things are changing. So hang tight, and we’re going to talk about those things with Ken. If you guys have not yet, you know, this is the time if you’re not already digital, and you’re losing money with your business, and you want to get digital. We want to hear from you. Right so we have so much insights to share about creating systems online, like using the power of your story. To really get out to the world and create those digital revenue streams the right way. And that is through our program, the captivate method. So this is the time guys, like there’s no time like the president, right? So you want to get out there, you want to start thinking about how you can serve your audiences, and kind of compensate for any losses in revenue, with brick and mortar or on the ground doing, let’s say, trade shows, and now you’re losing, you know, business as an e commerce company. You know, we want to help you really get your marketing strategy, right. So storytelling is your marketing and marketing is your business. Right? So we’ve, we’ve got to empower those things and set it up in a way that applies to the business and really can systematically get leads and sales. And that’s what we want to help you with. So this could be opening up a whole new world of revenue for you. And we just need to consider what are the steps we got to take and, and and how do we do it? So that’s where our community comes in. We have tons of great coaches. We have a great community of people to get into Baldwin who are all here to make the world a better place. So it’s a great tribe to be part of. You can very simply go to our website Change Creator calm, you just go right on the top right of the menu and you say join captivate, get on the waitlist, we’ll start sending you some emails to update you. And then you’re going to get an invite to join the program to actually watch our masterclass because we want you to have a chance to learn what this is all about and how it can help you so you can decide if this is a good fit and you want to be part of our community. So guys, definitely swing by Change Creator calm, we have a lot of fresh content on there and get on the waitlist for the captivate method. This is such a great opportunity for you right now. Alright guys, so without further ado, we’re gonna jump into this conversation with Ken we’re going to talk about the climate of marketing and what’s going on and I hope you get a lot out of it. Don’t forget to leave us a review on iTunes. This is always a big help. And that’s it guys. Let’s dive into this conversation with Cal gay. Show me the heat Hey Ken, welcome to the Change Creator podcast show how you doing today, man?

Kenn Costales 04:04

Doing great. Thank you. How about you?

Adam G. Force 04:07

I’m doing great as well, navigating these unique times as during the time of this call here that we’re recording. So yeah, I mean, let’s like, let’s dive into this thing. You know, one of the things that caught my eye is that you were in the Forbes 30, under 30. Is that right?

Kenn Costales 04:24

Yep. Yep, that’s correct. I was in the list last year. 2019. Okay.

Adam G. Force 04:28

And that’s for your marketing and advertising work that you’ve been doing? Yeah.

Kenn Costales 04:32

Yes, that’s correct. I threw my marketing agency.

Adam G. Force 04:34

Cool, man. Cool. Let’s let’s dive into how you got there real quick. So just want to just give people a little bit of background about what you’re working on. What’s what you’re all about?

Kenn Costales 04:44

Sure, no problem at all. So just a quick background. So I run a what I would call as a ROI focused digital marketing agency. So what we do really is that we help specifically ecommerce and lead generation businesses. Getting Revenue and get more leads online. So it can be done through Facebook ads, Google ads, landing page optimization or conversion rate optimization. But really what we do is that we try to find the right marketing model that fits for your business. So for each and every client that comes into mondelez, we normally develop a custom plan for them. And we use that custom plan to drive results, specifically ROI for them. So that’s the main thing that we’re doing. And luckily enough, I got into Forbes, for my work come in that company.

Adam G. Force 05:32

Yeah. So how does that how does that play out? How do you get noticed? Is there any tricks you can share about getting on that Forbes? 30 under 30 list?

Kenn Costales 05:40

Yeah. So I think I did a couple of things I think about in about 2018. So what it did was that I actually not really spied but I took a look at the profiles of previous agency owners. So I took a look at businesses that have a similar business profile as mine and try to identify What was in their profile? So for example, I was looking at these agency owners in the US and in the Europe. And what they noticed was that, first they talked about their client lists, specifically their biggest clients. So normally it should be a brand name client. I think that’s one factor. And the other factor is that that there should be what’s called a signature campaign. Meaning Was there one particular client where you drove tremendous results on, right and given that what we did was because normally we focus on SME companies. So for the very first time, we actually reached out to a large enterprise client, and it was pretty much a near breakeven type of deal. But the reason why I took it on anyway was with the intent of number one doing extremely well for them, and then use the case study as part of the pitch for Forbes 30 under 30. Because because that’s what’s point 1.2 is in Forbes 30, under 30. You can actually self nominate so you don’t have To wait for someone to nominate for you, you don’t need any special connection whatsoever you can nominate yourself. So based on those two things, I was able to get in lucky. And I think the formula worked because I was able to get in last year.

Adam G. Force 07:13

Nice job, dude. That’s awesome. Yeah, yeah, pretty exciting. And, you know, I’m looking at your website and stuff. And so tell me like, I’m curious just how you see marketing evolving. I mean, we have on the line listening is, you know, we have early stage entrepreneurs and beyond. And, you know, I think that the climate of marketing and technology is obviously always changing pretty rapidly. Obviously, we have the COVID-19 impact. And I’m just curious one, just how you see things changing and maybe any, anything you are noticing with clients and how you’re helping them pivot based on some of the changes with COVID on top of everything else.

Kenn Costales 07:52

Sure. So I think I’ll kind of split it into two categories. One is the category of business assists that are online to begin with. So specifically ecommerce stores, SAS businesses, etc. And then there’s category two, which is the offline businesses. So first for the online businesses, what they’ve noticed is that there’s definitely a trend towards cheaper goods and more essential goods. So what we’ve noticed is that, at least for the food slash clothing related clients, sales are up tremendously. So we have one client in particular, they sell cakes. And in terms of the ROI that we are producing for them, well, I’ll start with a previous ROI. So the previous ROI prior to COVID-19, was about a five to one ROI, meaning for every dollar that was spent, they’re getting $5 back. Now during COVID-19, it is crazy. So we’re now getting 13 to one ROI, so that’s more than double in terms of revenue. So I think that’s one big shift that we’re seeing and we’re seeing similar patterns, not at the same level across And other essential goods. So I think that’s one big shift that I’m seeing in terms of digital. The other shift that I’m seeing, also for the online clients is a general trend towards cheaper goods, but more goods in one basket. So for example, we have this client, they are in the hiking slash outdoor space. So they sell like 200 to $300 bags, hiking bags, but they also have cheaper variants. So something in the range of $50 to $70. Now what we’re seeing is that average order value, which is basically the value of a basket, it goes lower, but the quantity of goods is higher, meaning they’re buying more of these $15 and $70 goods as compared to the larger SK use. And at the same time in terms of the revenue, it’s still flat. So maybe a slight increase, but generally there’s no huge impact when it comes to e commerce, especially if you’re in the you know, essential goods type of space. But overall, what I’m saying Seeing a stat, there’s a trend towards finding better value for every dollar that you spend. And what that specifically means is that more people are buying the cheaper stuff, but with using a bigger basket. So I think that’s for category one, which is for businesses that are ready and digital, for the offline people. What I’m noticing there is that they’re trying to disrupt themselves. So they’re trying to make their own digital platforms. So I think one interesting thing is that we have one client, what they are is basically a space. So imagine a space where they rent out small spots for small food business owners, basically a bazaar. Okay, so there’s a bazaar and they rent out spaces for small food business owners. Now, because of this thing that’s going on, it’s quite upright, momentarily. Now, what they did is that they tried to develop what’s called the cloud kitchen concept. And what that means is that they try to pull all of the food providers or the stall owners in their area And what they’re doing is that they hired their own logistics team. Well, it’s not really a proper logistics team. It’s basically like a dude as part of the team was now was now delivering orders for the company. So it’s a repurposed hire. And what’s happening is that they’re offering certain dishes at certain locations. So for example, you know, just using a random city, So say, for example, in Dallas, in a specific district in Dallas, they can sell specific dishes, and then in another district, they can sell a different set of dishes depending on who lives in that district. Right. So yeah, that’s what I’m doing right now. And the way that they are accepting orders right now is through Facebook Messenger. So there’s no like proper ecommerce type of website as of yet. It’s something that is being built along the way. And even then, are there special e commerce site, they’re just using a basic theme and Shopify, and they’re using or at least I’m seeing other businesses use that to accept orders. So I’m seeing People are going from a bakery to a website that just sells groceries. And beyond the restaurant or the food space, I’m also seeing people like fitness, or not fitness but personal trainers who used to work at a gym. I’m seeing people who used to work in dance studios. They’re not transitioning to digital to digital, but they’re doing in two ways. One is through like personal training. So in my own Facebook, I’m actually seeing people posting, like, like literal zoom screenshots of themselves working out where the personal trainer right at the top right area or the top left there. That was very interesting. So I’m seeing that Shen for personal training for dance studios or for dance lessons. And I’m also seeing some people trying to sell some courses here and there, but the more I would say one to one models working out better so people are hustling man. So something is happening for them, but the impact is so crazy. But I’m very, very glad to see some of these things are going on at least in the offline space, because these guys are the most affected over this situation.

Adam G. Force 13:08

Yeah, exactly. And it’s interesting because there’s a lot of support out there to, to go digital. I see other groups like taking, like, for example, one of our friends in our network runs, like, he helps people with Instagram selling, right? And he’s like, Hey, I know that, you know, you’re used to go into what do you call it, like sell your art at like, you know, different, like trade shows, and like all that, like on on boots on the ground kind of work. And he’s speaking directly to these audiences who now need other ways to sell their products. And so using his product as that solution, so sometimes you can like make a pivot but other times it’s really just Are you shaping your, your marketing narrative to speak to those people and attract them? Right.

Kenn Costales 13:56

Right, definitely. And I think the best way to frame that situation is that like before, because for me entrepreneurship is all about solving problems. So prior to COVID, there were 100 problems, and maybe 99 of them are solved. Now with COVID-19. And now with this new normal, the number of unsolved problems has increased. So maybe from 100 problem is not 150 problems, but instead of one on soft problems now 51 on solve problems, so there are new opportunities for people to tap into, because there’s a lot of people who are not used to the whole remote work engagement. They’re not used to remote software. They are bored at home. So cakes and many other joyful things are trending higher. So there’s definitely new problems that can be solved anything. There’s one interesting as well because another big business that or another industry router that’s impacted is the hotel industry. And from what I know in Philippines, there is this one hotel that converted the space into a commercial space. Because there are some businesses that can still operate. So they’re trying to accept some like commissaries to use or accepting some people to cook in the kitchen. They are for a certain cost. They are accepting some commercial businesses that is doing outsourcing services, specifically customer service. And they’re letting them work in other rooms. So people are repurposing to handle new types of problems. Right. So I think people are trying to figure things out along the way. But yeah, I think the main point here is that they’re new problems to solve anything. Our job right now as entrepreneurs is to find these new problems and look at ourselves what we have like what we do we have a skills, what do we have us talents as resources, and then try to kind of match the two right? So new problem, this is what I have. What’s a good new business idea that I can pursue to solve that newfound problem?

Adam G. Force 15:52

Yeah, now it’s as it makes a lot of sense that you know, my co founder, Amy, and I just had our little Facebook Live session where we were talking about how we’re The emotional talents intelligence factor is right now have empathy. Right, right, and really just putting yourself in other people’s shoes, because to your point, there is a whole new world of problems we have to now consider for our clients and customers and people that we help, right. So now they have different problems. And it’s like, how do we reshape what we’re doing? And, you know, I don’t know about you, but I see a lot of people getting into a panic. And, you know, because yeah, money goes out the door and stuff like that. But at the end of the day, we keep reiterating what you said, we’re entrepreneurs, we are problem solvers. So just take a step back, stay calm, put yourself in their shoes, and then either look at what you do, sometimes you can help people with a pivot that really isn’t going to be a huge change for you. Others, you may have to pivot a little bit more, but I think to your point, it’s just really like understanding this new set of problems and coming up with the solutions, right?

Kenn Costales 16:56

Yeah, definitely. And I think what what has also helped me and was Help comfort me during this phase is just realizing that this is not the first time that we’re having our session, right. So there were things that successful entrepreneurs did in 2008. There’s something that successful entrepreneurs did in 2001, in 1987, and then far back from that. So what I tried to do was that I just tried to kind of search around online, see what some other companies have done before in 2008 that have helped them manage through this recession. So looking at new ways to optimize for cost, like, for example, what I’m seeing is that, at least for some of the big bigger companies, they try to switch from labor to automation, for example. Yeah. So I think that’s one a big trend that I’m seeing. And another trend that I’m seeing is that you try to figure out what is the ROI of each and every piece of expense that you have, cut off all the ones which are not making money and reinvest everything into sales, marketing and r&d. I just read an article yesterday from being in company, which is this management consulting firm. They they said there that in 2009. Samsung in particular did that process which I mentioned, and they reinvested everything into r&d. And they pirated people from large consumer goods, companies like L’Oreal. So they got all of their best marketing talent. So in other words, they invested in sales, marketing and r&d. And what resulted from that is the galaxy series that is so popular today. So that launched in the middle of 2009. So I think so I think if you just reframe the way you think and just realize that this is not the first time the human race has faced or not the human race, but entrepreneurs in general has faced this problem. Yeah, just look for inspiration in 2008 2011. And just tried to figure out what other business owners have done before to manage the situation.

Adam G. Force 18:51

Yeah, that’s a good tip to just look back at other points in time where we face these types of shifts. I mean, it does happen and we all kind of just have to To put our best foot forward there, right? I’m just curious to like, are you seeing, you know, for yourself and the companies you support? I mean, I honestly see a lot of good positive results here because we see people pushing outside of what they would normally do. And when this is all over and said and done, they probably are gonna end up with different revenue channels that have expanded their business in the long run.

Kenn Costales 19:28

Yeah, definitely. So the cloud kitchen story that I mentioned earlier, is actually one of my clients and I was like helping them out in terms of setting that up. We’re also seeing a another restaurant business that also shifted online. So it’s actually a catering business, not really a restaurant, but so you have a restaurant, they also have a catering business, but their catering business is much larger. And since it’s Easter, they just realized that hey, maybe we can sell these large trays of food to people who want to prepare some food for Easter. So that’s working out well for them. So now so they have no Expand the revenue channel, even for me. So even for me while I am in digital and have the privilege of being digital, which means, thankfully, I’m not as impacted. I’m still also looking to disrupt myself. Yeah. So I’m now looking at more stable digital revenue streams. And what they mean specifically is pure digital bass like software, online courses, and other similar mediums. So I think in the past week, because I’m not the type of guy who usually does webinars, so for the first time, I didn’t have webinar for like about 15 minutes, because I think before that, I was pretty much I was lucky enough to get a lot of referrals for my business. But now with this whole situation, I’m not trying to do more marketing for myself. I’m now trying to pilot a new software that we plan to sell. And I’m also looking at other software businesses to pilot as well. So I’m also trying to distract myself because I also realized that hey, sure, I’m lucky in the sense of I am in the digital space, but it’s only one revenue stream right now. Which is digital services or the digital agency business? Yeah, it’s going to be wise for me to also diversify and look into other formats, such as an education format via online courses, or maybe a tooling format, such as software and many other ways to serve our customer base better as well.

Adam G. Force 21:19

Yeah, yeah. And so how has that progress been going for you?

Kenn Costales 21:25

I think in terms of internal progress, or it’s doing great, primarily, because I think the way that we are approaching it is that we try to do a hybrid version first. So what they mean specifically that for our existing clients, I tried to figure out, like what they want automated. So for example, we have this ecommerce client that wanted their logistics automated. So instead of an order manager, like pushing buttons in the backend of Shopify, we have built an automation tool for them that automatically, you know, does the logistics for them. So I think that’s one One thing Another thing is an automated dashboard. Which specifically means it helps one of our clients get the data from various sources from Facebook, Google, and all other channels, and then it will output a certain set of metrics that is custom for them. So we can’t use the traditional dashboarding software like scifi portfolio and all that. And instead, we had to build something from scratch. And we had to call the API’s through code. So we’re getting there. I think, at the very least, we have a hybrid solution. And I think the next step for us is to make it a pure software solution instead of a hybrid software and LIBOR type of solution.

Adam G. Force 22:37

So you’re doing custom is this internal development? Or are you able to, like outsource that to a team or something, but it sounds like you’re doing development yourself one way or the other?

Kenn Costales 22:47

Yes. So I actually know how to code. And I think for a very short time, we offered some web development services, but when I tried to sell it and when I serve some clients before with that, it was It was very difficult to manage because it’s an entirely new business in itself, right? So I decided to focus purely on digital marketing. And the only Avenue where I offer some web development is if it’s related to conversion rate optimization. So meaning if there’s a custom pop up that they want, if they want a marketing dashboard, that’s something that we can offer, you know, just six automation, it’s something that I did heavy research on. And if I could do it myself, and if I could pilot it, because I did the pilot first before committing, then I sold it. So I’m thinking piece by piece because because the reason why I learned how to code, I think in 2016, or 2017, so I took a three month boot camp. So the reason why I took that boot camp was because I wanted to build a SAS or software as a service business for myself anyway. So that’s why I learned that skill and slow and I’m slowly building that skill over time through helping an existing client base

Adam G. Force 23:59

cool, like The initiative? Yeah, I mean, that kind of skill set does come in handy for sure. Even when you’re working with others who are doing development, it’s good to have a base knowledge just so you know what’s going on.

24:11

Yeah, that’s so true. You know.

Adam G. Force 24:13

So I noticed too, you do a lot of support in the e commerce space. So I want to just kind of talk about e commerce a little bit. You know, you support people by, you know, driving up ROI, obviously, something everybody wants. And also, that probably starts with more higher conversion rates and leads. So I’m wondering if you could tell us a little bit about what you’re seeing in the e commerce space on, you know, how we’re, what are some of the things that are common problem for the sites that need to kind of be rethought with your support. Now, you don’t have to give us all the secret sauce or anything but trying to give people with e commerce or some tips and ideas about where things might be going wrong, why they might have low conversions. And maybe some ideas on what they should think ab

Kenn Costales 25:03

ut. Okay, sure. Um, I think my main philosophy when it comes to approaching ecommerce clients, or even any client in general, is to actually start with a wide base of ad copies and ad sets or targeting options to test. And what I specifically mean is that whenever I audit, an existing ecommerce store, they normally only have one type of ad copy or one type of creative that is being launched. Okay. And the problem with that is that you don’t, you’re pretty much putting all of your eggs in one basket, right? Because you’re, you’re betting everything in this single campaign. And it’s either success or failure. There’s only two outcomes. And what we do is that we try to test out a wide variety of ad copies and creatives. And the way we think through it is that we try to think in terms of different target markets. So even if say, for example, in the CrossFit space, so seriously You’re setting supplements specifically for crossfitters. We don’t lock ourselves down to just a crossfitter space. But we also try to target the strong men or the strong women, so people who like lift really, really heavy weights and go to competitions. We also try to target runners, we also try to target executives who want better performance. And that’s why they take a supplement. And we also try out other target markets as well. But our normal standard is that we need to have at least four different target markets, okay, and these target market should be completely different from one another. So, so that’s the starting point. And after that, what we’re going to do is that we’re going to target different interests or different targeting options for each persona. So for example, if we were targeting a crossfitter, we should target the CrossFit event. I forgot the name but I think it’s a I forgot the second word, but it’s CrossFit something so it happens early on in the Okay, we also target influencers in the CrossFit space as well. But our standard is to have three, so sorry, four rather. So we’ll have like four targeting options for each one. So what happens is that for target markets, times for targeting options equals 16 different varieties of personas, target markets, yeah. And targeting options. And there’s also another piece as well, which is for each persona, there’s also unique ad copy as well, right? Because the way you talk to runners is should be completely different than that of crossfitters from strong men, etc. What happens is that we have a huge variety of target markets and ad copies. And what happens after a testing phase which usually takes a week or two, we will be then be able to see what type of ad copy and what type of persona works better than the others in terms of ROI. So say for example, for runners, what works for them is pain based copy, like we lead with the pain. And then maybe for crossfitters, what works for them is review copies. Maybe for them influencers is very important as part of the ad copy, and they need to be featured there. So we get to see what works well in different niches. And what happens with that is that we get to iterate evolve it over time, and that results in improved ROI. And if something fails that say it’s below standard, or it’s below the target to see the target is five to one ROI, and it only produces three to one ROI, then we just kill it. So that’s how we produce results, because we put a lot of time and investment in the testing phase. Yeah. And that’s why you drive improved ROI for clie

Adam G. Force 28:44

ts. Yeah, but I mean, so let me take that a little bit further. So that’s on the front end. So basically top of funnel when it comes to ads, and read, you know, we always talk on our end about, you know, having like, here’s the thing, like you can run all the ads in the world and if you’re an Not set up on your, wherever you’re selling, right could be a Shopify store, whatever your website is, to optimize those leads, right? So like, You’re, you’re gonna fall short. So like there’s that one getting the ads to work and convert to the the lead, but then actually having yourself set up to get conversions and sales on the website, not only immediately, but over the long term. So any thoughts just on you know, like, for example, a lot of websites and e commerce will have a right when you get to the site on the top of the homepage, it’ll talk about you know, get a discount code or whatever. Right? Do you find that effective? Or do you find that you become a discount brand all of a sudden, like, that’s how peep that’s the only time people will shop from you now is if you’re like, they see you as a discount brand, like stuff like that I’m always curious about in the e commerce wo

Kenn Costales 29:50

Um, so for that particular piece, like having a discount up front. That’s actually not a problem from what we have seen. Although it I think the correct answer is It depends. It depends because the way I like to classify it is in two different segments one is in the consumable segment and the other one is in the durable segment. Yeah, so the robots meaning furniture, beings, bedsheets and furniture Yeah. So the durable space and there is a consumable space which is cakes, essential oils and all that. I have noticed that for the consumable space, discounts are generally okay and it does not harm the brand. So that works out well for them. But they do notice that in for the durable space, it becomes a problem primarily because they start to expect it because the problem with the durable space is that there’s no real urgency for people to buy as compared to let’s say essential oils, there’s normally like a relevant pain to see for example, you have a headache and you want to try essential oils, then you try out the essential oil or maybe if you if there is an upcoming occasion. Let’s say your wife or husband has a birthday And you want to buy a cake, you can buy the cake online. So there’s like a, like a very there’s a time dependent need but for durables, if you want to buy furniture, you can like delay it as much as you want. Because it’s there’s no real pain, or there’s no real need to get it soon, right unless you’re moving in. So what happens there is that if you provide a discount, especially in the durable space, people tend to dependent too much. So I do see that the percentage of people who buy with a discount in this space is about 50% of users in the durable space but for consumables is much less like 20 to 10%. So what we normally say to our clients, who are in the doula space is to try to figure out a different way to incentivize people. So for example, a good way to incentivize people is to have a club membership. So if you’re part of the club, which is a yearly membership, then you can get access to these discounts. I mean, notice that while because and what we noticed that lifetime value is really high, because since they’re in our member, they now have an incentive to keep buying some more from that store. Yeah, if it’s in a durable space, so that’s one model. And the other model is to have some sort of wrapper. So for example, if they buy a piece, say for example $10,000 worth of clothes or $5,000 worth of goods, then they will get a trip or some sort. So when they do provide discounts, it’s normally like a really, really high value discount, or you need to like commit a lot to get that. So at least that’s the way that they do it. Because the thing is, is a big difference because as compared to website that offers 10% discounts all the time, it feels a bit cheap, especially in the durable space. But if you do something like a like a club membership, or if you do a raffle that has a high cost of entry like $5,000 to get access to a ticket, then the conversation shifts a bit. The principle is the same. The marketing principle is the same which is to provide like value to the consumer, but it’s done. in a different way that resonates with the target market that they want to go after

Adam G. Force 33:03

Yeah, I like that, and it doesn’t devalue your brand, right? So you’re kind of keeping the integrity because, you know, well, you might have a very low key transactional brand, but if you don’t, and you want to keep certain integrity behind the value of it, that was always something I thought about, and I see it all the time, like how these ecommerce brands are doing that and sometimes, you know, it could be a major brand that already has a lot of trust and brand equity and they don’t do it or smaller brands, they tend to like, like you don’t want to reek of desperation, either, right? It’s not like to get a sale and then all of a sudden your brand is seen as and I always thought like they’re going to be seen as a discount brand. So these are good tips. I like the club membership, the raffles, there’s other incentives basically are saying that you can use in place of just that that low hanging fruit of a discount. Correct.

Kenn Costales 33:51

Purchase also works very well. What is it? A gift with purchase, so if you buy it, if you get bad, then you get the free Like a bottle or something, something, so some item that also resonates with your target market

Adam G. Force 34:04

Yeah. Interesting. A knowing and being somebody in the marketing space, curious how important the process of storytelling has been to help clients increase their leads and sa

Kenn Costales 34:19

I think storytelling is extremely important, especially if you are a independent ecommerce brand as compared to a retailer. So what I mean by these two is that our retailer sells are well known brands like Nike or Adidas and all that. So for them, you don’t have to do storytelling as much because the brand equity is so strong. The brand name will help in terms of the sales process. But if you’re an independent brand with your own, like, yeah, if you have your own brand, then storytelling is extremely important. And at least on our end when you write copy for our clients, both on the landing page and On the ads reach out different angles, like a pain based angle, or a worldview based angle or a proof based angle, all sorts of angles. And yes, to your point, storytelling is extremely important. And I would say, if I were to rank all of the marketing elements in terms of helping clients get traction online, copywriting is definitely number one copywriting are celebrating so I would look at the two, that would be number one and all of the other crazy tactics in terms of email automation, optimization, etc. Those are secondary to the right storytelling

Adam G. Force 35:35

Absolutely. Yeah, I agree. That’s, that’s something that we always try to, you know, educate our members and audiences about, it’s just like, it’s like having the fuel for the car, like everybody wants to tactics, like all the pieces that put the car together, but then when they don’t have the strategy, the stories, the insights to really, you know, attract the audience and be clear and effective in their communication. It always falls short. So we got to make sure we have that marketing strategy, right

Kenn Costales 35:59

Yep. 100% agree

Adam G. Force 36:01

Yeah. So what else is? So what’s going on here? I want to be respectful of your time. So what is coming for you down the road and I want to make sure you give a shout out. It sounds like you have a lot of insights and expertise to offer people. So if somebody wants to find you learn more, maybe you can do an audit for their business, like how do they reach you stuff like that?

Kenn Costales 36:21

Sure. So, so they can reach out to me again, it’s completely complimentary or free. You can go to monoliths, growth.com. So monolith and growth small.com. And right there, there’s a free marketing audit button, and you can reach out to me and I’m more than happy to give you insights. And it’s not just like a quick call or anything like that, but it’s a proper audit. So there’s going to be 20 to 30 slides. Totally custom fit for you because the idea of that audit is that that serves as the foundation. If we do decide to work together, fine. And if we don’t, then at least you have a great custom plan that you can use on your own. So it’s totally like no strings attached

Adam G. Force 37:00

Excellent very cool. All right guys. I think that’s it it looks like they have a lot of good stuff so you could check them out again it’s monolith growth calm it’s that spelled mo NOL it Ah okay monolith growth all one word. can really appreciate your time today. Congrats on all the success and the things that you have going on and just like hearing how you’re pivoting and supporting clients is exciting. And yeah, appreciate your time. Appreciate you too. So for this episode, your next step is to join the Change Creator revolution by downloading our interactive digital magazine app for premium content, exclusive interviews, and more ways to stay on top of your game available now on iTunes and Google Play or visit Change Creator mag comm we’ll see you next time where money and meaning intersect right here at the Change Creator podc

Charlie Hartwell: What Investors in the Social Impact Space Look For in a Startup

Listen to our exclusive interview with Charlie Hartwell:

Subscribe to this show on Spotify  |  iTunes  |  Stitcher  |  Soundcloud

If you’re looking for investment, what do you need to know today? We asked the managing partner of Bridge Builders Collaborative to find out from his perspective as an investor.

About Charlie:

Charlie Hartwell is the Managing Partner of Bridge Builders Collaborative, a group of highly successful investors who have been investing in start-up companies in the space of mental wellness, consciousness, and spirituality. A Harvard Business School graduate, Charlie has served and led organizations in 14 different industries, including starting a non- profit in the slums of Kenya in 1986 that has now served health care to several million patients. He also founded the first for-profit expedition company in US History to promote the Bancroft Arnesen Expedition – a historical 1,7000 mile crossing of Antarctica by two women who became the first to cross the continent on foot. Now Charlie and his company are passionate about supporting the growth of a new movement around mental fitness, heart-centered connection, consciousness evolution, and improved health care. Bridge Builders has invested in such companies as Pear Therapeutics, Insight Timer, Headspace, Happify, and others.

Learn more about Charlie and his work at > https://shiftit.com

We also recommend:

Transcription of Interview

(Transcribed by Otter.ai, there may be errors)

Adam G. Force 00:11

Hey, what’s going on everybody? Welcome back to the chase credit podcast show. This is your host, Adam force. I hope you all are doing well and staying safe. Now if you missed the last episode is with Mandy Barbie. And we talked about overcoming stressors so that you can thrive in your business and your life. This is such a fun conversation, but also really impactful, great insights about mental blocks and really stepping up your game as a business owner, a CEO of your company, and taking your life really to that next level. And we all have these blocks and challenges and have to deal with stress and anxiety and things as we go through these processes. So really great conversation. So if you missed that swing by check it out. Today we’re gonna be talking with Charlie Hartwell. He is one of the managing partners over at a company called bridge builders collaborative. And basically, there are a bunch of successful investors, right and unconscious companies. He has served and led organizations in 14 different industries, including starting a nonprofit that was actually in a struggling area of Kenya, and is now serving healthcare to over several million patients. So he has a lot of interest in experience. And we wanted to talk with Charlie because he has the investor perspective. And I know a lot of you listening might be looking for investments. So we wanted to just see what he had to say about the space and what you need to be looking out for. So hang tight here, and we’re gonna get into that conversation with Charlie in just a minute. Guys, if you are, I know as you know, with this pandemic going on, there’s a lot happening. And more and more people are coming to us and looking to get into the digital space, which makes sense, right? It’s a little bit more recession proof. And so, you know, our program that we have is called the captivate method and this is one Where we’ve been supporting people this program is, it’s not just another course or anything like that this is, you know, getting on calls Live Twice a month getting real coaching one on one to support you, and get you from point A to point B as fast as possible in the digital space. It’s about creating a digital system that has the application of really powerful storytelling so you can connect with your audience, right, build trust, and really get consistent sales. That’s the idea you want to get attract the right leads and get consistency. So if this is something you need help on and you’re looking to, you know, ramp up, then this is definitely a good opportunity for you, and you can get on our waitlist right now. So you go to Change Creator calm, and you’ll see in the menu or on the homepage, a waitlist that you can join for the captivate method, and you’ll just start getting some emails. We’re going to give you some information and then you’ll get an invitation to our master class. That master class will be an opportunity For you to see how this program can really help you so that you can make an informed decision and and we hope to see you in that community. Such a great group of people. So this could really be your tribe if you’re looking to make a difference in the world, and you really want to scale your digital marketing and business really, okay. So guys, we’re not gonna, we’re not gonna hold off much longer here. We’re gonna get right into this conversation with Charlie and see what he has to say about the investor space right now. Okay, show me that heat Right so we should be rocking and rolling. I’m just gonna double check settings because I haven’t done a zoom interview in a while. Make sure we’re good. Audio Yes, video. Okay, cool. I think we’re good to go here.

Charlie Hartwell 03:53

Alright.

Adam G. Force 03:55

All right, Charles. Now do you like Charlie Charles? What’s your woody

Charlie Hartwell 03:59

Charlie? Charlie, okay, sure.

Adam G. Force 04:02

All right, here we go. Three, two and one. Hey, Charlie, welcome to the Change Creator, podcast show. How’s everything going today?

Charlie Hartwell 04:09

Good Adams, good to talk to you.

Adam G. Force 04:11

Awesome. Yeah, I appreciate you being here and taking the time. Sounds like you got a lot of interesting stuff going on. And we always love to hear from the investors perspective. So, you know, I know you have some current events and shifts going on. So tell us just a little bit about what’s going on, you know, lately, like, what’s the latest? What’s the greatest and what’s happening in your world?

Charlie Hartwell 04:32

Yeah, so I’ve been working for this group called the bridge builders collaborative. It’s a group of high net worth individuals have been investing together over the last eight years in the space we used to call mine training. We, you know, we’ve invested in several things that are going to scale in that space and our partners got together a year ago and sort of said, How can we best use our capital to inspire and invest in tools For inner well being that bridges sort of the human energy to make social change possible. And we’ve shifted to kind of saying how do we invest in things that go deeper into the human experience? And you know how to create paradigm shifts.

Adam G. Force 05:18

I love that. And so, can you tell me a little bit about when you say create a paradigm shift? What does that mean to you?

Charlie Hartwell 05:28

I think a paradigm shift is about sort of changing our stories changing. It like living more authentically, it’s authentically creating shifts in society so that we get we become more focused on our mental and you know, in our inner well being as opposed to just our physical well being, which we spent a lot of time focusing on as a society. How do we create a paradigm shift to looking at Who are we? How do we live to be our authentic show that our authentic selves? How do we sort of get through and get past trauma the toll on us back from living the life that we’re meant to live?

Adam G. Force 06:16

Yeah, yeah, I like I like when you said changing our stories. You know, we all have stories and internal narratives that are built from years and years of just living life and the people were around and things we do so kind of starting to acknowledge what those stories are and seeing which ones serve you and which ones you need to unlearn and which ones need to now start learning. Right. It’s powerful stuff. So I love to hear that and I think we are in an age where authenticity is more important than ever I was, I was actually reading the latest Edelman truth barometer special report for 2019. And right now, less than 50 bucks. percent of the general population are trusting businesses. And, you know, when you hear a number like that, you just start to think, man, there’s just a lot of phony baloney out there. And people have their guards up over years of just bad marketing, right, and deception and false claims and so that authenticity is something people crave. Do you agree?

Charlie Hartwell 07:21

I agree, you know, my wife who’s a what the one that that got me into this space, you know, talks to us a lot about about human conditioning. So as we grow up in, you know, in societies, whether it be our family systems, the schools, we went to the churches we might have gone to or whatever religious institutions, we get conditioned, and a lot of times that means getting conditioned out of whom our authentic selves is. And you know, for a lot of people that I talked to, there’s kind of a journey back in their 20s or 30s, maybe their 40s of like, how do I reconnect with my authentic self and then how do I want to use my authentic gifts to Create whatever the life is that I want to create for myself, that also hopefully improves our society.

Adam G. Force 08:08

Exactly, exactly. I mean, that is why that is why Change Creator actually started because I was I was working at Web MD for 10 years as director of strategic marketing. And I had an experience where I had my own epiphany. And I started realizing that I wasn’t burnt out and from overworking or travel and long hours, it was because I was doing something that was misaligned, it was doing something that wasn’t meaningful to me. And that’s boom, it just hit me right there. And that’s when everything changed. And this whole mission started.

Charlie Hartwell 08:39

Yeah, took me a lot more suffering than it seems like it took you in order to get to that same moment,

Adam G. Force 08:46

That was a very abbreviated version. But, you know, we all have our own path, right? So we all will will find our way and hopefully, you know, like, it’s funny because when you finally get there and you’re waking up every day, and you’re actually now live Being this new trajectory of your life, you start to look back and be like, man, like, what was I thinking before I was I sleepwalking? Like where was I? You ever have that feeling?

Charlie Hartwell 09:11

Oh, yeah. No, I mean, for me, it was not waking up every morning it was just waking up as a human being and sort of saying, Wow, I was living, I was programmed to be as opposed to life I was meant to be and how do I uncover? You know, once I had that sort of wake up epiphany, it’s kind of like, how do I uncover what’s ever getting in my way from living to what, you know, my authentic self wants to live and, you know, it took some work and some years to kind of get through some of that and and there’s a lot in for me, there was a lot of letting go. People have stories, beliefs, in you know, that I needed to let go of in order to kind of live a more authentic life.

Adam G. Force 09:58

Yeah, and that’s the hard thing. I think for a lot of people, and it’s something that’s probably an ongoing life journey to be able to actually acknowledge what is serving you and what’s not, but then actually being willing to let them go, right? Whether it’s friends or certain narratives in your mind, or even, you know, just the people who are around you and you move, but you know, we always rationalize things to say, Well, I’m a little different. So for me, it’s this or for me, it’s that and we don’t want to accept things always find a way around it, to convince ourselves otherwise, you know,

Charlie Hartwell 10:34

yes, and my wife, you know, again, as I was going through this, you know, my own experience, she talks about how when we decide to make these dangers to become our authentic self, those who love us the most are the most resistance, or those who say they love us the most are the most resistant to that because they’re used to us, is you know, being in a certain box might have been created, and so is You know, you break free of that. It can be hard to kind of, to there’s an adjustment that happens, whether it’s family systems or friend communities or people, you know, can either go along with you on that ride or you need to let them go.

Adam G. Force 11:15

Yeah, yeah, makes sense. Definitely. Now, tell me a little bit about the companies. You’ve been investing in what what you’ve been looking for. And then, you know, I know you’re, you’re, you’re leading into this health space, and just where you’re going with the investments now.

Charlie Hartwell 11:33

Yeah, so over the last, you know, over the last eight years, we’ve made 12 investments. We’ve made a couple investments in the digital therapeutics space. So we were one of the first investors in a company called para therapeutics. Sort of the first FDA approved software for addiction recovery. We invested we’re an early investor in a company called headspace, which sort of helped bring Meditation to the masses. We invested in a company called Muse brain sensing headband helps people to meditate. Oh, yeah, you know, you can read your brainwaves. We have, you know, invested in a company called hapa phi, which really is it was a mental behavioral health, sort of gamified the science of mindfulness, positive psychology and cognitive behavioral therapy. And now, you know, is is itself becoming a digital therapeutic. So a lot of investments in kind of the space of, you know, helping to bring mindfulness into the mainstream. And, you know, with the shift that we’re now making, you know, we want to go deeper than that, and sort of deeper into some of the things you and I were talking about earlier about, you know, how do we invest in people’s social wellness and then in their, their, their relational well being Or their spiritual well being? How do we go from getting people sort of on the map, you know, to meditate to getting off the map to creating the social change that it resonates with their purpose? How do we training the mental well being

Adam G. Force 13:16

etc? Sure, yeah. And so, when when you do find, I guess I’m curious and how you guys discover companies and organizations that you’re interested in. So are they reaching out to you? Do you guys have a process for what you’re, you know, where where do you find them? And how do you discover these companies?

Charlie Hartwell 13:37

I’m just curious how that plays out. We have a really good network and and over the last eight years because of our because of the way that we invest the value that we add, and sort of our social mission combined with, you know, our desire to create abundance you know, through you know, finance And social returns. A lot of people naturally, you know, come to us. There are conferences that I attend. And you know, as well, where I find new entrepreneurs, but a lot of it just comes through sort of the reputation that we’ve developed, if people are in this space, they tend to know who we are. And, and for us, I’d say deal flow is, you know, it’s not the problem. I think I’ve probably looked at, you know, 1000 companies over the wall. And that’s kind of exciting, actually. Because, you know, before that time, there really were very few investments in the space. So the great thing is, the space is expanding. There’s a lot of entrepreneurs who have, you know, interesting ways that they want to bring these kind of solutions to the marketplace. But, but, you know, people find us through various ways

Adam G. Force 14:58

Yeah, yeah. Yeah. And so I guess just to piggyback off that, when you do decide that something might be up your alley, what do you look for to say, you know, like, you know, everyone’s always wondering and they come up to our audience will come to us and ask and say, Well, what what goes in a pitch deck? Like, what what do investors look for? And I think there’s some commonality and interests for things like that of what an investor might look for. But there’s probably also differences in preference and what’s important to different investors. So I’m curious if there’s some key things off the top of your head that are important for you to see from potential company that you invest in?

Charlie Hartwell 15:41

Yeah, that’s a really good question. So the first thing, I’ll just say there’s green. The first green is kind of a social game. So I imagine if we were to invest in this company, what would be the positive impact to humanity? And, you know, if I can’t see that, if I can’t see that, that’s, there’s a really big change that can happen, then, you know, I kind of screen that out, then then we look for if there are assignable validation for the product or platform, the next you know, barely really key pieces, you know, who is the entrepreneur? And when we look at it, you know, for entrepreneurs, what we look for are people. Number one who have managed egos. Number two, who have integrated, whatever they’re trying to bring out to the world. Number three, are they good team leader, do they listen, and and, you know, do they have some experience, you know, as an entrepreneur, then you know, we kind of look for stage where we’re normally around the series A. We’ve made exceptions in the past to that, but that’s kind of that’s Kind of normally where we play. And then, you know, the last thing I look at is if we were, you know, to make this investment, Can I, can I see a return on investment for our

Adam G. Force 17:11

investors? Yeah. And are you usually looking for return on investment over long term or

Charlie Hartwell 17:18

hort term, we tend to be patient investors. And, and at the same time, if there are opportunities, you know, to get a return on investment sooner, that’s fine. But we have tended to be both patient and follow on investors. So if I look at the, you know, 12 investments that we’ve made, our partners have tended to invest, you know, in almost every round of every company, once we make an initial investment, we tend to be very committed and in it for the long you know, for the long term and if the long term turns out to be short term Guess that’s okay too. But we really want to support the entrepreneurs. And, and I think one of the other things that I look at Adam, is whether or not we can add value because we’re not in. We’re not in in these investments to just, you know, make money from them. We want we have a lot of value add that we can offer companies. And we’re, it’s, it’s, you know, it’s one of our passions to be a value added investor. So I look and say, Look, can this company utilize the value add th t we have? As another one of o

Adam G. Force 18:35

r screens? Yeah, I mean, I think you just answered a question that I had kind of percolating, which was, you know, are you a strategic partner or just a, you know, financing and investing and it sounds like you guys help out with maybe your networks and Intel intellectual property and stuff

Charlie Hartwell 18:51

like that? Yeah, I kind of look at it. We have a model that’s, you know, sort of like a four c model. You know, caches The least important thing that we’ve been to the table, we bring people in the space, we bring a tremendous, you know, amount of connections, we, you know, our partners have run some very large companies and enterprises. And so they have a lot of counsel, you know, for the entrepreneurs if the entrepreneurs needed at various times. We also bring credibility, you know, in the in the space, we’re a really well known investor, and oh, you know, that’s one of our season then at the end of the day cash is as I said, that’s, that’s the least value added thi

Adam G. Force 19:36

g we burn. Gotcha, interesting. So let’s just take a little bit into what what how we’re defining or you guys are defining living the that healthy lifestyle that you’re now trying to promote where people are, you know, meditating and doing certain things for self care living authentically. You know, I recently read something that, you know, like we all we all seem to be chasing happiness. And I read something where it said, happiness is not the primary thing that people are yearning for. It’s actually meaning. What do you think abou

Charlie Hartwell 20:16

that? I’m totally in resonance. Yeah, a lot of happiness chasing, and actually, you know, living life, like, I would say, you know, you can observe, you know, you can observe a difficult situation or with your angry or something, and you can still be in a very, you know, in a very good state, you it’s not about being happy every more moment. And I absolutely agree. When we just chase that, I don’t think I don’t think people are very fulfilled doing that, and, and I don’t get necessarily leads, it actually probably leads to more stress. I rather, I’d much rather live a life It’s authentic than a life that’s just happy. Yeah, way The more I do that the happier I am, but happiness isn’t about chasing something. It’s about a plac

Adam G. Force 21:10

of being. Yeah, yeah, I like that it’s true. You know, I one of my favorite philosophers is Alan Watts and He always talks about abbreviate this is, you know, when we play music, we’re the point is not to get to the end, right? The point is to realize that it’s not a journey. It’s it’s music so you’re there to just dance. And that’s kind of like how we look at life is like what are we racing towards? There is no end that you’re racing towards you should be enjoying the music. Yeah. Well, yeah, yeah, he’s interesting character. So you know, I you know, I Change Creator. Obviously, we are all about the social entrepreneurship approach. We don’t have a specific focus in health, but we do believe that people are going to live happier lives. When they wake up, and they are doing something that’s meaningful to them, right, and I, you know, I interviewed Nasri Sheikh and she was like she was a child slave for for many years. And I spoke to her because she started to she got out of that somehow in Nepal. And she started two businesses. And my last question, I was at a conference in Toronto, and I was interviewing her and I asked her, if there was one message you could share with the world, what would it be? And she said, to dig deep and live your truth, because that’s the biggest contribution you can make to the world. And I thought that that really resonated with me and I think that, you know, get helping people not only, you know, come to grips with, you know, who they are or, you know, become comfortable, like through a process of meditation and stuff like that, but to actually figure out how to proceed in life and because right now, like, Don’t you feel like or you probably see a lot of people where they’re kind of hooked into a pattern, and I think you said it really nicely before. way that you are programmed versus waking up and doing what you really should be doing with your life. It’s hard sometimes to to figure out how to approach that new that new lifest

Charlie Hartwell 23:10

le, right? Okay, so we’re going to change topics a little bit if it’s okay with you. So let my last name is Hartwell. And when you figure it out, that’s a very head driven exercise. For me, when you’re living in your heart, you know, then you don’t have to figure it out. You just have this knowing and the sensing and you from from where I said, you know, you can sort of if you understand who you are, and what your purpose is, and sort of what your energy is all about, then you can be in resonance and you actually don’t have to figure things out. You can sort of set you can live an intentional life, and then watch things unfold in front of you, and just enjoy the pure Folding and like, enjoy the maybe it’s not the right that the tapestry of what’s created when you set an intention, a life sort of from

Adam G. Force 24:10

the heart. I think a key word there is intention, you know, doing things in your life with intention, I guess should always be the case and is really valuable, I guess where I would struggle and we’re we see a lot of entrepreneurs who are trying to live, you know, their best life is that, well, they still have to, you know, we live in a capitalist system, which means we have to have money in order to pay for food and housing and kids to go to school and obviously, you know, things are getting more and more expensive. So, you know, they end up starting these businesses, which is like their dream and what they’re all about, but they can’t figure out how to create progress with it in this system, so they ended up going back to old patterns of jobs and stuff that they don’t like, which is that, to me is hea

Charlie Hartwell 25:02

tbreaking. Yeah, I agre

Adam G. Force 25:04

with you. So you see a lot of that. And, and I guess, so you got to find that balance a little bit. And I think there’s so many people out there too, they have this passion, and they just don’t have certain technical business sense. Just because that’s just not where their experience

Charlie Hartwell 25:19

you know. Yeah, I know, I hear that because I, you know, I speak to a lot of entrepreneurs and I, my, my, some that I speak to, like, really are like, they have great intentions. And they’re, you know, they’re real visionaries. But but but they’re not always grounded in this third dimensional reality that you’re talking about, which is which is very much about like, how does this system work? It is it is a system that you know, energy is driven a lot by by money. Distribution is about how do you get your ideas out there. Sometimes, you know, sometimes if you’re not grounded you know, and understanding that it can be even, you know, it can be challenging. I know some of the most brilliant people that have these ideas, but they can’t like bring them down here to the planet. Does

Adam G. Force 26:16

that make? Oh, yeah. Oh, no, it definitely makes sense. Or they either can’t figure out how to bring them down to earth or they’re afraid to, they’re afraid to to try because it’s so unknown. So they could have a beautiful idea. And they could have all the willpower in the world to figure it out and operate it, but they just need to understand how to make that happen. You know w

Charlie Hartwell 26:39

at I mean? If they need it, yeah, there’s a there’s a both and they’re from my perspective, they need to understand how to make it happen, and they need to understand that they’re not if you let go like you’re not in charge of how it’s going

Adam G. Force 26:53

to happen. Right, right. Yeah, I mean, I noticed that a lot of social entrepreneurs. They want to To do so much to give to the world and contribute that they actually don’t, I mean a lot of people don’t like money because they see it as you know, the root of all evil we’ve heard all those those sayings and things like that and I get that because there’s obviously some some really negative behavior that is triggered from money and stuff like that. But when they have that mindset, I noticed that specifically social entrepreneurs, they tend to almost have a fear block when it comes to actually making money so it holds back growth, no matter what their intention is. So it’s like there is like a skill set around that part of it right? So you have like living your truth doing what’s right you know, like taking care of being authentic, all those things. And then to actually understand well, business making money, like those are skills themselves, I think and really something that people will have to start to learn to kind of, you know, turn their life and work into like one harmonous thing.

Charlie Hartwell 27:57

Yes, and or to find a team Were those where they can be the visionary self or whatever their self is. But yeah. And collaborating with other people that have the gifts that they don’t have and yeah, hundred percent that when you find a team where somebody says, You know, I know this, but I don’t know that and I trust so and so, you know, wit

Adam G. Force 28:20

the money Oh, I’m not great at that, but I trust this person. I think when you you know, find those kind of teams that are, you know, that are in resonance with a mission but all understand and appreciate each other’s gifts and skills. Those are stronger teams. I love that. I think the key thing right there you said is that they’re in resonance with the mission you find people that have the passion that you have, and you know, maybe they have a skill set around the finances or the marketing or whatever it might be. As long as you have validated your your business and product then you get those guys on board and having them Mission aligned is realy the key.

Charlie Hartwell 29:02

Yeah. And maybe, you know, can I maybe provide an example of one of our companies

Adam G. Force 29:07

Of course. Yeah, yeah , dive in

Charlie Hartwell 29:09

So so a couple years ago, we invested in a company called insight timer. Insight timer is company based in Sydney, which probably is the largest library of sort of meditation or conscious, you know, audio in the world. They have 5000 teachers globally the teach, you know, that have meditations or music or talks. And there’s, you know, 12 million people on the platform. And when we invested, you know, yeah, I look at the return, but I look at the abundance that’s created, we invested when they had a community of probably, maybe, you know, 6 million people, and they wanted to take a free community and begin to create more abundance recharging subscription, It’s still free for anybody that wants it around the world, there are 30,000 free meditations. But at the same time for people that want, they can buy individual courses, or they can buy a subscription as you know, sort of special features. And as I look at that, from an energetic exchange, and from a place of abundance, when you provide all of that you have the abundance of the free for those who want to be free, you have the abundance of, you know, 5000 teachers who are getting paid 50% of what comes into the platform. When people do pay, and, you know, look at the abundance for you know, as they’re able to charge, you know, actual money for value, then they can hire people, and at the end of the day, then investors do better so everyone wins in an energetic exchange. And, And to me, that’s a really cool model of Yeah, money’s involved, but money is actually just about creating abundance.

Adam G. Force 30:59

Yeah, that sounds Amazing. It’s and it says, you know, these meditation apps seem to do really well. It sounds like they have a pretty big base.

Charlie Hartwell 31:08

Yeah, they have a big base. And what I like about you know about it is they have that big base and they’ve never spent any money on marketing because it’s all sort of organic versus You know, a lot of the other meditation apps are really all about marketing and acquisition and, you know, paid and this is just about natural growth of a community. That kind of all wants to grow together.

Adam G. Force 31:29

6 million people organically? 12 million. Yeah. Get out of here. So how are people finding out about them?

Charlie Hartwell 31:40

Well, they have 5000 teachers on the platform. I mean, through word of mouth through teachers recommending it through I mean, basically, that’s it. It’s been it’s been word of mouth because and, you know, people like the experience so much They can find the teachers that they want that resonate with them or the music that they want that it’s just very natural. It’s very natural, and people recommend it to ot

Adam G. Force 32:13

er people. Pretty cool. Pretty cool. Wow. That’s amazing. That’s a big base for for organic for sure. So and what was the name of that program? Inside timer and say timer, we’ll check it out. So anybody listening, you guys can check that out. I’m a big fan of meditation. I’ve been doing that for years. And I just find a ton of value in the process. You know, I like to run exercise, you know, shower in the morning and then meditate and it really just kind of sets you up for the day to be very focused an

Charlie Hartwell 32:43

creative. That’s g

Adam G. Force 32:46

eat. Yeah. Well, listen, we’re going to wrap up here in a minute and I want to give you a chance to let people know where they can learn more about, you know, you and connect and what you have going on and check

Charlie Hartwell 32:57

hings out. Yeah, I mean, so our website is brittle. builders collaborative or BBC, or sorry, bb collaborative.com. You know, I’m on LinkedIn and Twitter under Charlie Hartwell, my wife and I have a business that I do this work from a business called the shifted Institute, which is about igniting consciousness inspiring him at potential and creating a paradigm shift. And that’s it shifted

Adam G. Force 33:26

All right, guys, I’m just taking notes there, Charlie. Awesome. We’ll try I really appreciate your time and walking us through some of your thoughts around the investments and where you’re taking everything and enjoyed the conversation just around you know, living an authentic life and living your truth

Charlie Hartwell 33:43

Right. Yeah, Adam, really fun to hear a little bit about your story. And I appreciate that you’re having these conversations. I’m I appreciate that. More people are interested in them and I thank you for your time today.

Adam G. Force 34:00

That’s all for this episode. Your next step is to join the Change Creator revolution by downloading our interactive digital magazine app for premium content, exclusive interviews, and more ways to stay on top of your game available now on iTunes and Google Play or visit Change Creator mag Comm. We’ll see you next time where money and meaning intersect right here at the Change Creat

Russel Brunson: How to Get Tons of Traffic to Your Funnel

Listen to our exclusive interview with Russel Brunson:

Subscribe to this show on Spotify  |  iTunes  |  Stitcher  |  Soundcloud

Online traffic is a must today if you want to scale your impact! So, what does it take to get A LOT of traffic to any website or funnel?

To answer that question, Clickfunnels founder, Russell Brunson released the book Traffic Secrets: The Underground Playbook. And it’s GREAT!

Of course, Change Creator co-founder, Adam Force, had to talk to him about it and ask some burning questions! 
You don’t want to miss this interview.

“It’s always an honor to talk with Russell, he’s a rockstar and just a genuinely good guy. His new book, Traffic Secrets, is some of the best marketing insights you can find. It’s the real deal.” ~Adam Force

Oh and guess what?

Right now, you can grab a FREE copy of his book so you can start getting the traffic you need to grow your biz to the next level.

Click here to learn more and get your copy >> bit.ly/3aEMvhp

We also recommend:

Transcription of Interview

(Transcribed by Otter.ai, there may be errors)

Adam G. Force 00:00

Hey Russell, what’s going on, man? Welcome to the Change Creator podcast show how you doing today?

Russel Brunson 00:04

I’m doing amazing. Thank you so much for having me, man. I’m super excited.

Adam G. Force 00:07

Yeah, you know, I’m excited to have you here and excited about your book. You know, I did. I ordered that bad boy, I haven’t gotten my copy yet, but I’m waiting very impatiently, with this whole pandemic, you know, everything’s backed up and slowed down. So we’ll hopefully get that soon. Listen, man, tell us just a little bit, just to kick this off and get everybody acclimated. Um, you know, why did you decide to even create Traffic Secrets on top of everything else that you’re already doing?

Russel Brunson 00:32

Yeah, um, that’s a really good question. Sometimes I think I love punishment or something. writing books is really hard. No, but the real reason is, you know, it’s, I think, a unique spot, like being one of the cofounders of clickfunnels. We have a chance to see so many people’s businesses and what they’re doing what’s happening behind the scenes, what’s actually working, what’s not, I get an email every single day, which is like Christmas where it’s like, here’s all the top 20 funnels from in all Click Funnels based on sales and based on leads every day see 40 new funnels are like working in real time and like we get chance to see all these these fascinating things and then I see also the the frustrations of people that are cancelling and people that are you know are just like I’m ads account shut down, right? I have a funnel of my products way better than my competitors but nobody sees my their binaries and like, all this stuff. And it’s like, Man, it’s so for me, I’m always thinking like, what, what’s the thing I can do to help the community the most right now? And I tell you what, I did not want to write another book because there’s so much pain associated. Right? Like the biggest The biggest problem we have right now is traffic. I think the biggest problem is that they they’ll look at it from from a lens of like, like how to run Facebook ads, or how do i do Google? I do get from these lenses or the people that are talking about traffic. They’re always like, we found this loophole. And here’s that exploit this loophole that we just found and like, by definition, a loophole closes like it’s, it’s only there for a little bit. And, and I just, I’ve been nervous. I think there’s, you know, obviously we’ve been blessed over the last year. Seven or eight years where Facebook has made traffic so easy for people. But I see it shifting right now. And, and I was like I need to help my entrepreneurs that follow us to like understand traffic more strategically different so that when Facebook shuts down or when Zuckerberg gets closed down by the government, hopefully. But whatever happens, like there’s that we’re ready for it, because it’s going to happen. And in fact, it’s funny that the introduction says introduction, and it says there’s a storm coming. And I didn’t realize we’d be launching the book in the middle of the economic storm, but but it’s happening, I think that people like need these skill sets right now because it has happened for you yet. And ad account is going to get shut down. Like the way you rely on traffic right now is going to shift or change or disappear. If you’re not prepared, your business will be gone. And I’ve seen so many people who had amazing businesses who are out of business now because of that. And so it’s really to help people to have a more holistic, good way to you know, long term way to drive traffic to their business.

Adam G. Force 02:54

Yeah. And so what is I mean, are you saying to diversify to have paid and organic strategies in play, so can you just go a little deeper on what you mean, in preparation for that?

Russel Brunson 03:05

Yeah. So to answer that question, like, I want to go back in time, like 15 years, because I got started before Facebook before there was MySpace, and there was like Friendster, and then before that there were no social networks. And that’s how I got started on this game. When I was in college, I was trying to figure it out. And there weren’t like a ton of people teaching internet marketing back then. So it’s like, it was kind of harder to figure things out in the word. Anyway. And so I remember joining this, this group with these old school like direct response dudes, like Dan Kennedy and Bill Glazer. And I remember joining the group I went the very first day and I was the only internet nerd in the group. And they always made fun of me and I think they bring it in a sales like a direct mail piece that we’re working on like Russell, this is an envelope inside of it to let people actually hold these when they open them a year. You know, they totally make fun of Yeah. And I remember one of the one of the meetings. I can’t remember who it was but they said something that I stuck in my head they said the problem is most of you internet guys, you think that the internet is a business. That’s why All like that’s why you guys are all so wishy washy. Like. He’s like, the internet’s not a business. The internet’s a media channel, just like direct mail or radio or TV or news. It’s, they’re all the same. And he’s like, you look at you look at the Internet as a media channel, it follows the same rules as all these other media channels. And so that’s how I learned marketing is like, Okay, well, let me do direct mail. So we did direct mail, we ran radios, I started learning these principles, and that was able to go over here like, oh, now they understand these things. This is actually really easy. It doesn’t matter if it’s Facebook or tik tok, or twitch or Mike, like, the principles are all the same. And so this book has really helped people understand the core principles of a media chant, how they work. And so that way, they’re evergreen. So like when Facebook gets shut down, or changes, like, like, okay, we’ll just work where do we shift where we shift you will still the same?

Adam G. Force 04:45

Yeah, I get it. So just getting to that real core, not getting so tactical about the actual little bits and pieces, but understanding how to look at the marketing strategy, not the just the execution on these different platforms and things like that. I love that. Yeah, that’s super helpful. Um, next To get this book I mean, you know, I traffic always is a big struggle for people and just really getting that foundation of how to see it. I guess it shifts the perspective a little bit, which can just be a game changer, right?

Russel Brunson 05:12

Yeah, it opens up, it opens up so many more. You mentioned earlier, I go down rabbit holes, these rabbit holes of traffic where it’s like when you get the book, like chapter one, I geek out a lot. Like, in fact, if you look at all my books, like the first section of all my books is like understanding your dream customers. Most people like just running and like, yeah, understanding, I understand your dream customer like a deep, intimate level, you know, their fears, their thoughts, like just really understanding him. So step one is that in step two, the second question then is like, how do I buy Facebook ads to these people? It’s like, I know, these people are where are they hanging out online? And where are they congregating? And when you ask that question, it also shifts because like, Well, my dream customer say they’re into health and fitness or couponing or whatever it is, right? Where are they hanging out? It’s like, Well, here are the 30 blogs that they all read. Here are the 200 podcasts they listen to here are different. Facebook groups they’re part of here’s the email list they subscribe to you here are Austin’s like, Oh my gosh, like there’s this whole world of, of these little like gold mines, these little pockets of traffic. I think right now everyone’s like focus on like, one, you know, again, Facebook and one thing that traffic’s like there’s so many other traffic sources that nobody’s tapping into. In fact, I did this experiment someone the other day, who was like what could afford ads, Russell, so I was like, Okay, I had my way, grab your phone out. So as you’re listening, you will be able to see it. But if you’re watching, play along here, you go. Like there’s there’s the podcast app, right? It’s free and click on the podcast app. And you’re like, Okay, and then you go through here, and if you scroll down, there’s a section says the top shows. Yeah, so it shows you what are the best shows today. So you click on top shows, you can see all and there’s categories so it shows. There’s news, comedy, sports, history, art business, like there’s all these categories, right? And then let’s say I give a product for kids and family, right kids and family. And right there pops up 200 the top 200 bit rank on the most listens. The top 200 podcasts in the world for for, for family kids. So because the family and kids like, it was crazy as like some of these podcasts, I don’t think people understand this. Like I have people all the time like, well, if I could be on The Ellen Show, I’d be rich. It’s like people aren’t watching TV anymore. Some of these podcasts, get more downloads per episode than Ellen’s ever dreamt up. And say, and these people like there’s not at levels of producers and all these things. It’s like you can you can mess up. I love your podcast, I actually have a really cool product and a story. Hey, come on, and tell him like sure, and you can get on a show and get free traffic. Yeah, or most of these, most of these podcasts also happen to sell ads. And then because there’s not like some easy ad network, like like Facebook, you can buy ads, like most people don’t buy ads there because it’s you have to like actually email the person like how do I buy ads exact so there’s so much opportunity to add costs are so much cheaper. And so it’s like there’s a way when you start shifting your thinking like that’s like, Who’s my dream customer, where are they at? And it’s like, how do I how do I get my message in front of Okay, can I get on podcasting you can buy ads cuz I can Write guest blog blog posts Can I get them to blog about me? Can I buy a pop up on their blog? There’s, it opens up a whole new world of possibilities that most people are just completely ignoring right now.

Adam G. Force 08:08

Yeah, it’s true. And I think that a lot of these bloggers and stuff who still get lots of traction and things like they’re on there under us, they’re they’re overlooked quite a bit, right. And,

Russel Brunson 08:19

you know, you’re tapping into these mommy blogs who like it’s funny that they blog and they get paid like, five cents for somebody quick to clip a coupon or something. It sounds like you pay five cents a click and then like, I was like, I figured bucket clicked to give it away. Yeah. Yeah, 2000 bucks later. I’m like, that was one boy that nobody else has ever. Right? All right, let’s do this again.

Adam G. Force 08:40

I love that man. It’s true. You just got to open your eyes and we tend to get fun. What do you call tunnel vision sometimes, right? And we we’ve had a major focus on organic and Facebook. And I love like what you’re doing too. We’re always all about getting out on the podcasts and those types of things. And there’s just a lot of creative thinking and untapped resources. So I’m sure you’re book will cover a lot of those cool

Russel Brunson 09:02

areas exploring differently. What I was like, because he was he was talking about SEO right. Like, and I talked about the book I’m like, let me show you my shortcut because like, I remember when we first started learning SEO, I was like, so frustrated cuz I’m so much like, I want like when you guys want to win, you want to be ranked number one for this keyword like today. Like it frustrates like, I remember the first time like that we had a campaign trying to rake us for set of keywords. I remember being so frustrated, like a week or two, I went directly to Google and type in keywords, I found the top 10, the top 10 listings on every page, and I realized that most of those pages like blogs and things like that, where someone’s looking at ranking stuff, and they don’t want to sell anything. And so I start emailing people directly. I’m like, dude, you’re a number one for work at home. Can I and there’s a big banner ad, can I just buy that banner ad from you? Okay, can I pay you to put a pop up on your site? Yeah, like sure. And so within like, within five seconds, you know, if you searched by dream keyword, which we’re hopefully someday going to rank for and someone clicked on it, click on a page and they went Like my ad was there and instantly like that fast I was getting all this SEO traffic from other people with SEO for me. And like, again, it’s like so simple, but these little things that is shifting your mindset that people don’t think about that hopefully this book will just be like, I have control my own destiny once again, like it’s simple, it’s easy, we start looking at through different lenses.

Adam G. Force 10:16

And I love that that’s a simple perspective shift. That’s a great example. So anybody watching or listening right now, I mean, just the idea, like we do a lot of SEO for organic traffic. We have b2b clients who want to tap into that traffic, but flip the script. And it’s like, well, I’m not gonna rank for everything based on let’s say, our membership that we sell, but we could tap into other people who already have it, and they’re probably not capitalizing on it. Anyway, you get a pretty good deal from them, probably.

Russel Brunson 10:40

Definitely, for sure. I love that man.

Adam G. Force 10:42

Listen, I was curious. One thing just because you did two other books. Did you change your process at all, like based on the experience?

Russel Brunson 10:50

Yeah, I did this one for sure. One thing nice is that I never use Google Docs in the past because I always hated Google Docs and it’s a book I found out about him and now like, I’m obsessed with

Adam G. Force 11:00

Cool. It’s awesome

Russel Brunson 11:01

I don’t know how I wrote them. I read it in like Word and then I send it to people to edit, send it back and like eight different edits. I’m trying to like sync it was a nightmare. So what’s fun about this I did is like, I started Google Docs. I wish I was like, a ways down. And then I invited some people close to me, I was like, hey, I want you guys to go behind and read it not like editing, editing, like, grammar, bowing, editing, like constantly making sense. Is it confusing? Like, yeah, the story have context enough to actually you know, and so like, I had five people reading behind me and like leaving comments and stuff. And so as I was doing the book, they were falling behind me by the time I got to the bottom was really fun. So I got to talk. And it was like, I was I was rewriting but with like, 10 people’s ideas. Oh, like, Oh, that’s so good. Like, it was a it just made the process more collaborative. and way more. I like that will turn out better because of i

Adam G. Force 11:44

too. How long did it take to get this one put together

Russel Brunson 11:47

Ah, this was a pain. It was a good day. Yes, I’ll benefit from the pain. So if it were my first started was about 18 months, but was like, I mean, obviously I’m doing a lot of things as well. I’d say like the hard way crunch time of like, like, I have to finish a chapter every like three days or whatever. Like the thing was, you know, the first 18 months has tons of research and fighting stuff in outlining and trying to structure and a lot of Dude, I’m a doodler. So a lot of doodles, like head to paper was probably a good three to four months of just like, everything else is blocked off.

Adam G. Force 12:18

just like, yeah, that’s not too bad though. I you met the way. You mentioned having other people read through it. We I spoke with Guy Kawasaki not long while ago now but he was like, Yeah, when I write a new book, I take the manuscript draft and I’ll send it out to my Twitter audience and let everybody just share feedback. I was like, really?

Russel Brunson 12:36

e’s a I would dare to do that

Adam G. Force 12:38

I thought it was pretty brave to he’s like listen, if someone else can steal it and do it better than me then shame on me.

Russel Brunson 12:46

I think for me it’s like I have this fear because it’s funny. I any creative person like you create in private so it’s like your words your thoughts. You’re loving it and the CGI Yeah, you give it like first time someone read it. I outside my few close people for some like I shipped a couple copies of people and like I was I was so scared. I remember the first person who messaged me back was Garrett. Garrett J. White, he messaged back, he’s like, dude, that’s what he said. I’m like, Oh, crap. He’s like, this is actually better than the first two books. I was like… Oh, I don’t want like, this is actually like..That’s like, it’s so scary. Like to put out a tweet. I can’t even imagine that I would have had a heart attack, I would have melted down. I don’t know.

Adam G. Force 13:23

Yeah. Well, listen, I like to just get your thoughts on, you know, I know you have teams running ads, and all that kind of stuff. But when it comes to I just want to talk about paid traffic for a minute. And I’m sure you obviously cover a lot of this in the book. But I guess we’re so what are some of the shortcomings people have with paid traffic? Meaning like, you know, we work with a lot of solopreneurs people in the first five years, let’s say, and I’m curious, because what happens is they have this fear factor of actually spending money. So they’re not getting enough data, right? And they’re, they’re not willing to pay for data. So what are your thoughts about like, you know, proving out a new funnel, like we don’t nail it up the offer on the first try, right? It’s like, any thoughts on just how to lean into that. Pay traffic world a littl

Russel Brunson 14:01

bit. That’s the hardest thing. It’s like, I’m gonna gamble. So go to Vegas, they throw a quarter and the first time they win, like, they’re like stuck on gambling, whereas like, yeah, eight ads, it’s the opposite. It’s like you don’t, you know, and I thought, we talked about that here where it’s like, if you’ll get the initial advertising efforts are going out there, you’re trying to like, you’re finding people, you’re bringing them into your world. It’s like, you spend 80% of the money there and you’ll get 20% results. It’s like, oh, it sucks for rocks. You have to like get people get data, get things in there. It’s just like, this annoying, frustrating experiment. That’s just no good. And then what happens then you bring them in. Now they’re dumped into retargeting buckets, where now you’re spending 20% of money. If you make 80% of your results, it becomes easier, but it’s like, you have to get through the grind of this first. I think if if it was nice, you know, and I was kind of the first time I would look at this almost like, if you’re hiring a coach or a consultant or you’re buying a course then people like they’re less scared of buying a course or higher than they are by ads, but just like okay, I’m buying A coach or you know, whatever is gonna help me go find my dream customers and buy, you’re gonna buy a bunch of data and they’re gonna dump it to me. And then this date I’m going to use and like look at it from that lens. And then like, give it to whoever drive the ads for you, whatever. And and just know, like, I’m spending and it could be, you know, whatever you’re comfortable 1000 bucks, 5000, whatever, like, but just to like, write it off as like, this is money that I’m hiring a consultant to find the data who’s gonna buy my offer in the future. They look at that lens and it’s like, they got their money’s bad. I’m not expecting any return on investment or even one I’m just getting data back. And then now you got these buckets where you’re targeting stuff happened and then that’s where that’s where that’s like you get your head of like, this is so easy to get people are buying like crazy, but it is definitely scary when you don’t look at it that way. It’s just like…

Adam G. Force 15:42

yeah, it’s true. Well, and organic for a lot of people can be pretty slow. So they’re like, it’s been three months and I haven’t had any new sales for my course. And it’s like, well, how many people have actually watched your that been through your funnel? Oh, well, yeah, yeah. I’m curious if you have thoughts. I know you because you’ve done some transactions. type stuff with load lower ticket items and scale all the way up to super high ticket items. You know, when it comes to thinking about traffic, does that change is the strategy change between transactional versus high ticket? Right like the entering that thought process?

Russel Brunson 16:19

Yeah. That’s interesting. I and you know, people always ask me, well, should I just do it low tickets are just too high and I feel like a good business has has all of them like there’s there’s purposes for them, right? Like when I launched Click Funnels, I was going initially after a warm audience. And so we had $1,000 offer. We did two webinars and like we just we like I was doing funny in experts secret until I tell people do a webinar a week and they’re always like, complaining. So you know, the first 12 months of clickfunnels, I was doing three to five webinars a week. Some days, I would do three webinars in a day. Like it was just like, like pedal, the metal would go 200% we’re buying ads, we were buying emails, we were like as many things we can do, just to get things and that’s how we grew from zero to 10 million in the first year like just like I killed myself and I wanted to die. I get it right. But then it got point where like, there’s so much saturation. So people seen it, we got harder and harder to, like, possibly keep buying stuff to it. And that sounds like okay, now we need, like a lower ticket thing to step down to, to kind of be like this Trojan horse to get people in, and then we can send them to webinars. That’s when we did the.com secrets, but it came I think six months, six, eight months after clickfunnels this book came out Yeah, that would grab people in they come in that’s where they buy the book. They go to the book funnel and then from there, we push them to a webinar funnel. And then they’re like, that was that became the model, you know, and like Traffic Secrets book is the same thing like it actually if you look at like my business like.com secrets was like, you got all the people who are internet marketers who are like, they may have understood funnels me Not yet, but like, that was the group we were going after. And after I got that group into the world, I was like, how do we go beyond that world? Let’s find people who are experts and influencers and help them to understand how funnels work for them. So the second book came out, which may cast a wider net to people that who who weren’t marketers yesterday, you know, but like we turn that we grab them and turn to help them understand how funnels work and brought those people into our world and traffic. versus like the wider net? Like anybody who’s got a website or business or anything you need traffic, right? So he can go to places that like nothing else can, right? I’m working on a radio campaign like I’m running this on radio as it’ll penetrate spots that I can’t penetrate with other offers. Yeah. So we’ll take a step has the ability to penetrate different segments and things like we have a book for for network marketers, specifically on network marketers can use funnels, and that’ll penetrate into that market and grab people in and then help them bridge the gap between, you know, network marketing funnels, and then we put them into our same webinars and moving from there. So that’s kind of how I look at it. And then the high end, obviously, is just super profitable. You take all

Adam G. Force 18:38

that? Yeah. Yeah. So you know, you got your value ladder that you talked about the other books, you’re really working people through that process, and they serve different purposes, I guess. Yeah, that makes sense. Yeah, man, I mean, I’m curious to know just also, when you’re when you’re going through, you mentioned doing like a webinar a week and I think a lot of people do roll their eyes at that because it’s like doing a live webinar. I think what a lot of people make get nervous about getting out there and going live and things like that. And two, it’s pretty time consuming, right? If you have an hour 90 Minute Webinar, and you’re doing that multiple times, but it’s nice when you’re getting sales, right?

Russel Brunson 19:10

Yeah. So like, it’s like all the things I could be doing in the business is the most valuable thing I could possibly be doing. So why don’t I do it? And the only thing it forces you to do because people like Wait, so I do a new webinar every week to my list. I’m like, No, no, this is the same webinar word for word the same every single time, which then it forces you because because if you just say webinar to your list twice, it’s gonna stop working, right. So it’s like, that means I have to get new people in every transaction, because I was like, I’m not gonna jump on a webinar unless we got at least I can’t remember I had a number back then and get at least 3000 register. I was into the webinar. It’s my traffic, five days to get these like, so they’re like they’re freaking out like they’re focusing on traffic. So we got everyone our company focusing right things like our traffic, he was no longer like sitting on their hunches. Like, I have to get X amount people registered routes. This whole business model falls apart. I got to deliver my presentation. I just got everybody. It got everybody doing the right thing. When we started focusing on

Adam G. Force 20:01

that, okay and doing it like why not have it evergreen and recorded like versus the live this is so you can get real time feedback. Like what was the purpose behind

Russel Brunson 20:10

that? Yeah, I think eventually real time or evergreen is good eventually, but not first. And I think most people miss that. Like I the first time I did the webinar, the launch clickfunnels I was at an event I wrote it on the plane right over I did it. I did it and it worked. I was like, This is the man I forgot the messaging but I remember that next morning. I was like, leaving the hotel with my with my bag. And some lady in the lobby grabbed me. She’s like, Oh, your presentation is so fun. She’s like, I I just feel bad. I didn’t buy it because I’m a coach. And so I can’t use I can’t use clickfunnels. What? Yeah, well, because I in the in the presentation I showed like my supplement funnel, I show Drew Canole. As I showed you say I don’t have a supplement. So I can’t use Click Funnels. I was like, What? I was like, I’m a coach, like I sell books in college. So like, She’s like, no, I this is you rent, she runs back to her room. She grabs three other women, they come down all three of my grab order forms they fill in handed to me, and they’re like we had no idea that we could use As a coach or consultant, yeah, yeah, some jumping in the plane. I was like, Oh my gosh, like I missed it. So I went through it. I tweaked the presentation add those things in. I got back to Boise. That was like a Saturday I think and then it was like next Monday. I on the flight texting everyone I know like I had a webinars converting like, can you promote it? So we had webinars lined up for the next week I did the very first webinar. I’m invited to that day, the first one had, they both have like, I don’t know, 800 ish people that were on it and the first webinar that morning, and I did like $30,000 in sales. I was like, I thought it’d be a little better. Remember, I went through it. I looked at all the questions people submitted during the webinar, and I was looking at like, Oh my gosh, like they’re used, Hear, hear, hear their views about the offer here. Here’s all the list of wherever they were stuck. So I took that went back to my slides. And I like I just added slides, tweak things, change things to address all those concerns. And like four hours later, I did the same webinar to the same size audience. And that time we did $120,000 in sales. And so then I went through and I export all the questions again, okay, where they get stuck down, and we keep this habit of every single time we would do that we would do presentation, export it tweak the slide sweet slides. And I did that for weeks and weeks until I had this thing where it’s just so polished. Like Tuesday I can do it by I can do it from memory word for word. And that’s what it’s like now I like go for Go Go evergreen it. The problem is most people evergreen the first version, because it’s like, I’m gonna do it once they do it once and then they’re missing all. Like, they used to live every day for a month or every, you know, four times a week, every week for a month, they would they would probably two or three extra conversions. And just like someone knows, like the difference, like if you’re if you’re, if you’re like 5% of people are buying a webinar, it’s like a six figure your webinar, you get 10% that’s like a seven figure webinar, you get 8%. That’s a $10 million, your webinar. It’s like the getting 5% conversion to 15 is in between six figures and eight figures. So like, Is it worth making those tweaks in those

Adam G. Force 22:47

ests? Big time, big time and you’re seeing where you need to make tweaks based on just where people are asking questions. So are you pausing to be like, Hey, does anybody have questions or they just firin

Russel Brunson 22:55

There’s fired about… Yeah, I do. A lot of trial closes throughout my presentation. Like you Give this up quickly. But I don’t look around during the presentation because it throws me off as a person. You export it look through all like the kind of stuck here stuck here stuck here

Adam G. Force 23:08

Yep. Yep. Yeah, that makes a lot of sense, because there’s just so many little points of, we’ve had things where people are, well, I wasn’t sure if that was for me or not, because you said solopreneurs, right. And I thought that was for this. And we’re like, Ah, man, you know, and it’s like, they’re all these little nuances. And you can get stuck in a world of changing things for no reason if you don’t have that data, right. Yeah. Listen, Russell. I know we’re about on our time. So I’m going to wrap up here. Let’s just give a shout out. Actually, one last thing is just to point like, where can people learn more about the book? Do you have a specific URL that you want to shout out?

Russel Brunson 23:38

Yeah, for sure. Right now we’re doing a promotion or pre launch where you can get free copies of the book, silver Traffic Secrets calm. You got a 995 shipping handling for the hardbound copy. We got a whole bunch of amazing bonuses. There’s like five or six full full length training videos that come with us from like Prince EA, for example, got 3 billion views on, on on Facebook. You He made a whole video showing how he goes viral videos, which is insane. Like it’s so good like, Ross Yossi wrote the foreword for the book he, he would have we were very competitive me and him and we had to challenge him to sell the most books. He was selling four times more books than I was. And we could not for the life of me figure out what he was doing different. So I flew out to Arizona spent a day with him, we figured out was like this one stupid thing that completely missed, went back made the tweak. And same thing we have our book sells for x of where they were before. And he’s spoken for like you live as like shows the audience, the whole presentation, sharing it, and breaking it down and showing everybody that video is in there. And there’s a whole bunch of cool stuff you get for free with the other three books. So that’s kind of what it is. And I hope you guys love the book. Yeah, man. Awesome. Well, thank you for your time such an important topic and we love that you sharing all your expertise and good luck with the sales man, everybody grab your copy of traffic secrets, you know, it’s gonna be killer if it’s anything like the other two books, right. Awesome. Thanks, man. I appreciate it’s a lot of fun.

Adam G. Force 24:51

Take care, buddy.

Steve Cockram: Become a Leader People Want to Follow

Listen to our exclusive interview with Steve Cockram:

Subscribe to this show on Spotify  |  iTunes  |  Stitcher  |  Soundcloud

We all have an inner leader waiting to take on the world, but how do we make that come to life? We spoke with expert and author, Steve Cockram to find out.

Steve Cockram (UK) and his business partner Jeremie Kubicek (USA), have recently released their 3rd book on leadership – The 100X Leader: How to Become Someone Worth Following. This has been coupled with the release of our new digital GiANT platform, which scales healthy leadership development throughout organizations. Think Netflix meets Peloton with a leadership twist! The platform is disrupting the digital space and our organization GiANT is currently the fastest growing tech business in the USA.

Learn more about Steve and his work at: stevecockram.com/ and giantworldwide.com

We also recommend:

Transcription of Interview

(Transcribed by Otter.ai, there may be errors)

Adam G. Force 00:11

Hey, what’s going on everybody? Welcome back to the Change Creator podcast show. This is your host, Adam force. Excited to be here today we’re gonna be talking with Steve cockrum. He is a author of the book 100 ex leader. That’s third book he released with his business partner, Jeremy Kubitschek. So they are they talk about how to how to become somebody who’s worth following, right. And this has been alongside has released this new platform called giant. And that’s designed to help create healthy leadership development through organizations, right. So this is all he’s all focused on leadership. And that’s a big topic I think, especially for today as we’re navigating these uncharted waters. You know, the more we can undertake In the leadership space, the more we can step into our role to become who we need to become with our businesses as entrepreneurs. So he’s looking at really disrupt the space with this platform giant. Sounds pretty interesting. And I was very interested in his thoughts as he is so dialed into leadership space with his books and things like that. So I want to share it with Steve and see what he has to say. If you missed the last episode, it was with the one and only Russell Brunson. He’s the founder of Click Funnels. It’s 100 million dollar company and he has that new book Traffic Secrets. If you missed that, definitely go back and check it out. It was a really energized conversation. It’s on all the the main platforms here for the podcast, but it’s also a live video feed on our Facebook page. So you can catch the video version on the Change Creator Facebook page, you guys can just swing over there and check that out. Guys, we have some updates on the website. There’s always fresh content so don’t forget to check that out. If you haven’t already, you know, we have Change Creator magazine has over 30 Premium additions, but also now the updated app has a flow of articles coming in weekly. So as that’s happening, you guys can get constant content. And the model is changes $10 for the year. So for 10 bucks, you’re getting access to tons and tons of premium content interviews with Richard Branson, Jay Shetty, Seth Godin regular flow of content. We made it as accessible as possible because there’s just so much great content there. So you can just go to Change Creator comm check out the digital magazine, and you’ll find lots of goodies. Alright, guys, we’re gonna get into this conversation with Steve. I hope everybody’s staying safe practicing their social distancing. And we’ll get through this all together. And we’ll keep talking about some of these things on our Facebook page and in the group, the profitable digital impact entrepreneur join us over there. Amy and I are doing conversations and lots of content around Stepping up your marketing with storytelling, but also becoming a leader right now during this pandemic, okay. All right, let’s jump into this conversation with Steve and see what he says. Hey, Steve, welcome to the Change Creator podcast show how you doing today.

Steve Cockram 03:19

I’m doing incredibly well out from across the pond. Lovely to be with you.

Adam G. Force 03:22

And thank you for taking the time. Appreciate it. Leadership is a topic I love. It’s so important in our lives and our businesses. So I’m excited to kind of dive into your wealth of experience on the topic. So maybe you could just kick us off a little bit and tell us what what are you working on these days what’s happening in your world and just give us a little little update?

Steve Cockram 03:46

That’s great. So I lead a company called giant and the best way to describe it is seven years ago, my business partner good friend of mine, Jeremy Kiba track. Basically we both really ended up Our old worlds together. And we started a new consulting group together. And we really did a lot of research and asked our clients, what were the five major challenges they were facing as we move from the late industrial to the digital world? And they said, summary would be is how do I survive and thrive in a world that’s now? 365 24? Seven, it doesn’t turn off. How do I lead through influence more than positional power? How do I communicate and connect in a world that now learns visually interactive media application? How do I build agile collaborative teams, rather than recruit talented individuals, and particularly poignant for right now, Adam, how do I lead in a world which is increasingly digitally connected, but geographically dispersed? So for seven years, we basically built the tools that would work for the new world. That’s what we did well, two years ago, we realized that if we didn’t have a platform solution, then in the end, consulting in and of its own, couldn’t get there. So we now are what we call it. SAS plus business. So we are software as a service people pay monthly for our services. But we still have a fair number of consultants and coaches about 250 around the world who can go in as it were, and deliver the more traditional side of things. But everyone is learning to do remote right now. So that’s a giant and giant.tv is where you can find all that, huh,

Adam G. Force 05:21

pretty cool. So let me just dig into that for a minute. So if you go on to giant, it’s a resource for leadership insights, but like what is what is actually behind the gate? I see there’s a login on the page there. So what are you actually getting as the product?

Steve Cockram 05:39

So I think what we’d say Adam is that the new world requires different intelligence. And so therefore, there is ways in which you can develop self awareness as a leader, emotional intelligence leader and ultimately then how do you connect your IQ competence skill sets, credentials product To the world. So what most leaders are asking is, how do I lead other people because they don’t do what I would want them to do. And whenever I do for them what I would most want done for me, it doesn’t seem to work. So what we’re building really is a resource that anybody who leads any team whether you’re leading to people, one person or whether you’re leading 30,000, there is the issue, which is how do we create the leaders that know how to function and thrive in the world I’ve just described. So there are, you know, and also realizing that everyone is far too busy, no one’s got time. So little and often we found is a much more effective way of developing leaders than the traditional put them in a room for three hours and hope that does it. So there are all kinds of ways that that people are able to learn and engage and bring their team with them. Okay, so we used to do a lot of executive coaching. We Do some but what we found was that team has become the most important unit of productivity more than the talented individual. So that’s really I would say the focus will that platform does, it creates a way that teams can perform at a level they’ve never thought of. And if you think really a, as a larger organization is only a collection of teams. So it doesn’t really have one thing or 50 teams or you know, thousands of teams, we say the sub leaders define the subcultures and it mostly the development only touches the people who are well paid, whereas the reality is on the ground, the most important people are those who interact with your employees and the closer to the frontline they are, the more important they are but they often get less investment than others. So trying to make that affordable and quality and interactive that they can do it. You know, as they travel as they kind of fly as they go about their daily life and really just trying to Say, because his some tools that will help you lead your life and lead your people and lead your family better.

Adam G. Force 08:09

Yeah, no, I mean that accessibility is so important today as everybody’s on the move and opens up the doors for scalability. And I’m curious, you know, you’ve done a lot of studies in the space of leadership and what I guess two things. The first question is, now that we are the dynamic, obviously is always changing. We’re getting more digital, we’re leading teams, different dynamics and all kinds of stuff. So how have you seen leadership evolve between, you know, historical, you know, precedents versus what’s happening now due to this different stimulus of digital?

Steve Cockram 08:46

I say, I mean, gosh, it’s like pulling that from a selection. But I think one of the biggest ones out and that I think maybe interesting for your audience is the move away from positional authority to influence how become more and more important. So as a believes if you’re having to use positional power to get your way or force your opinion through, you’re already undermining your influence, because actually the new world expects you to be prepared and skilled to actually lead others through the influence II have. Yeah, so. So actually, you know, it doesn’t really matter whether you’re leading one or two people or laws fundamentally, as more and more millennials and Gen Z’s enter the workforce, what they’re looking for is a coach, not a boss. And what they’re expecting is they’re expecting collaboration, they’re expressing their opinions of matter. And for a lot of leaders, it’s quite hard to understand. Why Why do you think you can just, you know, have an opinion you’ve been here three weeks. So I would say I would say for a lot of leaders, one of the biggest challenges is realizing people won’t just follow you now, because they have to. They will stay with you because they choose to And all the statistics show that people leave leaders more than they leave companies. So recruitment and retention is pivotal in the talent race right now, because people have more choice than they used to. In the old days, you know where you were born, you might have had three or four options of a job. But in the digital world, those who have those skill sets are incredibly valuable and in demand. And I would say that for most leaders now, influence is largely emotional intelligence more than IQ. Yeah, you’re, you have to have IQ, you have to have skills that people want to buy and credentials to even get a ticket to the game. But emotional intelligence and the ability to establish, maintain and develop long term relationships, inside and outside your business, I reckon is the primary currency of wealth and influence in the digital world. And that’s a very different mindset. A lot of people who were born, let’s just say after 1982 or before 1982

Adam G. Force 11:06

Yeah, yeah, that makes that makes a lot of sense. I, I mean, I, I worked at web D for 10 years, you know, a while back, and I saw just as we were getting into like, oh, responsive website development, and you know, any kind of calls online, all these things like, as these dynamics shift and the mentalities are shifting, I started to see that kind of shift in how teams were approached. And actually, I managed a small team. And I got really into, like, making sure the team all had an opinion and share a voice in what we were doing, making them feel like you know, it wasn’t like a hierarchy. And I guess a big thing is interesting. I took him out to lunch one time, I think you’ll get a kick out of this. And I went around the table and I was like, I was asking people like, what was the reason that you left your last job, and I think I had about maybe eight or nine people around the table. And like 95% of them said, lack of appreciation. Yeah, but that doesn’t surprise you, right?

Steve Cockram 12:10

They don’t. So I mean, we took a lot of work with Google and Google have done a huge amount of research that’s basically authenticated everything we’ve said, for which I’ll always be grateful. And the two things they tried to do a study called Aristotle, they did a subtle called Aristotle, which you may have heard of, where they try to understand what was the common common allergies of the highest performing teams in Google, Google measure everything. Google Analytics is everywhere. And they spent nearly two years of trying to find out what what they nearly gave up. And, you know, they came to the conclusion there were only two things that all of their highest performing teams had in common. One was there was psychological safety, that actually, everybody could challenge the opinion of anyone else in the team, including the leader, without fearing it would jeopardize their career. The second one was in the average team across an average year, each person’s vote roughly equally, in terms of time. Now, that was a salutary challenge to charismatic entrepreneurs like me, he usually liked the sound of their own voice. And most entrepreneurs usually are very opinionated. That was a massive one for us realizing that actually, the ability to listen and draw out the expertise skill sets of the people in those teams was was huge. You know, I’m a German, I ended up having an interview with the HR director again, before we push this any further, we want to know whether you’re googly enough. That was the phrase they use, they actually said nothing has ever changed our culture in the way that your giant resources have. But before we go any further with it, we actually want to meet the guys who founded it to check that you. We resonate with the values and who you are. I was I was blown away. It was luckily we passed and we’re doing other things with them at the moment, but it was almost like They will they were so protective of their culture for leadership, that actually they wanted to make sure not just the tools work, but the people behind it aligned with the same heart and be some of the things I know you guys care deeply about. Yeah, yeah,

Adam G. Force 14:13

no, you’re hitting the right buttons for our for us and our audience. And you know, what we believe in and things like that. I think, really, just more and more people have access to starting businesses on their own. Just like they have more opportunity to get jobs at different places that they might really align to. And as you pursue these things, you become your own CEO and a leader, right, what we’re talking about here. And one of the most important parts of where your marketing comes from is really digging into who you are as a person. So those values become this Northstar for decision making, not just in the first year, but throughout the life of the business.

Steve Cockram 14:47

I always say I agree entirely and by the way, and I say to most startup entrepreneurs, I love them. I’ve been one I continue to be one and go back and do it again, is people always ask me what you know. You’ll be You’d be very successful at doing this. What’s the one thing that you would say to an entrepreneur and I go, guys, or girls, the most important thing is you have to know yourself to lead yourself first. Because always say to me, what do you know what it’s like to be on the other side of you, in the different in the different orbits of your life. So what’s it like to be on the other side of you as a supplier, as a customer, as a client, as a friend, as a father as a, as a boss, so few people have ever really been prepared to look in the mirror and see what we call the broccoli and our teeth because we all we all have broccoli in our teeth, and you’d be amazed how many leaders undermine their influence every single day, and they have no idea they’re doing it. So giants talk is really a catalogue of mine and Jeremy’s failures, and the broccoli in our teeth and we always say, look, if we can identify what the problem is, and I’ll get Give me an example of one in a moment sure, if we can then codify it in a visual tool that an educated 30 year old can understand us and teach their friends, then we can multiply into a world, which is overwhelmed with information and saturated and however good the content is. If they can’t use it immediately, it disappears. The moment you leave the room or start listening to the podcast, or whatever it is book you happen to be skimming through. So I’ll give you an example of one that has changed my life. And and so it’s the simple thing where most entrepreneurs think out loud. So I’m a very external processor. I’m ID ating. All the time, I hypothesize about how things could be. And I almost argue as if I believe it, hoping that you will tell me why you don’t. So here’s the here’s the tool that emerged out of that because you can imagine a lot of people would come to me and go and say, What are you up to the last two weeks they go, we’ll be working on this. So why are you working on that? Last week, you told us that this is what we need to be doing. And I’m like, No, no, no, no, I was thinking out loud. I was spitballing. I was like dreaming, I was inviting you to collaborate with me. You’re telling me that you spent the last few weeks working on that. So we developed a tool, Adam called provisional plan, promise three words that will change your life as an entrepreneur, because what I meant was we created a vocabulary, where now when I start dreaming out loud, what somebody says to me if I forget, they say, hey, see, before we really start to move on this is this provisional, which means you’re just talking out loud, dreaming, getting opinions, or is it a plan? Have we actually together decided, this is what we’re going to do based on the evidence that is available to us and we’ve committed as a team to it, or a promise is something that says this will never change? Right? So basically, there are plans in business, the act Sometimes has to change. Now we’re going through a moment in our world where a lot of the planning of a lot of businesses is changing because of something called COVID-19. Do you see the difference so I’m plan is something we’re committed to, and we’re all aligned with. But it still could get knocked off course, a promise is something that I will never change. These are values that we will live as a community or these will be what we define ourselves as those giant we have like four values. You know, we have self awareness, love engineers, ie heroic goals. If you ask any giant world over, they can tell you those. They are a promise they don’t change. But strategy is usually a plan. And what we found was as entrepreneurs, we were often being provisional, but people were hearing it as a plan bordering on promise and the amount of entrepreneurs that are like that, who actually end up undermining their influence with the people who have the capacity usually to deliver on the dreams. And in the end, people start to go I’m not sure whether I trust you I don’t know whether you’re talking out loud or whether things going on so when I say to you, there’s there’s one that I guarantee you can use them and I guarantee everyone listening can use biggest place that made a difference to me was in my marriage. Why? Why? Yeah, you know, my wife is an introverted detail, very, very organized person. She only speaks when it’s a plan. And the number of times she’s got really frustrated because I was dreaming about something I said, Hey, we might need to get back to America. I’m getting exhausted flying everywhere. Speaking. Good night, darling. She wakes up in the morning, Helens in tears with a spreadsheet, trying to work out how we can tell the kids the grandparents, how are we going to move? Where are we going to live? And when I say Helen, I was only being I was only thinking out loud. Now she just says to me, Steve is this provisional plan or deployment. So there you go. There’s an example out of it. And it’s visual is colorful, but it’s simple enough that the child can understand that even the kids use it on me now. So, hope that helps. We’ve got about 57 of those.

Adam G. Force 20:14

That’s pretty funny. Imagine scenarios with my wife and she’d be, she’d be like, Hell, no, we’re not good night. Your plan is over. That’s a great point, though. It’s a great point on a clarity of context. I mean, you know, one of the things that makes me think of is clarity, and you’re kind of breaking it down into a thought process that provides clarity. And, you know, if there’s one, I always, you know, one thing I would say, and it sounds so simple, and everyone thinks that they’re clear, but if there was one thing that makes or breaks a business, and as a leader, it is clarity in all aspects of your business. So this is your what I see hear from you and correct me if I’m wrong is you have ways of breaking down these thought processes in order to create that clarity.

Steve Cockram 21:00

Yes. So for example, if if it’s all remember I said the new world for learning and communication, this is a bigger change than people realize. The industrial world was about words, books, memorization and data. The new world is visual. It’s interactive, and it has to have a media application. So what we realized was if you couldn’t capture it in a visual tool, that was simple, it would not scale. And so therefore, what we’re doing here is, we’re actually saying, guys, ladies, leaders, you all have tendencies. You all have wired into the way you’ve been made. So while we do a lot of stuff on self awareness, and kind of that, really knowing who you are, I’m a Jedi Master in personality in wiring. That’s one of my other sort of day jobs at it. But once he realized, you can show people what the mirror looks like on the other side of them, they can then begin to make a choice. So I always say that the difference between a good entrepreneur and a great entrepreneur is yes, you got to have a great idea. Yes, you got to do this. But fundamentally, you have to know what you’re great at and where your weaknesses are, where your blind spots are. And you have to make a choice with your actions. So if your tendencies just become your actions, you’ll get it right about most of the time, but when you get it wrong, it goes horribly wrong. The real skill set is self awareness is the foundation of emotional intelligence. Emotional intelligence is what allows you to build your business and connect the product and the skills and the expertise you have to a marketplace which is saturated. And actually how you differentiate long term in a world which basically has almost limitless choice is that relational interaction with your client base, that’s the thing which is gold And it’s more valuable than people would ever really realize in the beginning.

Adam G. Force 23:05

Yeah, yeah. I love that. And I think I was just writing it down. I’d like the the notes there. The self awareness is the foundation of emotional intelligence and emotional intelligence is a key to building a successful business. And I think it makes me ask you the question, you know, we have to know ourselves, and we have to know where we fall short and where we don’t and all those types of things. But have you found that people resist the truth in the sense of they’re not always honest with themselves?

Steve Cockram 23:35

So here’s what I would say I found out is that most leaders are unconsciously incompetent. Right? And you can’t blame somebody for being unconsciously incompetent. It’s they’re not aware of it. Yeah. And the reality is, I don’t know Americans are slightly better at challenging each other. Brits over here. We specialize in hinting and really just just looking down on people without telling them what’s going on. So a lot of what a lot of What john is doing is we’re holding up a mirror and go, Hey, Adam, do you know what it’s like to be outside of you and you go, I get this, I had no idea. We make you consciously incompetent, which is usually a deeply unpleasant experience when it happens. But mostly it is I mean, Adam wants to grow, they want to get better. The reality is, a lot of them just don’t know how. And so therefore, I can’t afford to go on an MBA program. I mean, I’m like going get enrolled in a course it’s going to take, you know, years of my life, and it’s like, No, no, I need some tools right now. Yeah. And I don’t mind if it’s one or two tools that give me something I can work on. And, you know, German, I spent a long time developing something called the five voices, which, if the listeners do anything, for those of you a Myers Briggs experts, he came at it twinned with Myers Briggs, but nobody could ever remember their letters when we went away. So we worked incredibly hard to create something called the five voices of a team. So if he goes to the Giant platform, as I said, you get a free month, if what you do is take the voice assessment on there, there is actually a personalized coaching Development Series for I think it was 15 videos per personality combination, that if you walk through that, that would make an amazing difference to who you are and how you understand what’s there. So, you know, again, join.tv backslash BB will get you a free month on on my, on my account. So that’s another one where self awareness is so, so important, because it’s very hard to be emotionally intelligent without being self aware. And sadly, a lot of entrepreneurs are, are more task orientated than relationship orientated. They do relationship, they do relationship because they, they need it to make the business work. I would say that in some ways that this, the primary skill set of the entrepreneur has to be has to be that relational connectivity and that ability To build long term trusting relationships, because that’s where people come back to. And that’s where you have a chance to be magical almost. And people remember, people remember that people who’ve chosen to serve people, not just transact with people. So it’s so easy when you’re under pressure and thinking, Oh, my goodness, how do I make payroll? How do I do this than the other, you often treat clients as a transaction. And that’s still a compliment that they want to buy something from you. But you’re leaving influence on the table. So many people try maximize the first deal. And they leave long term relational influence on the table. I’m always keen to go. I’m looking for something that I can build over an extended period of time. And therefore I’m prepared to invest financial capital sometimes in the beginning, because I’m trading it for long term relational capital, not because I’m trying to be manipulative, but because What I know is when I can establish a trusted relational partnership with somebody, actually, not only am I able to serve them, but they’re actually able to serve me as well. So, you know, that’s just giving you some of the things that I’ve learned through getting it wrong out. And Robin around. I was the negotiation King, I used to love winning and negotiations, until somebody held the mirror up to me. And I realized that actually, nobody liked dealing with me because they always knew if I was happy about the deal, it probably meant that six months from now they were going to be disappointed. That wasn’t a great reputation now. Now I’m almost the other way of going responsible generosity is a valley that I choose to live by. Because I found it’s a lot better when people think that you are generous as a, as a culture than when, in some ways, it’s primarily about you.

Adam G. Force 27:51

Yeah. And I think that empathy comes into play and that ties into the emotional intelligence factor that you spoke about to really, you know, be understanding And I think tying that into this idea of stop shooting for the short term, you know, game, the short term thinking where it’s like, I need an extra thousand I need to do this deal now. And, you know, we, you know, that was a lesson that we had to learn to and that is to think long term. It’s a different dynamic when you’re doing that, because everybody has this need to for immediacy, so we get panicked and we’re worried we need to make more money, we need their business, you know, so it’s like that panic results in like fear based decision making and then you start making decisions with short term thinking. So, you know, like, we would always take on clients where it’s like, all right, we won’t even offer them anything except a trial period of three months because we just start small and we build the relationship we prove ourselves and it may take more time, but then you get all the renewal business they like you they trust you and all that relationship building that you’re talking about. It does take time and it takes care right.

Steve Cockram 28:56

usually takes seven years to be an overnight success. Adam So no, nobody is nobody has done it faster. I mean, it’s really interesting looking, looking back at the moment, if you think of the financial crisis in 2008 2009, when you look at the companies that were formed in the midst of that storm that we now know as household names, so it’s fascinating to me to realize that there is always the opportunity for entrepreneurial innovation. And sometimes the darkest times the most difficult times are actually one of the most powerful actually forcing innovation and forcing new ideas. I mean, you know, right now, I will guarantee that every single person listening to this podcast is having to go cold turkey on a high touch business model. So a lot of us used to pride ourselves in getting in front of our customers face to face, events, visits, dinners, lunches, I’m losing weight the left you know, I’m not eating a business lunch for about three weeks has been great. my waistline, Adam. But I look at it and go, we’ve had to go cold turkey because right now, we’re in lockdown over here in London, there is no touch. We’re not allowed out. Right. So what’s happening is businesses are having to go digital in the space of two weeks. I mean, we’ve gone from high touch low tech to no touch high tech in the space of two weeks. Right. And I think it’s just a really interesting thing that in the end the businesses that come out of this, and will win in the next season beyond this, I think of those who will learn the lessons again, how do I leverage high tech, and therefore what is the premium high touch that I can put back in again, because I think we will probably get away with doing less touch, and more tech, in that balance of the feature. I’m personally hugely excited by, in many ways. The learning for me again, What does my world look like, in the new world that is coming the other side of the world won’t be the same again, this is not a small thing. I mean, you canonically it will be a huge challenge. But a lot of people are asking, Well, why do I have offices? Or, you know, why am I putting together an event for thousand people to come? When actually we’re doing it online? digitally? Yeah. And actually, people have enjoyed it just as much and it didn’t cost me 250 grand to put on. So there’s so much innovation, but I have sympathy in the sense that, you know, this is what I call that the luxury of self actualization. And when you’re in Maslow’s hierarchy of need, which is I need some money to pay the bills or just to keep the lights on, then in some ways, the reality is you may well have to leverage some of that relational capital is the difference. If you’re a transactional person, people will only transact with you, and they will any do it if it’s advantageous to both parties, right? If you’ve established long relational trust and influence somebody, you can actually go to them right now and go. How are you doing? And they’ll go, we’re doing right. Okay. I could really do with you buying some of these right now. Is there any way you could do something because I’m struggling in relationship, you will be amazed at what is possible when you’ve actually been relationship significant in someone’s life. Is anybody isn’t there? If if it’s just been transactional, because they’re doing something that only occurs in relationship, not in transaction? Yeah.

Adam G. Force 32:33

Yeah. I love it. Yeah, well, it’s it is I think these are a lot of great points. And, you know, as we continue to evolve, yeah, this is a major shift. And we talked earlier just about how it’s kind of, you know, pushing people out of their comfort zones, and it’s kind of accelerating change, you know, which is I always find to be fascinating, and I see it as a positive thing at the same time. While Yes, the virus that we’re going through is a bad thing, but the change That we are all embracing is I think, exciting.

Steve Cockram 33:04

There. I think that’s the reason why we’re entrepreneurs that we always see, we usually go through that, like we need, we probably had a moment of fear about two or three weeks ago when we weren’t Okay, how are we going to what’s going to happen? Yeah. And very quickly, you pivot and go, yes, we need a survive strategy. But what’s our thrive strategy in the midst of the storm? And that’s the kind of, that’s the thing, which I think entrepreneurs are so adaptable, they’re agile, they kind of turn quite quickly. And as always, cash is king. And you need a certain amount of liquidity to work, but the agility of the small is often an advantage in times like this so true.

Adam G. Force 33:44

Yeah, yeah. No, it’s and you’re right. I mean, we’re problem solvers. And that’s the way you got to look at it. It’s just another problem like solving any other problem for people. Right? So it’s really no different at this point. You just gotta be willing to adapt to it and understand it.

Steve Cockram 33:59

Yes, indeed

Adam G. Force 34:01

Listen, let’s give a shout out. I know you also had a really great book I want to make sure people are aware of in case you want to check that out as a first touch for learning more about what you have to say and digging deeper. So this is your third book. I don’t know I can’t remember who it was that you partnered with looked like he had a partner off there but yeah, hundred army.

Steve Cockram 34:20

That’s right, Jeremy and I, we basically co authored everything we do within giant and this was really our manifesto on leadership academy. And when I talked about the thing about the influence is more valuable than positional power. How do you grow influence? How do you be somebody that people want to follow not have to follow? And a lot of the practical visual tools I talked about, I think there might be 20 of them in the book. So that’s for those who love to read, but there aren’t many you love to read by the way and then you will books are really marketing. And they’re really credibility. The fact that you know, we’re a tight we’re a best selling book. Wiley as a New York publisher took our content. That’s usually a credibility, I would say it’s more likely that the people listening I’d love it if they weren’t read the book, because that would get there, the deepest thing we have. But as I said, there are ways in which you can, you can have fun playing with what we’ve created. And in some ways at a time when people are stuck at home, having a having a platform where you can work on who you are, and really develop that self awareness piece. So if you go to giant.tv, backslash BB, and put in your information, that gives you a free month. And what I’d encourage you to do is if you know your land, it’ll guide you, but I would encourage you if you want to the one thing that I say is go to the assessments app and take the five voices assessment that will give you a personality read. And as I said, if you click on the link there, there’s actually a coaching series designed for each individual, the way they’re wired by people who are wired like they are and so seeing different videos talking about what do you bring your best? How do you lead a vasectomy? What’s the things that you undermine your influence with? How do you do work life balance. So basically everything we thought the 15 key issues that we wanted all leaders to address are there. And they’re there for all 16 of the different personality voice combinations. So that’s the thing, which if that’s free, if you want to buy a book, then that’s wonderful, because that feeds my family. But honestly, the free on giant is probably the best place to go. And there’s a whole whole ream of resources that we filmed in the last few weeks about remote teams. How do you how do you lead from home? You know, even that was just created because it was live or what people needed. So join.tv backslash BB gets you a free month on the platform with us. So there we go.

Adam G. Force 36:48

Great. All right. Well, there you have it, guys. You could check that out for free for a month and explore you can check out the book if you’re a reader. Lots of valuable information come from a lot of experience and you know, good conversation. Steve, I appreciate your time today. Oh,

Steve Cockram 37:02

Adam. Thank you. Pleasure. Thank you for being a great

Adam G. Force 37:04

interview. That’s all for this episode. Your next step is to join the Change Creator revolution by downloading our interactive digital magazine app for premium content, exclusive interviews, and more ways to stay on top of your game available now on iTunes and Google Play, or visit Change Creator mag. com. We’ll see you next time where money and meaning intersect right here at the Change Creator podcast.

Dan Hill: How to Read Facial Expressions for Business Success

Listen to our exclusive interview with Dan Hill:

What if you could get more information beyond what a potential customer was saying to you, to better understand how to navigate the conversation for a sale? Well, expert Dan Hill, talks to us today about reading facial expressions to do just that!!

Dan Hill, Ph.D., is an internationally recognized expert on the role of emotions in politics, business, sports, and popular culture, and has spoken to audiences in over 25 countries. To capture and quantify emotions, Dan pioneered the use of facial coding (the analysis of facial expressions) in market research starting in 1998 and his company, Sensory Logic, Inc., has done work for over half of the world’s top 100 consumer-oriented, B2C companies. Dan has received seven U.S. patents related to facial coding and is also a certified Facial Action Coding System (FACS) practitioner.

Dan’s latest books consist of Famous Faces Decoded: A Guidebook for Reading Others; Two Cheers for Democracy: How Emotions Drive Leadership Style; and First Blush: People’s Intuitive Reactions to Famous Art. His earlier, business books include: About Face: The Secrets of Emotionally Effective Advertising; and Emotionomics: Leveraging Emotions for Business Success, which was chosen by Advertising Age as one of the top ten must-read books of 2009 and features a foreword by Sam Simon, co-creator of The Simpsons.

In 2014, Dan received front-page coverage in The New York Times for his work with professional and NCAA Division 1 sports teams. Other media coverage has ranged from TV appearances on ABC’s “Good Morning America,” Bloomberg TV, CNBC, CNN, C-Span, ESPN, Fox, MSNBC, NBC’s “The Today Show,” PBS, and The Tennis Channel, to print and digital coverage in Allure, China Forbes, Cosmopolitan, Fast Company, The Financial Times, The Los Angeles Times, Politico, Time, USA Today, and The Wall Street Journal. Dan was educated at St. Olaf College, Oxford University, Brown University, and Rutgers University. Along with his wife, Karen Bernthal, he nowadays splits his time between St. Paul, Minnesota and Palm Desert, California.

Ready to supercharge your marketing?

Learn more about Dan and his work at > https://emotionswizard.com/

We also recommend:

Transcription of Interview

(Transcribed by Otter.ai, there may be errors)

Adam G. Force 00:11

Hey, what’s going on everybody? Welcome back to the Change Creator podcast show. This is your host, Adam force. If you missed the last episode, it was with Steve Cochran, who is a rock star in the field of leadership. And the episode is about becoming a leader that people want to follow. This is a great episode with a ton of insights. You guys want to swing back and check that out if you haven’t already caught it. And the one before that guys don’t miss it was with Russell Brunson, the founder of clickfunnels. We brought him back on the show for a second interview. And we talked about his new book, Traffic Secrets and how to get tons of traffic to your funnel, right? We all need traffic for our businesses. So great episode, great insights. Don’t miss that one either. Today we’re going to be talking with Dan Hill. Dan Hill is a Specialized expert when it comes to facial recognition, right. So, essentially, he’s pioneered this business use the use of facial deep like coding to capture and quantify these emotional dynamics, such a powerful and interesting skill set, right. So, I mean, he is basically challenged most conventional marketing research completely. He has landed over 50% of the world’s top 100 b2b companies as clients. And he’s going to go through some really cool, just insights that will be helpful for you. And he’s an author of this book. It’s called famous faces decoded. And he goes through all these really cool examples of what what what information you get from the facial expressions of different people. And you can imagine how powerful that is Because so much is said through body language and facial recognition versus just the words that we use. And this is pretty powerful when it comes to marketing and different things like that sales calls and stuff. So very valuable skill set. And we highly recommend checking that out. So stay tuned for that conversation. He’s going to share some of those secrets and tips and all that good stuff. If you guys haven’t been by Change Creator calm in a while, check it out. We have lots of fresh content up there and you can get on the waitlist for the captivate method program. We’ve been having such an amazing time in that program with everybody. There’s a ton of coaching live calls our program that you go through, and it’s all about using storytelling to really supercharge your marketing and apply it to your business right so you can really start building trust but get consistent sales right you are building a sales system. If that sounds like something that you need or looking for right now just go to Change Creator calm and from the homepage, you’ll be able to get on the waitlist and check out the next masterclass that will teach you about what this is all about lots of good insights, and it’ll show you how the captivate method can help you so you can decide if you want to become part of this program or not. Alright guys, we’re going to jump into this conversation with Dan and just see what he has to say about decoding different facial expressions. Okay, show me the heat. Hey, Dan, welcome to the Change Creator podcast show. How you doing today, buddy?

Dan Hill 03:29

I am doing good. Thanks, Adam.

Adam G. Force 03:31

Yeah, thanks for being here. And you have such a unique background always. I think it’s unique and I think it’s kind of special. So I’m excited to dig into it. Because you know, as entrepreneurs here in the social impact world, you know, we really put a lot into the stories that we tell and to demonstrate, you know, things going on with our missions and our business and our products and all that good stuff, and kind of applying what you have from the visual stuff. endpoint, you know, facial expressions and emotions and things like that. I think it’s such a great layer today, especially as we do more and more visual communication and things on the digital front. So if you can just give us a little bit of background about kind of like where you are today. And then just a little background on how you got there. In a nutshell, that would be helpful just so we can ground everybody.

Dan Hill 04:21

Sure. So I run a company called sensory logic. We were the pioneers on bringing facial coding into the business space. But my mission was to frankly humanize business. There’s a wonderful quote that says that our two currencies, dollars and emotions, and I was interested in the intersection of the two. Over the 20 years we’ve managed to do work for more than half the world’s top 100 b2c companies. Yeah, so that’s cool, but I just continued like to push it out and figure out new ways and new applications. So I veered into being a political pundit. I’ve used it in professional sports, as well as business so great things emotions, just apply around Yeah,

Adam G. Force 05:01

that’s interesting. And so I guess what are some of the ways you’ve seen the Can you give us some an example or two, this in action, right? Is there any story you could tell that might demonstrate this kind of like facial recognition? application?

Dan Hill 05:19

Sure, I’ll do a really kind of unusual one from the world of politics. So in 2012, I worked on the Mexican presidential race. They only have one debate. I watched 25 people in a room live, and then I coded additional rooms. All the time I ever did a client presentation at four in the morning, when I got done and ran all the stats, they threw me in a limo that took me to party headquarters. I gave them the presentation, I said, the socialist who, by the way is Obrador, who’s now the president of Mexico. I said, that guy’s gonna search the person you’re concentrating on isn’t gonna go anywhere. I got done. The guy said, you’re wrong, Mr. Hill. In fact, he dead wrong. He said, You don’t know the country. You don’t know the issues. You Don’t even know Spanish. And I said yes. But I know what I saw in the voters face, and they lit up when he was speaking. And that’s the person should go after. In the end, I was off by less than one percentage point on the voting results. ad was dead right? Not dead wrong.

Adam G. Force 06:18

And that was based on reading the audience’s

Dan Hill 06:23

reactions. Yeah, their facial expressions while watching the one and only presidential debate that was held.

Adam G. Force 06:29

So how do we start thinking about this as entrepreneurs who are trying to you know, share stories get people to join us on our mission, right to be part of what we’re doing as a customer and how have you seen this come into play? Obviously, there’s all kinds of facial recognition technology and things happening but I mean, is there a sales calls like we’re like face to face over video right now and any just thoughts on how a young entrepreneur today can start thinking about this and applying or understanding it better?

Dan Hill 07:02

Sure. It’s absolutely vital. And it’s a very useful skill in doing sales. Yeah, I mean, it could be to, you know, venture capitalists that you’re pitching, but ultimately is gonna be day in day out to your customers. And it could be in person, it could be via zoom or Skype or Facebook, live chat. There’s all sorts of possibilities how this could apply. So facial coding essentially is seven core emotions revealed through 23 expressions. So let’s put it in a strictly business context. The emotion you absolutely do not want to see during your presentation and pitch in conversation with a VC or the sales prospect is contempt. contempt is the corner of the mouth. Excuse me, the corner of the mouth lifts up and out in a smirk. They give snidely whiplash the old cartoon character. Yeah, that that is contempt personified. It means I don’t trust you. I don’t respect you. I find you beneath me. This is the most reliable in the case that our marriage will fail. So guess what, it doesn’t work so well, in business either. If trust is the emotion of business contempt as its opposite, so that’s, that’s one emotion. Absolutely. But it’s a fairly rare emotion. Fortunately enough in business as in life. A really common emotion, on the other hand is anger. Now, it could be that you’re trying to sell them too hard. You’re trying to sell them too fast. If it’s too fast, you might confuse them actually, if you get a vertical wrinkle between the eyebrows, they’re pulling down together. Yeah, that could be concentrating. But then again, it could be like, I feel like I’m drinking through a firehose, and they’re just they’re just not liking it. You could be selling the wrong way. I remember one time I was up in Canada in Toronto, yeah. And I was trying to basically dislodge the incumbent solution so that I could get some of the money I guess, out of their budget. Yeah. And at one point, I saw that his lips pressed together and they press together so hard, there was a bolt below the middle of the lower lip. Which is a pretty intense version of anger. And I thought I went oh my god, that was a misstep. And I tried to you know, I do it come from a different angle, kind of semi apologize without, you know, overtly apologizing. He had it worked. I said to myself, this is over. And it was he did not take the follow up call did not now, I will it was over an hour. So you don’t really want to get there the lives press together a little bit, but without the Bulge. You can probably recover from that, but not the one I saw. Well, those are those are two key emotions, but I can certainly go through others.

Adam G. Force 09:33

Yeah, I mean, it’s interesting, because you know, we have people here who are in our audience that are coaches or they have high ticket offers. So sometimes the sales funnel does have that phone call touchpoint. Right. Oh, let’s have a strategy session, we’ll kick off our relationship, we’ll have a call and and then you’re going to try to sell them on the high ticket offer. And I think this stuff comes into play. And even I think even in marker research that we’re Doing right like getting feedback hearing from people, you can start getting a sense, right and a read about, like how they really felt about something. Because I feel like sometimes people don’t want to share honest feedback because they’re like, Oh, I don’t want to I don’t want to be a jerk or I don’t want to like hurt their feelings. So they say things and it’s a guy. They give me the real truth here, you know?

Dan Hill 10:21

Oh, absolutely. There’s a wonderful story. Many years ago in New York Magazine, this guy was paying his rent in Manhattan, going to focus groups raise his hand, saying positive stuff. And finally, one time he offered a negative comment, and he got disinvited to all the future focus groups. But yes, they are way too given to just giving you the happy talk, and the high five and all of that, and it doesn’t correlate to what actually happens eventually. I mean, if you’ve never been lied to in life, Adam, you are either really lucky or you’re not paying attention. And market research as it’s historically done doesn’t really work all that well because of the lip service factor. So it’s a great chance to know whether your customers are on board. And another one that applies here besides the smirking contempt, and the anger is fear, like, that offers a little too weird. You’re advertisings off base, I don’t really buy into that message. People go to fear because they’re not comfortable. You can’t really sell the people who are afraid because they freeze and freeze means are not going to embrace your offer, they’re not going to step forward and make it happen.

Adam G. Force 11:30

So what a great sales person be able to see okay, cuz like you get on a call, and they’re gonna be like, okay, and if they have that fear, they might say, you might be able to see it in their face or the way that they’re like, oh, maybe I don’t know, like doing their their body posture and facial expressions. And they might say, Well, I don’t know, I gotta go talk to my wife or my husband before I do anything or I gotta go. And it’s like, is the great salesperson able to help them kind of overcome that fear in the moment there?

Dan Hill 12:01

Well, you have to try and I, and I think a really great thing is happiness. You just had this big smile, which people can see if not, you know, other than on the audio. But happiness is not a trivial emotion. Because happiness, the studies show means you embrace, you open up your code into consideration. So it can be a joke, something to lighten the mood to keep them with you, for most people love to be entertained. So if you can keep the connection rather than I’ll be back to you because back to you means I’m out of here. I’m out of here more times than not. So. And another thing about happiness is it there are studies to show that a happy person brainstorm superior solutions more quickly. Okay, so keep them in the conversation. Make them come back. Emotions are contagious. If they’re laughing and you’re laughing that’s a much better place to be so don’t give up Don’t get you know, frozen in fear yourself. Yeah, I would say Try have some ready made jokes or personal anecdotes. People also enjoy hearing them, you know, hearing your speaker put themselves down a little bit, you know, a little bit of self depreciation never as bad because they’re so used to the salesperson to say, it’s great. It’s great. It’s great. Yeah, say, well, it’s pretty great. Here’s a wrinkle, we’re still working out, could create a lot more trust than just glad handing something.

Adam G. Force 13:23

You know, I’ve noticed that too, because I’m usually pretty honest with people. And I’ll say, you know, certain things like that, and I have noticed that the conversation will get stronger as those types of comments are made, or stories are told about relatable failures, right? So they feel like oh, like, it’s not just me, like you’ve been there too. Right? And that tends to kind of create a bond of trust, like you mentioned, that’s a little bit stronger. So I’ve definitely noticed that,

Dan Hill 13:53

ya know, you want commonalities. They’re really going to a segment go talk to my wife about it. I might want to say, Well, why don’t you meet each other Just anything to keep them talking and then maybe you’re gonna have some little tidbit that comes out that you can relate to and create a story. And now people have connected over the stories. I mean, they’re not dumb in Hollywood, how do you pitch something they say, but what’s the story?

Adam G. Force 14:14

Man? That’s Yeah,

Dan Hill 14:15

and and stories work, and they bond and we have a narrative and we have narrative suspense. We want to know how it turns out. So stories are a good place to go off when I pitched I shouldn’t have started my company and I didn’t have the track record and the clients and all those sweet things. I just told them the mission of why I was doing this, where I came to how I discovered it, what were the aha moments? Again, they could sense my excitement. It gave me you know, some veracity that I was, you know, daring to make that step out into this new world. Yeah,

Adam G. Force 14:45

yeah. That makes a big difference. I mean, I’ve seen people like Maggie join, she runs this company called blink now and she was telling me her story over an interview like this and she helps all these children in Uganda. I think it was Uganda and Maybe it was Nepal. I can’t remember now it’s been a while. But long story short, she, you know, when visited, she wanted to help these kids out there she was still in high school all she had was like babysitting money and a couple bucks. And so she wanted to help this one girl get placed in a home and like all this stuff, so she needed about $5,000 or something. Anyway, she spoke to a woman who was like, man, I don’t know if you’re gonna be able to pull off what you’re saying. But I really like love what you’re saying in the passion and your eyes and that like, but she’s like, I’m gonna, whatever money you put into this business, I will match that and she got her first round of funding that way. So if she had 5000 this person put 5000 and now she’s a mom to like, 50 children out there. She’s building schools. She’s putting them in homes like it’s just blown up. But it started with her just saying I don’t have anything. I have this passion. I have a vision. Here’s why. Here’s what it is. And the story is what got her that first step of funding.

Dan Hill 16:00

Sure, well, passion cells that your emotions you express on your face reveals that you care that you’re involved. There’s a wonderful line from the poet, William Blake who said, still waters breed pestilence. People, people want to see something happening moving going on. Yeah, we don’t like to talk to a brick wall. So another application, quite honestly, a facial coding is also your employees, your first hires, if you’re an entrepreneur, your partner, that’s vital because you don’t have the spare access of a big corporation where half the workforce is disengaged, right? You know, they might be able to keep going. Every hire matters. You really want an esprit de corps, you need to talk to them, you need to figure out who they are you want to hire, right? So all of these emotions matter. So let’s go to another one. sadness. Yeah, sadness has a sense of disappointment, or a sense of loneliness or feeling for Lorne or it’s hopeless. So you don’t want your staff feeling hopeless. You got to get them to a different space. They may not tell you, they’re just engaged, they may not tell you that they doubt this is gonna work. But if you see the corners of their mouth go down, you know, kind of like a rodeo clown was taped. That’s a good sign. Even more reliable is with the cheeks kind of pull up and out. It’s a wince. They give Charlie Chaplin and all the old silent movies when he’s the tramp. Yeah, that Charlie Chaplin, wincing smile, it’s much more sadness that it is a smile. If you see either one of those two from somebody, or the inner eyebrows, in this case, pull up and up, together and upward. That is also a sign of sadness. So that’s not what you want. So now in your customer, but you really don’t want an employee because sadness tends to slow us down. And as an entrepreneur, what do you need? Faster, faster?

Adam G. Force 17:48

Yeah. So I mean, it sounds like these are emotions that we’re all aware of, and it becomes important in these conversations, especially with high ticket sales and things To start consciously paying attention to facial expressions that will express those emotions without them saying it right. So you’re giving cues like the eyebrows, the cheeks. And so these are all the things to be aware of like, if you’re not aware of them, then you won’t be able to read people.

Dan Hill 18:19

Yeah, now there’s, ya know, there’s there’s a key study at UCLA. Yeah, we’re looking at what it calls ambiguous moments, including sales pitches. And what they find in those situations that only about 8% of the true communication comes from the words 55% comes from the face and 38% from the voice. So you’re spending all your time picking out your talking points, and your verbal rebuttals. And what you should really be doing is worrying about the feeling points, because the feeling points are much more likely to loot lead to the sale or the lack of a sale. I think of them as the speed bumps. So you pick up the signal. This is the emotion, what does it mean? What are the likely triggers and then how am I going to pivot Do you deal with it either directly or indirectly as the case may be?

Adam G. Force 19:04

Hmm, that’s interesting. And and you know, and that’s beautiful thing, because if you can read the cues, but then you also understand you have certain sales like stories, things to help people, like it’s not to manipulate and get a sale it is to help demonstrate the points that you have. So people can be clear, right? It’s like effective communication. So you read them, pick up the cues, and then you can share the appropriate information that will help them overcome a fear, overcome an objection, whatever it might be, right?

Dan Hill 19:34

Yeah, as an entrepreneur, I mean, I’ve been one so you have to be adept. You have to be flexible and adjust in the moment. The face is the only place in the body where the muscles attach right to the skin. Yeah, it is quick, real time data, which is really cool. It’s that instantaneous feedback way beyond what everyone’s gonna be prepared to tell you because they’re being polite or they don’t care and so forth. Think back to Jackie Robbins. Somebody came in with the Dodgers. Yeah. I mean, they knew given the situation and the racism and all that, that he had to be super prepared. So they took them through scenario after scenario scenario. So when I started my company exactly what you’re suggesting, what are my rebuttals? What is the story? I’m going to bring in the example I’m going to bring in the joke I’m going to us, you know, you have to be, you know, fly in the moment, but it doesn’t hurt to have some preparation going into it.

Adam G. Force 20:25

Yeah, absolutely. That’s pretty interesting. I love these connections. It’s like just another layer of knowledge that you can use to better understand the person that you’re talking to. I mean, it seems like a more authentic base of knowledge than the words coming out of their mouth,

Dan Hill 20:43

saying, Oh, absolutely. And people aren’t always very articulate, or they fall silent and just let you kind of walk the plank, you know, they’re not going to invest. I remember one time I was pitching for a project for Toyota. And I do who is the key person in their corner of the room? Yeah. He started he started not paying attention. So I just left my schpeel go and I was kind of doing it but racking my brain I came up with something that I thought we hid his attention. I don’t remember what it was. But instantly he stopped looking at his iPad and back to me he came and I got the sale I got the project. Yeah, I love that.

Adam G. Force 21:18

This is good. I like this. So what are now what are what are the cues that you look for when you know maybe someone is starting to be a believer and they’re like excited about what you’re doing? But you know, like so what are the positive cues?

Dan Hill 21:36

Sure, well, the first one is surprised because surprise is also not a trivial emotion. Your eyes go wider. Your eyebrows lift your it’s literally allow you to expand your field of vision. It’s amazing how simple and basic you know, organic, a lot of these signals are surprises great because what do you need people’s attention. So they are metaphorically seeing more taking in more. Now you’ve really got them and you have a chance to, you know, loop them in. What you want to follow with the course is happiness because surprise is almost like a pre emotion. I can get a new car for Christmas, or I can have a new car accident, you know which one is going to be? Well, I’d like to sell on the first one. So that means that you want to get some smile to go along either simultaneously or immediately after that bout of surprise. Now there are different levels of happiness quite honestly, in my business, I report on four of them. A true smile is when the twinkle in the eye happens the muscle around the eye tightens, and that’s a true smile. You can take that one to the bank, a really weak smile that’s unilateral. It’s kind of like that’s the worst joke I’ve ever heard. At least you tried to humor me. So you kind of like you got a toehold you you’ve landed at Norma de but you’re still on the beach. The Germans are still shooting. You are not likely to go to the bank. When I call it accepted smile, you need to move it up to the higher level.

Adam G. Force 23:04

Yeah, yeah. I love that. So I mean, now I know you’ve written several books. And are they I did not get a chance to look up all the different books you have. But what’s the most recent? And are they going deeper on these topics?

Dan Hill 23:19

Yeah, the most important book for this purpose would be called famous faces to coded a guidebook for reading others. What I did is I offered up the secret sauce. I told you what the 23 expressions are. I told you what kind of triggers happen, how you can address them. So I gave all of this but I also gave it in the context of celebrities because we we know their stories, and it’s fun to look at their photographs. Sometimes you think you know these people, they’re rock stars or movie stars, media moguls, CEOs, politicians. You think you know them and in many cases you don’t. Part of the book is I gave people a chance I said, What do you think is the seat signature emotion of this elaborate. And they were right 35% of the time, what do you show

Adam G. Force 24:03

you show pictures?

Dan Hill 24:05

I show pictures to people. I said, What do you think is going on? And then I, you know, figured out it from my analysis, what was really the true signature emotion of people. As George Orwell said, By the age of 50, a man has the face he deserves. We do have muscle memory, we do have ADD patterns, and they give away how we react. Before I could get there, Microsoft actually submitted a patent based on the fact that emotions are contagious. And if you can show someone back an emotion that they relate to that they show a lot, they’ll buy in the relate to it really easily. So frankly, one of the great things you can do in a business meeting is get them to talk about the problem they have. Yeah, and then you can empathize with their problem. And their problem is going to invoke negative emotions. So you can talk about how you were frustrated about something that didn’t work, or how you sold a bill of goods on something at some point in your life. Now you’re on the same side of the fence. You Both had our problems, but now you’re gonna bring them over to your side of the fence. And yeah,

Adam G. Force 25:03

here’s the opportunity now so I relate to the pain I know what you’re going through. When you feel this way, I know that these things happen, right, these symptoms of that challenge, and then you can share the opportunity to to alleviate that pain. Right? Yeah,

Dan Hill 25:17

take them from pain to game. But I I think that book is the key one if they want a background on the role of emotions in business, I wrote something called emotion omics, which actually features a foreword by Sam Simon, the CO creator of The Simpsons. There are a lot of business books with a foreword by somebody who helped create the Simpsons, because I was taking a more humane or more emotional and frankly, I wasn’t, you know, averse to putting in a few jokes in the book as well. Sure.

Adam G. Force 25:46

Yeah. I love that. Now, tell me what was that first book that you mentioned that you had all the examples and stuff?

Dan Hill 25:53

Sure, fake. Famous faces decoded. A guidebook for reading others 173 celebrities in the course of the book.

Adam G. Force 26:02

There you go, guys. So as you’re listening here, you could check that out I think Dan’s book on that it’s gonna be super fun, but also powerful. So combining that with our storytelling strategies for marketing and understanding how to read people, this is going to give you cues to use the stories and help people get clear. So you can really address people appropriately based on their, their authentic feelings, and not what they tell you.

Dan Hill 26:29

Exactly.

Adam G. Force 26:30

I love it, Dan, appreciate it. I want to give a shout out to like how do people learn more about what you’re doing? Where do they go and all that good stuff.

Dan Hill 26:40

Probably the easiest thing is is the old website, the three W’s and then Dan Hill dot sensory logic.com. Sensory as in your five senses as in, you should lift your visual IQ and pay more attention to the townspeople. People are giving away

Adam G. Force 26:58

Yeah, love it. Awesome, this is really valuable information. And I appreciate you sharing it. It’s it’s kind of like it’s actually sparked a whole fresh perspective for me. Like you, you don’t necessarily consciously think about these things on calls and, you know, we get into these different scenarios with prospects, right clients who, and you just, you know, you’re thinking about how to talk to them. But these cues they think can just give such a, an additional layer of clarity to help you be to say the right things, you know,

Dan Hill 27:33

Oh, absolutely. I remember when I was in corporate life, we had someone come in and pitch us. They spent the first 25 minutes non stop telling us about their offer and how great they were. They never asked us what our problems were. They didn’t even remember to ask us why we hit invited them. In my case, they completely lost sight of that they made no personal connection whatsoever. I mean, there are so many meetings where honestly, it’s probably over on based on the first five minutes, which has nothing to do with the formal pitch, it’s all about making a connection and related to the person. Yeah, you know, Where are they from? Where did they grow up? Just you’re trying to find some avenue to commonality

Adam G. Force 28:12

love that. It’s so smart. You gotta you gotta walk before you run and build the rapport right?

Dan Hill 28:18

Yeah, I mean, we bought Yeah, we buy from someone we like we do not tend to buy from people we dislike. Other there are other options and very rarely does someone have a entirely or truly differentiated offer. You need the combination of a good offer that you’re going to stand behind that they believe in you. Yeah. And and that you get who they are and what their problem is. You got to learn to squat. You got to personalize it.

Adam G. Force 28:41

Yeah. My co founder, Amy and I call it like, we are on the same page. Dare we say it’s the know like trust factor. You guys, it’s the What’s his name? Geez, I can’t remember he’s one of the merchandising, the heads of merchandising over at Costco, Mike perot, I think his name is and he was In a book, and he was telling people like, when he gets all these companies, let’s say it’s laundry detergent, there’s 100 companies with laundry detergent, I want to distribute it through Costco, he can’t do them all, he has to make a decision. And he goes, it’s not I don’t make a decision based on price or like, you know, certain features or whatever. It’s who I know, like and trust the most. And so that’s who he goes with, right? And so these things that you’re talking about, it’s so important for these sales situations. And that’s where storytelling comes in. And now our facial cues.

Dan Hill 29:30

Yeah, no and but believe the story and that was what’s going to hook us in the facts. Everyone knows you can manipulate the facts and work the statistic and put it out there. And then that’s not personal. Yeah, I mean, you’re not going to trust a fact nearly as much as you’re going to trust the story. And the storyteller.

Adam G. Force 29:49

I love it. I think that’s a good one for us to wrap up on Dan. I appreciate your time today. You guys got the website. We’ll have it in the show notes and all that good stuff and you can check out Books, especially the one famous facing faces decoded, right?

Dan Hill 30:05

famous faces decoded. Yes, indeed.

Adam G. Force 30:07

Yes. Perfect. All right, Dan, thank you so much for your time today. We really appreciate it.

Dan Hill 30:11

I had a good time. Thank you, Adam.

Adam G. Force 30:13

That’s all for this episode. Your next step is to join the Change Creator revolution by downloading our interactive digital magazine app for premium content, exclusive interviews, and more ways to stay on top of your game available now on iTunes and Google Play or visit Change Creator mag Comm. We’ll see you next time where money and meaning intersect right here at the Change Creator podcast.

Jim Lawless: Overcoming Fear and Operating With Risk

Listen to our exclusive interview with Jim Lawless:

Subscribe to this show on Spotify  |  iTunes  |  Stitcher  |  Soundcloud

What if you could start doing things that you never thought you could do? How would your life and business change? In this episode, we speak with a top-ranking expert about overcoming fear and operating with risk so you can break new boundaries.

Jim Lawless is the elite team coach of choice for many senior leadership teams around the world. He has been the architect of high performance and change in global organizations, governments, and Olympic teams for two decades. Ranked #6 globally, #1 outside of the USA, by Global Gurus in their 2020 ranking of motivational speakers, Jim has inspired and educated over half a million people on five continents through his mindset-shifting keynotes and workshops and many more through his bestselling book, ‘Taming Tigers’ (Penguin Random House). He delivers in business but also tests his frameworks personally and in extreme settings, giving him unparalleled credibility with his audience. Jim used ‘Taming Tigers’ to become a televised jockey within a year of starting to ride and to become Britain’s deepest Freediver in just 8 months of training. Both whilst delivering his day job (a key element of change). Jim was elected a fellow of the UK’s Royal Society for the Arts in recognition of his writing on culture and change.

Learn more about Jim and his work at: https://www.jimlawless.com/

We also recommend:

Transcription of Interview

(Transcribed by Otter.ai, there may be errors)

Adam G. Force 00:10

Hey, what’s up everybody? Welcome back to the Change Creator podcast show. This is your host, Adam force. I hope everybody’s doing well and making out okay during all these crazy times with the political unrest and the Coronavirus. We are definitely living through some important times in history here. So if you missed the last episode of the show, it was with Dan Hill. This was a really unique and interesting conversation. We spoke about reading facial expressions. This is really telling it’s pretty powerful. So Dan Hill also wrote the book famous faces decoded. So we kind of dive into all this really interesting stuff and he gives lots of tips for you to keep an eye out. So when you’re on those sales calls, do you have something to think about? Okay, and that brings us to our next guest, we’re gonna be talking today. We with Jim lawless, and he’s actually a top level, or I should say, top ranking team coach of choice for a lot of senior leadership teams around the world. And he’s been, you know, the designer of high performance and change in global organizations, governments Olympic teams for two decades now, which is a pretty darn long time. So he’s been doing this for a while, has a lot of experience. He’s actually ranked number six globally and number one outside of the US by global gurus in their 2020 ranking of motivational speakers, which is pretty cool. And he’s really inspired a ton of people around the world, right? And through his workshops, and keynote, he does a lot of talks and things like that. But he also has a best selling book called taming tigers. And that’s something you might want to check out. He’s got a lot of great insights. Today we’re going to be talking with Jim about overcoming fear and how to operate with risk. All right, and he has a lot of interesting background because he became like a free diver and This is some it’s a really interesting sport. And I haven’t ever spoken anybody who has done something like this but it is talking about overcoming fear. I mean going and through that process is really it’s it’s something that not a lot of people can really do. So we’re going to dive into lots of different dynamics here and and tackle this topic of fear. And one key thing we noticed with a lot of people when it comes to fear that holds them back, they will say things like, I’m not ready yet because or, you know, my business isn’t ready yet because and they’re not they’re not ready. What they’re saying is they’re not ready to invest in something for themselves for themselves, and a lot of times that is, that is just a sign that you are making up reasons to avoid the risk, right? You don’t believe in what you’re doing enough to actually move forward. And I say this because it is when you say you’re not ready. That is Not a circumstantial thing, it is a decision, you’re deciding that you’re not ready. It’s not the situation or the circumstance, it’s actually the decision. So when we’re not getting the results we need for our business, that’s not the time to hold back. That is the time to reach out for help. That is the time to get fresh perspective, because we have to kind of step into a new role of who we are, if we want to get where we want to go. And if we don’t know what that looks like, it’s really hard, there’s gonna be a lot of trial and error. So working with people who do know what it looks like, can help you get there a lot faster. We’ve noticed this with so many entrepreneurs who have disconnects. And we don’t want them to lose their businesses because we’re here to make a difference in the world here at Change Creator, right. So you know, when your messaging is not connecting with people, this is going to be a big problem. And so this is where we focus on with really supporting your business by putting storytelling at the heart of your marketing in an authentic way, right to really build trust. And finally, get those Consistent sales. So you can stop by you can get on our waitlist right now to enroll in the captivate method, you’ll get a chance to check out our masterclass, learn a ton more about it. I think you guys will have a lot of fun with it. And it’s gonna be super valuable because it’s not a course this is a program with a full coaching experience, right? So you can think of this as a mastermind. And it’s going to take you from point A to point B, way faster, and you’re going to be in a community of people who are your tribe, right? Alright guys, without further ado, let’s jump into this conversation with Jim lawless. Okay, show me that heat Hey, Jim, welcome to the Change Creator podcast show how you doing today?

Jim Lawless 04:41

It was a great pleasure. I’m very well thank you very well.

Adam G. Force 04:44

Excellent, excellent. Um, you know, you have a pretty, pretty interesting and intense background from free diving to steering leadership as some of the biggest brands around the world. So give us a little bit of a snapshot of kind of like what’s going on in your life. world today and how you got there?

Jim Lawless 05:03

Sure, I qualified as a corporate lawyer, worked in the City of London doing mergers and acquisitions work. I left that world at about the age of 29. And I began to work in communications, and communications drew me in to change and change communications change drew me into speaking about that topic and studying it more deeply and then beginning to get really interested in the human, the human aspect of change, which I don’t think we’ve given very much attention to, to be quite honest, how we, how we ask people more and more to go into uncertainty and risk and to adapt at a pace that humans aren’t naturally equipped to adapt at. But we don’t ever teach the skill of adaptations. So I think we’re seeing a lot of issues come out from that my world. Working with that on the broadest sense, and then working with organizations and senior teams, and individuals to assist them come together and deliver change. Hmm.

Adam G. Force 06:13

So what kind of gap care? Do you think like you mentioned that we don’t teach certain things around adaptation and change? Can you give an example or two of the types of gaps that are missing and maybe how they start over how we start overcoming them?

Jim Lawless 06:28

Sure. So we’ve we’ve all been raised for the industrial age, to get it right first time to the satisfaction of an authority figure who can define right and I’ve got two daughters, ones aged six and ones aged 22. And don’t ask is a story for another day. And, and they’re both of course absolutely wonderful. My 22 year old now at university in the UK, studying biochemistry having been completed trained, trained to get it right first time to the satisfaction of a higher authority figure which she, she does admirably. She’s now having to adapt into into a different environment. And that’s causing her some interesting discussions. my six year old, she’s going to be trained in exactly the same way Get it right first time for the boss, but with the with swiping, and and digital tools to help her get it right. So whilst they might be digital natives, they’re not. They’re not in any way trained for a disruptive, uncertain age. They’re being trained in many ways, more than my generation was so going to school in the 80s, where there was still a good degree of risk and experimentation that was it was safe, impossible for us to undertake. So we are asking people to go into risk and uncertainty. That’s all that changes. And we are not teaching people to do that you are saying that’s the broad picture as I see it. Yeah. And and there are two sides to that. One is management and organizations creating impact. vironment where it is possible and safe. So we get into the buzz phrase of psychological safety, which is an important phrase as a how to managers do that in a world where they were told to be the boss bigger and make sure everyone got it right first time historically? And how does the individual who’s received no training, start taking risks when their jobs on the line and so we go around saying, But you mustn’t fear failure, embrace failure and fail faster, which I personally don’t have a lot of time for. In any event, but but it’s utterly meaningless when the big boss says that from a stage and somebody who’s going to get fired if they don’t hit target is listening, thinking but this doesn’t translate to the words that I that you require me to inhale. So we’ve got some real disconnects. Now, when it comes to them, what are we not teaching people what are the gaps, and even just the emotional awareness of what it feels like to go through change or what what is going to happen to the body when we missed it? The sensations we get, which are all fear and anxiety. When we leave this famous comfort zone, we mistake those for genuine, immediate threat. we’re unable to query ourselves and ask why is this happening? Why is my heart racing? How can I work through this situation alone or with others to understand me as a machine as I go through uncertainty, risk and change, which, for example, is a key task for the free diver. Man back to that, but that’s why it was fascinating to go to that work. So I went to horse racing to sit on a thoroughbred racehorse, so I could experiment with this within myself. Robin just just talked about your studying, but we don’t help people understand that process. Therefore they can’t control it. They can’t bring it back in and therefore they can’t go through change. Mm hmm.

Adam G. Force 09:46

Interesting. And I love that you just kind of defined it so simply changes the risk and uncertainty. What does it feel like and you know, as you were saying, that I’m like, so as people today, we have these I guess like these definitions in our mind, which, like you said, what you talk about on stage is not applying to the people and the reality that they live in. And it made me think about when we’re young, and I’m like, you know, we get up, we fall down as a toddler, we get up if we fail constantly, but we never think twice about that risk of falling down or getting up. We’re not afraid of it at that point. So it seems like it’s something that we’re taught over time, to fear risk and change is and it sounds like maybe you’re saying that this is this is the industrial thinking. So it it is it is through a process of how we learn and when we grow up. So is it Am I making sense? You know, what I’m saying like how we I don’t feel like we have those barriers when we’re young. Is that true? Or do you think we’ve always have that fear?

Jim Lawless 10:46

No, we don’t have those barriers when we’re young was, but we acquired them very early on. I was raised Catholic under a very strict school and So I learned to fear making mistakes very in my in my life and how to keep quiet and sit at the back and not put forward my own unique and innovative ideas on things. So so so we learned this early on I think as adults we have to have one not keen on the don’t fear of failure we take bets you know, we have to take bets and that can be a bet within an environment at work and I can I can negotiate with my boss in very real sense about like, I can try this new thing that you’re talking about, but it may have this consequence Are we okay with that boss? So we can we can define parameters of failure and agree the downside of the bet what happens if if we don’t pull this off? And, and we have to any innovative organization is having those conversations on an almost algorithmic level that senior exec level then then we, we in any area of change, we’re going to be placing these bets we have to assess downside either alone or with others or with spouses or with business partners or with boss it’s a downside acceptable we we proceed if it’s not we don’t and that’s why I get in into tangled who’s don’t fear failure and embrace it might be okay if if you’re if you’re a Silicon Valley billionaire me personally I’ve got I’ve got a young a young daughter and there’s that there’s a level of risk of failure beyond which I will not, I’m not willing to tolerate for good reason, you know so. So I think we we need to have adult conversations about what don’t fear failure means but I think we do learn it earlier. Early on, I think we have it in us within for good reason is an evolutionary force. That is that is asking us to resist change, change equals risk and uncertainty that equals danger to us. It’s an evolutionary wiring an ancient wiring that fires up and it does require our obedience, but it does not if we can understand it. Sorry, it requires our attention but it does not if we can understand it before. Find out obedience, we can override it. And when intellectually we believe and can see that that is a good thing to do. I don’t think we’re teaching people how to do that.

Adam G. Force 13:10

Yeah, I mean, and so, I mean, it sounds like you feel there’s probably just a shift in how we’re educating youth in order to be better prepared, I guess, to take on this stuff, because, you know, I think there’s a lot of, you know, fixing around the schools and stuff like that. So as we think about entrepreneurship, you know, we’re not really being taught to become our best self, per se and be creative. You know, one of the most popular TED Talks is how schools like you know, destroy creativity and kids, right? So it’s like, this sounds like there’s just every loose evolutionary shifts that are necessary to help people understand and I guess better embrace these types of things. Is that sound right?

Jim Lawless 13:57

Yeah, I think so. But But, but when Never too late to learn. I mean, I teach this in organizations and in a one hour keynote where I can set up the the basic concepts and constructs and and we’ll talk about really simple ideas like going to approach her a powerful or an attractive other human being and the and the emotions we go through just in facing about risk and uncertainty and consequences are of doing that which are totally manageable, but we don’t, we don’t want to tolerate them, and how we can look to override that risk of that fear of risk and still carry on with with that, with that task. If we decide that I mean very simple ways of helping people understand this emotional challenge what happens when we leave the comfort zone, we don’t even talk about it do we don’t we don’t have a name for that place. We say leave the comfort zone but we never say where you go or how to survive mapless without but it is totally mappable in terms of how we can negotiate and navigate. But I in an hour on the stage people are totally ofay with the principles and within Two hours of workshopping and planning next steps afterwards, they’ve got a plan, which is it doesn’t take long but we just don’t do it. We’ve always focused on the leadership community and got them to, to sort of mix up some metadata. Stephen Covey talks about sharpening swords it seems we’ve always made the the leadership arm that, that moves up and down stronger and stronger and is teaching how to drive change and tell people that icebergs have melted or that cheese has moved. And what we’ve never done is helped all those little teeth to sharpen you know, little people they use and the me’s, the cellular level of the organization to understand how they can each do the new stuff that we’re asking them to do. So instead of just scaring them evermore with these metaphors, why why can’t we help people to understand what how they can move to do things they’ve never done before, which is all that changes at a cellular cellular level in the organization.

Adam G. Force 15:58

Right, right. So Like the example you gave of approaching, you know, powerful or good looking, you know, person and you know, we all like clam up and get so nervous to like approach our guy or whatever. And really in that situation, it’s not like you’re risking your your life, you’re not risking all your money. It’s just like, and we still won’t even tolerate that fear of what rejection, right?

Jim Lawless 16:25

And that’s because the system, the process, the physical process that we never get taught about takes over doesn’t it, and you and I, and anyone listening immediately, if we had measuring equipment on now, our heart rate should be increasing just by the contemplation of this. And because we don’t understand the bet the consequences and why our system is reacting as it is, we move back, you just put your finger on it, that there’s nothing actually at risk here. There’s only three types of harm a human being can come to physical security, either Economic or, or reputational, of course, we’re facing reputational harm, which is why most people would rather rather go out and play a game of American football than then give a presentation, right? Because one’s physical damage written all over it. But however, the other has got reputational damage, which historically, of course, is much more dangerous to us or getting excluded from the community a long time ago was used seriously. So we do once we can understand what it is that our whole body and subconscious mind is, is protecting us from we can intellectually take the risk. So there’s a constant fight between the frontal cortex where the executive decision making the human ability to postpone gratification, to, to want to make a contribution to want to build, to leave legacy, all of that happening in the frontal cortex. All of that requires going into places of uncertainty and risk. And then we’ve got this massive evolutionary system saying don’t go there Adam and Eve. We can understand how to use that piece of kit and override it when necessary requires our attention, not our obedience, we can’t move forward. So, so so everything you described that is absolutely accurate. We don’t want to go and make that interaction, why what’s at risk? And how do I override my physical body, which is saying runaway runaway? Yeah.

Adam G. Force 18:20

And I mean, I, as an entrepreneur, there’s obviously an entire journey of unknown. So I mean, if you if you can’t, if you can’t figure this out, and you know, we always say take calculated risks, like to your point, there’s things you will tolerate that, you know, you have a family and stuff you have to concern yourself about. So you have a tolerance level for certain extreme extreme pneus of risk. And I think as entrepreneurs, I’m just trying to align this here because it’s like, well, we do have to put money in the machine and invest or take a chance on ourselves and believe in ourselves and there’s gonna be things that work out and things that don’t. And one of the things that has helped me overcome certain blocks over many years is really to stop looking at it and saying, Oh, this cost a lot. And I’m worried about this loss. And I started really just saying, What’s the return on the investment that I could get here? And just seeing, you know, is it worth it to me or not? And that has made a big shift for me. So I’m curious if you have any thoughts on the application of, you know, the types of fear we face as entrepreneurs, and some of the steps we can consider or think about so we can intellectually take the risk?

Jim Lawless 19:29

Yeah, sure. I, you know, we went into Nitty gritties, I guess earlier on so let’s, let’s, let’s, let’s come back up for a moment. I think before to address that. We, we, we hold the pen, we’re writing the story, the story of our lives, which will touch potentially millions, even if we don’t set up IBM still going to touch potentially, potentially millions of people. And, and we write that through our decisions and our actions and our results. Every day, what is the story that we want to write during what is a very brief I mean long enough to do great things but a relatively brief time we get in the words of Cat Stevens to dance on the planet and and so that that becomes I think the the driving the driving force for many of us who are entrepreneurs and and whilst I work in the business I do I produce widgets. I’m very much an entrepreneur and set up my own business many years ago. So So I that I think, is a driving force, what’s my contribution? What do I want to make? And we have to keep a sight of that. And then with that, we decide what what am I willing to tolerate in terms of risk along the way, and what am I willing to tolerate in terms of not Dunn’s? And this is really important because the flip side of taking a risk and doing something of course is not doing anything. What does that tack take me on what’s that dirt compass direction, what’s the destination of that if I don’t act and take the risk, and that’s something again, we can we can not take into into account as we live for the moment, I don’t know, the ins and outs of what’s happening in the United States at the moment with the risk of dating and this, this podcast by by going there but at the time of recording, we’re in the middle of it. In the UK big debates about how if we don’t, the cost of not intervening heavily in the economy is actually going to be far out we will multiply if we don’t, the cost will be bigger, in terms of the wreckage caused if we don’t take out loans and and try and preserve the economy through this period. So there’s always a cost both economically but also in terms of life possibility to not acting and then the other element which becomes really important in assessing this risk is Is our perception. And of course we sense the world and we have a perception of risk, according to that, so most of the, the inspirational slash self help literature goes to places like well, you know, never forget that they Walt Disney was sacked as journalists and told it never amounted to anything and Fred Astaire you know, can’t sing can’t act can dance a little and, and so we tend to try and tell stories to ourselves to remind, to remind ourselves that when we look at other great success stories, they didn’t start there. There were setbacks. So when we come to don’t feel failure, let’s let’s not fear failure that we have assessed as tolerable. And let’s, let’s take those risks that we have agreed the downside We will live with if it should come to pass, then that’s like really hard against it. Let’s work really hard and make things happen and move forward. But that’s let’s have those in mind. as entrepreneurs as we move forward, and I think one last thing is that we are in a rush at the moment, so everybody wants to admit it before they’ve paid their dues. And good luck to you. Good luck to you. But I’ve not found the shortcut. And I’m watching everybody do that. And I’m not seeing them having found the shortcut. And I know Mr. Zuckerberg, you know, got it right first time to Harvard or Stanford, I can’t remember was the Facebook Thank you. But but that hey, maybe there was a bit of luck in that. I don’t know. But so that’s that’s not going to be extrapolated across the population of entrepreneurs. And so we are going to take time and maybe we need to go back and pay our dues somewhere to learn the trade before we come out. I set up a retail shop I missed this chapter. When I came out of law. I thought I’ll set up a shop selling environmentally friendly goods to save the planet at the age of around 30 and I went bust real fast. I should have gone and worked in retail for a while. I didn’t know anything about it. I was just going out.

23:58

Yeah,

Adam G. Force 23:59

yeah. Jim, did I lose you?

Jim Lawless 24:06

I’m still him. Oh, oh, I think I pose for you.

Adam G. Force 24:11

This is laughing. No, it’s true. It’s, you know, don’t pay their dues. It is, you know, we hear this a lot, especially from early stage entrepreneurs who are getting started and, you know, they’re like, well, I don’t have the money for this or that I’m like, well, the reality is you will probably have to straddle two worlds for a while, or you know what I mean? Like, you’re gonna have to have a way to fund your ideas. And that means probably working another job, and then building your dream on the side until you can, you know, shift over. But we also like for me, just as an example, I tested out just like you like I started stuff for, like hemp water bottle business, trying to help with plastic pollution, or a rain forest advocacy group and all these different things. And I actually ended up doing a lot of volunteer work in order to get familiar because these were new fields. This is not where I had my corporate experience. And then I put my corporate experience which is digital marketing and media and it came out to Change Creator and that made life a lot easier when I wasn’t starting from scratch again completely I and it’s and it’s so… I will get 21 year olds writing to me saying I want to be a speaker and how should I do it and I said well give us give us a call and in 10 years and I’ll stay in touch in the meantime it gives a call in 10 years because because as you’re gonna have to have something to speak about and you know, I look back just as you as many other people empathize listening on the audio, the broadcast it back, I studied acting and I took lessons and I listened to comedians, obsessively in my car, about how they were crafting their material. I listen to people from Zig Ziglar to whoever else in terms of business speakers, and concepts that are being put across. And then I went and lift them on horseback being dumped at seven o’clock in the morning by a racehorse into the hedge, and then being screamed at by the trainer, and then I then I checked it on out under meters under the ocean, and then I started bringing it back into the corporate world. And that takes a bit of time, and you probably still hadn’t heard of me, but it’s gonna be Seth Godin or Anthony Robbins, and that’s fine. We’re all making a different contributions, we’ll make our different contributions but but those those days are often are often going to have to pay now that’s not to make it sound like some old guy making out that the only way to get ahead in life is discipline and hard work or that probably is true. It’s really to say as reassurance as reassurance It’s okay if you haven’t made it at a young age, and also give up with the with the lifestyle and I mean, it is that there are times when you just can’t do the lifestyle because, yeah, you’re not willing to invest the time to earn the money to do that. Because you’ve got a big dream to pursue. So if we are speaking at some any entrepreneur but potentially younger now if I’m going to take that back because I know I know lawyers who are my age who became lawyers with me who still tell me they can’t pursue their dreams because they can’t give up the big money so you know, you just can’t give up the big house and the nice car you can give it all up you know, you then go go do it. So so we will sometimes have to make real life choices and the Instagram idea of everyone’s made overnight whilst we’re in the top brands whilst so it’s just you know, as clearly as nonsense So, so let’s, let’s, let’s be focused, placed a bet. Gather great people around us be humble, be curious, be be be knowing that we’re going to fall over and bruise ourselves more ego hopefully than anything else. But that will all take us in the direction. Yeah, yes. Makes a lot of sense. And I’m curious, you know, do you tie in when you’re on stage doing your talks and stuff? Do you talk about your freediving experience? And things like that any, any examples of your own life experience, you know, overcoming these challenges.

Jim Lawless 28:06

freediving is, is a beautiful metaphor. And I mean, I didn’t realize how beautiful when I took it on. I took it on for a number of reasons, not least of which my eldest daughter was very unwell. At the time side, I raised some money for pediatric medical research at the time buff the, the metaphor of literally leaving the comfort zone and going into what I call the confusion zone. All right, it’s rehearsed, you’ve practiced so it’s not entirely confusing, but you’re going into a realm of uncertainty, an incredibly hostile environment, and yet an incredibly beautiful environment. At 100 meters, you’re receiving the biggest hug. It’s 11 times the Earth’s atmospheric pressure. That’s 33 times the atmosphere change coming in to land at an airport and you do Another 60 seconds, and not in a pressurized container. It’s amazing, literally being hugged by the planet. But the primary, the primary challenge for the free diver is mental and emotional discipline and control, I have to override the system telling me to run away. So so it’s an act of mindfulness and meditation and it’s an act of remaining in my frontal cortex, never going anywhere near my amygdala being entirely in charge of what neurotransmitters and hormones are active in my system. And should I lose that even if something goes wrong and I move from a potential anxiety which I avoid into real fear because something has happened? Even then, I do not benefit from releasing adrenaline. Most situations we do a free dive, we do not so so that control becomes vital. So it’s a miniature exercise, in moving from certainty into uncertainty in an undeniably hostile if included right to be beautiful environment like a mountain incredibly beautiful, incredibly dangerous environment, going through extraordinary physical change, where the primary job that you have to succeed is the ability to mentally and physically and emotionally retain control. So it’s a wonderful metaphor and the way I use it on stage, I’ll show the film of my dies and I invite everyone to come and hold their breath. And I’ll make the point the breath holding is actually the easiest part. The mental part is big, and then the managing of pressure changes is the huge technical exercise in the breath hold is really housekeeping. But so I’m inviting to hold their breath and we’ll go on this journey together. But during that I’ll talk about the importance of making a decision to leave the comfort zone behind move to the other side. Even if we keep the day job or whatever other elements people need to be considering. alive. Whilst we whilst we do the transfer. We have to commit to get to The other side because the risk of course if I decide I’m going to go to 80 meters and stop there and have a little thing can see with I like it well yeah may not feel like good 80 meters if I stop and have a think about it I probably better just to move past that point and get on with the job and and come home and you know going going through any adventure of change there’s going to be some really rocky days and that’s real and that’s live and that’s why we admire people who’ve been through this journey and and we make movies about people who’ve been through on an extreme level and that they because they they have had to go to places dig deep get stoutly working harder late make me I’m not gonna say sacrifices but big priority decisions in order to get to the other side. If we don’t make that commitment across the the gorge of the confusion zone to reach the sunny uplands. We will will quit and will either come home and get a job. Back in the safe zone, or will quit somewhere in the middle never never really know what our True Potential was. So I like to use a die to answer your question, Adam, in a long answer there, because I wants to talk a lot about the divers, you raised it. I the way I use it most on stage is to talk about the commitment required. I have to decide at the beginning, okay, we’re doing this now. We’re going to 100 meters and we’re coming home unless there’s a big emergency that I’m gonna bail out. If it all goes well, I’ve got to have the mental capacity in the decision to go through that as no point. At the start of this thinking I’m going to go to 80% See how it’s going because 80% anything could be happening on 80% of the journey.

Adam G. Force 32:40

Yeah, no, I love that. You got 100% commit, prepare yourself. It’s an interesting process. What’s the deepest you ever have gone?

Jim Lawless 32:48

One I want the record. I wanted to be the first Brit past 100 I knew that somebody would break my record, right? Because that’s, that’s the deal. But I thought if I pass 100 and I’m the first guy to do that first. To that from my country, I can always say that at dinner parties as an old guy, I can always say, Well, I was the first to pass. Like, we’re not not as impressive but high performing in Maya, right. I mean, that was seriously impressive, but kind of kind of, I thought I’d always have that little thing. So it’s 101 was the deepest. Wow. It’s not, it’s not super impressive, but but for me, it was it was impressive. I think

Adam G. Force 33:26

it’s impressive. I mean, I’ve seen the deep diving through some videos and stuff. And it is, I can imagine as you’re really getting down there, and that you can feel the pressure, the silence, and you’re really, that’s intense. I can imagine the panic that can overcome you.

Jim Lawless 33:44

Yeah, except that emotion. I mean, it isn’t. It’s beautiful. It’s beautiful. It’s I if I’ve created an impression of it being anything other than stunning, I’ve done a poor job. It’s an exercise in mindfulness and meditation being utterly present. In, in mental discipline in I can’t have the luxury of a little drama moment. I’ve got no one to blame. There’s there’s utter accountability and responsibility. I have a tremendous team on the surface, who have worked with me on this and all support me should anything go wrong, but they can’t do the die for me. They can be in charge of how I conduct myself far away from them at the most critical points. So I have huge responsibility and accountability. And so it’s a little bit like I learned to fly recently and I and I am went solo in a helicopter. It was a little bit it really reminded me of that because there’s a moment when the instructor gets out, and you’ve got utter accountability for this slightly flammable bomb above other people’s houses and, and you just got to get it forget, you know, you got to get yourself back right for everybody underneath you. It’s a it’s a I like going to those places where I have to deny my natural ability and I certainly have the natural ability To let what I call the tiger on that, that force, it says back off, you can’t do it right. back into the comfort zone. I like testing those places. And it’s critical, I think, for my job that I have been there.

Adam G. Force 35:14

Yeah, no, I mean, overcoming those things, I always found that exciting too. I like to do push the boundaries and stuff like that. So I have a respect for people that are out there doing that kind of that deep that free diving and those things are pretty intense. And so I always found it interesting. And, you know, I, you know, as you think about being an entrepreneur and running your business, it’s kind of like, you know, how deep Do you go and are you 100% committed because I feel like a lot of entrepreneurs really will. They, they tend to have that fear factor that we’ve been discussing, and because of that, they end up playing it safe, like I don’t want to get too crazy. So I’m just gonna test the water just gonna go in a little bit, and so everything becomes half ass, and it ends up really creating more problems than good because Because they’re not 100% committed, and they’re constantly playing it safe out of fear.

Jim Lawless 36:05

That’s really interesting. I mean, we have to be when I say playing it safe I think it’s important people take bets that they are willing to lose on the downside. I can tolerate that convert so so playing it safe in that regard. Yes. playing it safe, however as in just just just holding back not fully committing and yeah, that that that is that’s that’s a different conversation. I think. I think that’s very dangerous. So it’s like going into a free dive on committed I mean, you could you could there’s anything you need to know you’re gonna go and do and I think that’s definitely the case with with entrepreneurship. And then I think with for entrepreneurs, I would always say, x together. For any for anyone I’d always say work with a mentor. Now this doesn’t need to be a paid. But it could be that’s that’s the paid coaches job. But that job of the mentor who’s been there before, or the paid coaches to challenge the perceptions Why are you seeing this as a risk? Why are you seeing that? You can’t do that? Yes. Because we will put these barriers up. And it can be extreme. Why are you saying you can’t walk across and speak to that senior person? Or that that that person to whom you are attracted? Why, why Why are you saying that? And that can be an What have you got to lose if you did, and those can be very important questions that can help us catapult forwards, a catapult forwards. So don’t do this in isolation. And that comes back to humility, knowing how to ask for help, which we were not taught to do. We were taught to get it right first time independently at our desk, the smartest in the class better than everybody else. This was the prized possession right, right back to the beginning of our conversation. And now we find the people who are really rattling ahead are the people who turn up willing to look the dentist in a meeting and they’ve done their work. They’re not actually dim, but they are willing to ask the big the big open helped me understand educate me quite You know, rather than and then go off and deploy that alongside their own mighty skills, rather than coming in, looking, looking to show off their skills and leave having acquired no more. So there’s a tremendous amount of humility, that, that comes with learning, taking risks entering into uncertainty. And if we’re not able to, to demonstrate that humility or ego needs, need something else, I think we have, we have a problem, a project an existential problem as an entrepreneur.

Adam G. Force 38:33

Yeah, yeah. You know, I, I’ll wrap up on this note, but I some of the things that I’ve read, which are similar, like you talked about going in the room, being willing to ask what some might say is a dumb question or whatever. You know, it’s this act of also just the willingness to be vulnerable, right, putting yourself out there and so many people do when they want to hide in the back of the classroom or, you know, they don’t want to be the one to put their hand up because God forbid they get the answer. are wrong and they look stupid, you know, that vulnerability is part of it too, I guess.

Jim Lawless 39:07

I think it’s the other side of exactly the same coin, you’ve you’ve, you’ve put your finger on it, if we’re going to create change, we’ve got it, which includes setting up successful businesses to create whatever that may be, we have to do things that no one’s ever done. And that certainly we’ve never done. That means by definition, risk and uncertainty. And if you put me out there in public, surrounded by risks that I might get this wrong, uncertain as to how to act, I’m by definition, in an extremely vulnerable naked position. And if I’m not willing to go out there and and tolerate that and have some strategies for surviving with other people who can hold my hand in that position, then I I am at risk as to my success. Yeah, exactly. It is vulnerable. It is vulnerable, and that’s why we admire it and that’s why when you when you speak to someone successful, unless as in some major figures, they inherited it from their fathers and may or may not have enhanced that fortune over time. If it’s somebody who’s gone from the bottom and made it, they’ve got time for you. They’re very genuinely, generally, they will have time for you for a lazy slacker who’s clearly not doesn’t mean they’re going to contribute anything because that’s against their ethos. But if you’re turning up humble and clearly willing to work and interested and asking big questions, I’ve never met one of those folk who was not humble and willing to engage in a conversation with me.

Adam G. Force 40:32

Interesting, interesting. Well, Jim, I really appreciate it. Man. I love these conversations. I think it’s so important. You know, one of the things I’ve learned over many years of doing business and stuff is a lot of it comes down to the way we think and how we respond to challenges and situations and you know, the mindset and the tactical part and the strategy part we can all figure out right? It’s just really how are we responding to those things and approaching them. So I find these conversations to be super valuable. And I appreciate you sharing your experience and expertise.

Jim Lawless 41:04

Adam, it’s been a huge pleasure, great fun to meet you and talk with you and I wish you and your listeners every possible success.

Adam G. Force 41:10

Thank you very much. We’ll talk soon again. That’s all for this episode. Your next step is to join the Change Creator revolution by downloading our interactive digital magazine app for premium content, exclusive interviews and more ways to stay on top of your game available now on iTunes and Google Play or visit Change Creator mag comm we’ll see you next time where money and meaning intersect right here at the Change Creator podcast.

Adam & Amy: Breaking Down Marketing Misconceptions (And What You Need to Know)

Subscribe to this show on Spotify  |  iTunes  |  Stitcher  |  Soundcloud

Many of us believe that if we have a website, numerous social media accounts, and learn a few marketing ‘tactics’ our business will suddenly take off.

We spend so much time on tactics and distribution (should I start a podcast? what about Pinterest? What about Instagram?) that we MISS OUT on the #1 ingredient in your marketing…

Today, Adam and Amy will talk about what the # 1 missing ingredient is in your marketing.

We’ll cover:
— The counterintuitive way you need to look at your marketing strategy
— How do you know you are ‘missing’ the number 1 ingredient
— Why we tend to focus on the wrong things, at the wrong time in our business

We also recommend:

Transcription of Interview

(Transcribed by Otter.ai, there may be errors)

Adam G. Force 00:12

Hey, what’s going on everybody? Welcome back to the Change Creator podcast show. This is your host, Adam fours. Today we are going to be having a conversation and that is me and Amy, the co-founders here at Change Creator are going to be talking about marketing, you know, there are so many pitfalls, and people will find themselves overwhelmed, stressed. And when that happens, we get into states of panic or doubt, which leads still a lot of bad decision making. So why does that happen? Right? What does that look like? And what is marketing really about? Because maybe we’re thinking about this all wrong. So we’re going to talk about it and go beyond the big audiences and the numbers and take a deeper look at really what might be missing from your strategy that you can start fixing right away. All right, so we’re going to have that conversation today. Okay. If you missed the last episode, it was with Jacob Morgan. This is a really fun discussion, we spoke about what the future leader looks like. So covering things like the different skills and mindsets they need today. He has extensive experience and has done a lot of, you know, research and discussions with major CEOs, and is also obviously an entrepreneur himself. He’s published several books and all that kind of good stuff. So a lot of valuable insights here. So definitely don’t miss that one. swing back and check it out, you get a chance. If you guys haven’t had a chance to stop by Change Creator calm in a while. We have a lot of fresh content, you guys can check that out. We’re going to have some new updates coming as well. So I will as those get a little bit more firmed. I’m going to let you guys know we’re going to be updating the flow of this show, actually. And it’ll start having two releases a week. One is going to be with experts that we interview and that will be released on Tuesdays and then we’re going to have internal discussion Questions about marketing strategy and storytelling, and things that will really help you guys accelerate your businesses. That’ll be between conversations with me, Amy, Danielle, maybe some of the students from the captivate method and their experiences and growing their businesses using these strategies and processes, we think it’s going to add a lot of value. And we’ve had some people asking for those types of conversations. So we wanted to find a way to set that up, and I think that’s the gonna be the flow. So as we kind of pin that down more, we’re going to make an announcement here and we’ll start you’ll start seeing some updates okay with the setup here. With that being said, we are going to be doing this conversation with me and Amy today and we’re going to be talking about some of this stuff around the marketing world. So hope you guys find this helpful and we’d love to hear from you. So when you go to change coder comm you can always reach out let us know your thoughts if you have questions and things like that. Alright, guys, I think that’s it for today. Hope everybody’s staying safe and doing well. We will jump into this conversation. Okay, show me that he knows. All right, we made it What’s up everybody? Adam and Amy here. hope everybody’s having an awesome day. We just wanted to talk a little bit about, you know, marketing and what it really is right? Because we get so excited about having big audiences and reaching tons of people and all that stuff. So we’re gonna tap into what is actually the truth behind marketing what that missing ingredient is today. So Amy, and I’ve been talking about this quite a bit. And so marketing is not just about big audiences and how many people we reach and distribution, right. That’s a small part of it. Do we need to get traffic? Yes. So we’re going to tell you a quick story about a friend of ours who has a killer program. It’s a course-based program, and how they went almost a full year with no results just sales trickling in, and then all of a sudden in the 11th hour, they blew up. All right. So what happened? This is interesting. And Amy, you could chime in with any details here on this as we go. But, you know, you get set up and you’re running all these operations. And they were, they were kind of like fixing their program and trying to really get it to connect with people. And they were getting as much traffic as possible into this program. But the sales weren’t coming in. And so they had to really kind of just sit back and figure out well, what’s going on? And they would try all kinds of different things and different audiences that you would go after to get different types of traffic, right? Well, maybe we need to go after this audience or these people with these interests and things like that. And it just wasn’t making the connection. And so they started figuring out well, we may not have the right story, right. So what was the missing ingredient here that really started to turn things around and after about, I think it was 10 out of 12 like months right out of the year. They were we had a comment from them, and they’re like, we’re so close to having the right story. And we were like, Oh my god, I love that story, tap here, right? And so on the front end, when people think about marketing Amy, right, we say, all of a sudden, it’s like, oh, Pinterest, Instagram, Facebook ads, like, that’s what people automatically associate with marketing

Amy Aitman 05:23

email list all the time. All the tactical things

Adam G. Force 05:27

And why is that? Because, you know, we all believe that the more traffic and the people we get in front of the more our businesses will thrive. And so our friends, you know, they were getting in front of all the people, but why weren’t they thriving yet? Over time, they kept refining their story, which is when we say that we’re saying their marketing message, right? storytelling is your marketing and that’s what we teach in the captivating method is really, that’s the most important part of the marketing strategy. So we say marketing instead of thinking distribution and connecting a big audience and all that kind of stuff and ads, we should be thinking, messaging, stories

Amy Aitman 06:07

Definitely

Adam G. Force 06:08

right? Like, we want to connect. And guess what? They finally got the right story there their strategy aligned and in that 11th month and 12 months, that 11th month alone, they had 70 sales. Now you multiply that by I think it was a 1500 dollar program. That’s a

Amy Aitman 06:26

higher ticket offer Sure

Adam G. Force 06:27

It literally happened in that one month,

Amy Aitman 06:31

from one or two sales to 70. In Exactly,

Adam G. Force 06:34

exactly. And all of a sudden, it was like, Whoa, so the power like you can have all the reach and big audience and it doesn’t matter if you don’t take the time to create a really smart marketing strategy. So understanding how to use storytelling to connect with people, get them on board with what you’re doing. That is the key and obviously why we put so much emphasis on it in the captivating method. Did a program? And it’s kind of counterintuitive, right? I mean, people don’t. It’s not something people feel like, oh, I don’t have time to do that. I got to work on, you know, running my ads. And I got to work on Pinterest. So,

Amy Aitman 07:14

I asked a lot of people that a lot of entrepreneurs like, what is your marketing strategy? I’d say nine out of 10 of them do not say storytelling, they do not say anything about storytelling. They feel like storytelling is a great add on or I can fix my messaging when or I can hire someone to fix my messaging. You know, that’s just a copywriting job. But really, I’ve seen it so many times, if your sales aren’t coming in if your marketing is not effective, most nine or 10 out of 10 times it’s your messaging, which is your storytelling. You know, sometimes there’s a problem with the automation or whatever, but nine out of 10 times or 10 times your messaging that’s not working because a lot of People get, you know, get really good at the distribution side of things, they get really good at, you know, creating a funnel or having their website or doing social media. But just because you get attention doesn’t mean you’re getting sales and doesn’t mean your marketing is actually working.

Adam G. Force 08:14

Exactly. I mean, I mean, and we see it a lot, too. I mean, you get on to Instagram, Pinterest, and all these sites, and you get so excited about like, Oh, I’m going to create a killer Instagram strategy and all these things. And you spend so much time to see this over and over again, whether it’s a social media platform, or maybe a podcast, right? I’m going to create a podcast, I’m going to get in front of all these people. And, you know, we have a podcast and we had a magazine, all this stuff. And we started a very complicated business at Change Creator. And I’ll tell you right now, every time I hear someone say, depending on where they are in the business, right, then I’m going to start a podcast. I want to be supportive and say, Yes, get your story out there and get in front of people, but I also know that it’s going to be a massive distraction, and it’s going to be very difficult. to monetize, so this idea of this distribution on the podcast is so sexy and fun. I’m going to interview people and do all this stuff. Yeah, we can enjoy it. And we want to do the things we enjoy, and that we’re excited about. And all of a sudden, a year goes by and we look back and realize, I was just solving the wrong problems. I wasn’t doing what I needed to do, I needed to understand, let’s say, three key things right aiming, it’s, well, how do I create the right marketing strategy based on who I am as a person and the business that I want to run? Right? How do I get clear on how to talk to my perfect customer, right, how to connect with them and get them to understand my business? And then how do I create a system to automate my sales so I can free up my time, like these are your factors, and none of that you can’t create the system and automate sales to have the right message. Right, the right story

Amy Aitman 09:56

that you can ignore. I see a lot of people coming To us in the captivate method, and they spent years not just a year, they spent years and years and years on their marketing, and focusing on the wrong things at the wrong time, and really missing this key ingredient. And by kind of hoping to skip over it, because I feel like this is something that may or may not come naturally to everyone, but it’s something that you can learn and you can develop, and it can become a practice that you that is really energizes your entire business. Yeah. And I feel like a lot of entrepreneurs, a lot of digital entrepreneurs, especially like, we just focus on the wrong things, and it’s usually things that we like to do. Yeah, so for me, I days, I mean, I love writing. So blogging was like writing blogging, content strategy, I could spend all day doing that, you know, but it’s like, actually getting out and doing the things that I need to do and tapping into my core story into into the stories for our marketing. Well, at first those a little uncomfortable, wasn’t it Adam? I think

Adam G. Force 11:00

a lot more avoid this work because one, they think they’re above it. They think they’re above digging into this. But too, they also get very uncomfortable, right? It’s uncomfortable to dig into what is necessary to really create the marketing strategies that we need today to connect with the right audience. It takes real work to get this stuff done. And that’s why we have such a powerful methodology to help people get through that process. And once you do, you like you don’t ever want to outsource your marketing strategy and your sales in the first several years of your business like you need to master that craft yourself.

Amy Aitman 11:39

Yeah, messaging, you’d never want to outsource that messaging chart and you really can’t it’s almost impossible because I’ve hired a lot of copywriters over the year I’ve been a writer for years. And the first thing any great advertising team is going to do and any copywriting team is going to do is they’re going to ask you for your story. I mean, they really are, they’re gonna ask you for your story, I’m gonna ask you about your customers, they’re gonna ask you for the things you need to know for your messaging. And if you let them guess,

Adam G. Force 12:10

you’re screwed, you’re screwed. They’ll take your money,

Amy Aitman 12:12

don’t take your money. They’ll take your money, and they’ll guess,

Adam G. Force 12:15

and they’ll guess and we’ve done that we’ve hired expensive PR teams marketing barrel, because we were thinking, hey, they know this better than us, or we just don’t have the time for it or, you know, like, we have all these doubts in our brain. And then we start doing that, and we spent tons of money guys sent tons of money. And it was a huge waste of time and energy. Because now like, for example, we have all this stuff, obviously very solidified and tons of stories. This is what we teach and we thrive on. And so we have a Facebook ads team. And guess what one of the first things like Amy said, we gave them a folder of like 3040 stories that were essential. We gave that we know exactly who we’re talking to. So they could set up everything based on who we are as a brand based on the stories that we have in order to accomplish certain things. It depends where someone is on that buyers journey, right? Yeah, that’s right. Do I tell when do I tell it? What, like, there’s so much to this. But the more you focus and practice and get into these flows, then when you put effort into your distribution and reaching many people, it’s going to be effective,

Amy Aitman 13:21

right? Yes, it is. And you’re not going to spend waste time and money. putting things out at the wrong time. wrong message the wrong people. So how do you know how would you know Adam? I have an answer for this one, that you’re missing this number one ingredient that you’re missing storytelling in your marketing, how do you know? What are the signs?

Adam G. Force 13:42

Yeah, well, I guess one major sign is that you’re not you’re not selling consistently. I mean, that’s number one

Amy Aitman 13:48

That’s a big sign

Adam G. Force 13:49

right? And people will start to say, ah, these Facebook ads stink, man. They don’t work, right. I can’t, I can never get sales and I’m like, Yeah, dude, because your messaging is good. completely off course not, not only is it the wrong message, but it’s not being done in a way that’s compelling and thought provoking. It doesn’t, it doesn’t connect with people. Marketing goes deep on how you actually connect with someone. And you should know, do they sit in traffic every day? Are they drinking a glass of wine and having a, you know, drowning their sorrows every night like that? And there’s lots of, there’s lots of ways to get to that. And that’s obviously stuff that we go through and teach in our program because it’s so important. And will Did you have other thoughts Amy about I was gonna

Amy Aitman 14:41

say the same thing that you know that you’re missing this when parts are all of your marketing is not working for you. So if you invest so much time into an Instagram strategy, and it’s just not connecting, it’s not getting to sales. This is where I like to look and I like to say, okay, what’s missing, and it’s usually this method. So if you find yourself getting a lot of people that like love what you do but are buying from you, then it’s you’re missing this key ingredient, right? That’s those are the two like those are two key indicators that I’d say I’ve looked at your marketing and I look at if you if you feel like everyone that you’re bringing into your world is not the right audience This again is probably the missing ingredient for that too.

Adam G. Force 15:30

And you know if there’s a major distraction that causes some of this for people moving marketing Remember we said earlier we think marketing we think social media advertising you know, the distribution side of it, we don’t think the connection, the communication side of it, but when we think about that decision, we think social media, well, we’re gonna say, we have a fear about what people think about us, right? Yes, trade. For starters, people were afraid to put ourselves out there. And then when we do well, what are people gonna think about? When I only have 20 people on my Facebook page, no one’s gonna trust my business. No one’s gonna buy from me. And guess what? That is the furthest thing from the truth ever. Okay, it’s about what you’re saying. It’s about who those 20 people are. What if each of those people was spending $1,000 a month of reoccurring revenue with you because they’re your perfect customer. So you got to face with terrible people making $20,000 a month okay?

Amy Aitman 16:26

This is a big mistake that we see so many people making especially when it comes to story, they we they confuse trust with big numbers. And they say if I had a million followers and everyone would trust me, and I want when I when people tell me that I always ask them, okay, I have a product here. And I’m going to send out an influencer with the million followers and it’s going to try to sell you or I’m going to send your best friend in the world that says you got to try this product dude. This is the best product ever had. I love this product. Someone that is that close to you. Who do you trust more? The Kylie Jenner’s of the world or your best friend, or your best friend?

Adam G. Force 17:10

What about that story? There is that girl on Instagram where they’re like, hey, she has like a couple million people or something following her. They’re like, she tried to sell a T shirt that someone was like sponsored to pay her to like sell or something. Like she was only able to sell like four t shirts to like millions of followers. And, you know, again, no connection. It was fake. Like, we just making the point about vanity metrics, this stuff just doesn’t matter. So that will hold you back. Yeah, it’s an all nighter leaf, right or a false belief. And it’s based on that fear, the fear of what will people think?

Amy Aitman 17:44

Right? Yeah, because really, in today’s in digital marketing, especially for mission driven entrepreneurs, it’s about connection. It’s about building trust. It’s about building a connection. And it’s about finding the right people that our products can serve. That’s what it’s really About it’s really not about how many people we have, you know, on our Instagram accounts or honor, you know, Facebook accounts. And I can tell you from being in the business and in the digital marketing space for quite some time, there’s a lot of ways to fake food Ghazi these numbers, people know that the people totally know that as well. And so I feel like Nowadays, people really want that connection. And it’s more and more important than ever before to have to build that connection with our audience to get that trust.

Adam G. Force 18:33

Absolutely. It makes a big difference to what you’re doing. So, you know, just to recap, the lesson here, guys is to where you’re putting your energy. I mean, we understand storytelling. Again, storytelling is your marketing. It’s how you’re communicating how you’re getting people on board with what you do, and how you’re connecting with them. It’s also grounds your business and what kind of business you are and what you stand for, and there’s so much behind it. Storytelling is where you should be putting most of your energy any any company that is a great storyteller. That is great with storytelling will be a great company. Right? I think that covers that topic. I mean, it’s such an important one. So any final words here? Any questions from anybody that is listening? We were hanging

Amy Aitman 19:20

out with Chris, who just said, Thank you, Adam. It’s so important. only understand what you’re talking about connecting with your ideal customer. That’s true. Yeah, we see that a lot as well. I mean, it’s so important to have these connections and to build that trust.

Adam G. Force 19:36

Yeah. So think about your messaging. And connecting with people don’t worry about the big numbers and the distribution. Everything has its time in place. So we can always do the right things at the wrong time. And so we really want to be putting our priorities in the right order here. So marketing is not just about your distribution. It’s about what you’re saying who you’re saying it to And why you’re saying it?

Amy Aitman 20:02

Definitely. And like our friends that finally got the 70 sales that we finally got the right story. And I can tell you from from knowing their story, they spent a lot of time and energy building traffic and doing ads. Yeah, that wasn’t that that’s not what works. Okay, I think we’ll catch you 20 minute mark. Thank you. And we continue. We’ll continue this discussion of course in our free, private, free Facebook group. And you can click on the link is on our page to join if you haven’t joined already.

Adam G. Force 20:39

Catch you next time everybody. That’s all for this episode. Your next step is to join the Change Creator revolution by downloading our interactive digital magazine app for premium content, exclusive interviews, and more ways to stay on top of your game available now on iTunes and Google Play or visit Change Creator mag Comm. We’ll see you next time. Where money and meaning intersect right here at the Change Creator podcast.

Jacob Morgan: The Future Leader & The Skills & Mindset They Need Today

Listen to our exclusive interview with Jacob Morgan:

Subscribe to this show on Spotify  |  iTunes  |  Stitcher  |  Soundcloud

What does the future of work looks like and what are the critical skills and mindset leaders need to succeed today? We spoke to entrepreneur and 4-time best selling author, Jacob Morgan to find out.

Jacob Morgan is a four time best-selling author, keynote speaker and futurist who explores leadership, employee experience, and the future of work. He is the founder of FutureofWorkUniversity.com, an online education and training platform that helps future proof individuals and organizations by teaching them the skills they need to succeed in the future of work. He’s also the founder of “The Future If,” a global community of business leaders, authors, and futurists who explore what our future can look like IF certain technologies, ideas, approaches and trends actually happen. In addition, Jacob hosts The Future of Work Podcast a weekly show where he speaks with senior executives, authors, and business leaders about how the world of work is changing. His YouTube channel explores the latest concepts and ideas around the future of work with inspiring and educational 2-3 minute videos.

Learn more about Jacob and his work here: https://thefutureorganization.com/

We also recommend:

Transcription of Interview

(Transcribed by Otter.ai, there may be errors)

Adam G. Force 00:11

Hey, what’s going on everybody? Welcome back to the Change Creator podcast show. This is your host, Adam force. And if you missed the last episode Oh is with Jim lawless, overcoming fear and operating with risk. Okay, so really good insights or Jamie’s got incredible background and experience. I think we get a lot of good nuggets out of that one. So if you missed it, go back, check it out. I think you guys are going to enjoy that one. This week, we’re going to be talking to someone by the name of Jacob Morgan. And he is a four time best selling author. He’s a keynote speaker and a futurist who really digs into leadership employee experience and really, and what the future of work looks like. So he’s the founder of a company called the future of work University. And and you know, it’s an online education and training platform. We’ve had all kinds of good stuff and he’s just been in this space for a long time. So he’s got a lot of interesting insights that we wanted to get into about the future of work and, and hearing about all the ideas he did these interviews with, I think like 140 CEOs and just, you know, really dug into all these ideas from different people getting different perspective. So there’s a lot to learn and extract from it. And that’s what we’re going to dig into in this conversation. So hang tight, and we’re gonna jump into that in just a minute. We’ve been having a lot of conversations with people, such as you who are listening, just entrepreneurs out there, you know, really trying to do something that matters to them. You know, we all have these moments in our life where we’re trying to help others you want to do something meaningful. You know, we spoke to someone recently and they said that, you know, they became the number one salesperson in their company and all this stuff was happening at a college that was super exciting. And, you know, he got all this money and he kept buying y’all let me get the next car. Let me get the house and it was it was fun, right. And oddly enough, like over time, he just kept saying no matter what he bought, you know, you I’ve heard this before, right? He said, it just wasn’t fulfilling. It just was like there was this void like something was missing. And he wasn’t really happy doing what he was doing. And he had this other like incredible story just kind of like percolating in the back of his mind. And he just started like, once he had that epiphany, he started living this other story. And today, he is a coach for meditation. And he’s doing amazing work, he actually joined our program, the captivate method, and he’s been crushing it out of the gate since the first first week with just like very light coaching and stuff. He’s already had seven big wins in a row. And it’s been really exciting. But the most exciting part is that he turned things around, started living his own story, something that was meaningful to him something that was important to his life that he could share with others and help them have that same experience. And we would love you know, I’m sure that’s something that you guys would like to do as well and what you’re trying to do, and that’s what the captivate method is all About is really harnessing the power of not just storytelling for sales stories but also your primary core story that we put together and it helps you make decisions live according to your values so that you are waking up excited. So if that sounds like something you’re interested in we’d love to see you on the other side but first go to our website Change Creator calm you’ll see down there you can get on the waitlist for the captivate method, we’re going to start sending you some information and then you’ll get a chance to join us for a masterclass where it will show you how we how the program can help you and you can make a really good decision if it’s the right tribe for you, right. So check that out guys when you get a chance we got we got other fresh content on the site as well as always, and without further ado, we’re gonna dive into this conversation and see what Jacob has to say from all his experience about the future of work. Okay, show me that he Hey, Jacob, welcome to the Change Creator podcast show how you doing today, man?

Jacob Morgan 03:59

I’m doing well. Thank you for having me. Awesome.

Adam G. Force 04:01

Yeah, I appreciate you taking the time. Pretty impressive to have four best selling books have, you know, everybody I talked to that writes books, I, I find that it’s a pretty painful process. So how do you get through it all?

Jacob Morgan 04:17

Well, how do you do which part because there are a lot of different painful process. It could be the writing the selling part.

Adam G. Force 04:25

I was focused on the actual writing of the book, and I’m always interested in that process. But why don’t you just give people a little background just about the four books and your experience running your own business and stuff like that, just so we know where you’re coming from?

Jacob Morgan 04:39

Sure. Well, so I guess to the first part of the question, when you quickly look at the the book stuff for me, honestly, writing the book pieces always been the easiest part. I mean, let’s be honest, right? I mean, how hard is it to just sit down and write? Yeah, you put on some music. You open up a Google doc and you write, anybody can write That, to me is not the hard part. The hard part is actually selling the book with a little bit of seriously, I mean with a little bit of discipline, there are people out there building rockets, curing disease, you know, construct like they’re, they’re legitimate jobs out there that are hard to do. writing a book is not hard. You’re sitting in front of a keyboard, you can be in an air conditioned room. And you’re you’re just typing today you can have a glass of wine. The simple act of just getting words on paper is not hard. Now, of course, it’s a little bit more challenging to write a good book to write, you know, to pick a topic that hasn’t been explored. But by and large, the hardest part of writing a book is to get people to buy the book to sell the book. That to me, is where the real hard stuff comes into play. So I guess that answers that part of the question and getting back to your your other question about the four books. They’re on, somewhat related, but slightly different topics. So the first book I wrote was about collaboration in 2012. It was basically how to use these digital technologies to get employees to work together. You know, things like workplace by Facebook, Salesforce Chatter, Yammer, like all these different platforms out there. How do we use them to get people to work together effectively? The book after that looked at what is the future of work going to look like? So how is leadership changing? How are employees changing? How are companies changing? The book after that specifically looked at employee experience, which is creating a place where employees actually want to show up to work. And the last book, which just came out, is looking at what are the most crucial skills and mindsets that we need to possess to be successful in this new world of work? And that was based on interviewing 140 CEOs and serving 14,000 employees.

Adam G. Force 06:50

That’s crazy. And how long did that take?

Jacob Morgan 06:53

Well, the survey piece I did in partnership with LinkedIn, so serving people is not hard. interviewing 140 CEOs is hard, because you deal with legal teams with PR teams with rescheduling with hosting with doing these interviews a weird hours of the night. Because, you know, international groups. And then after you do the interviews, you need to get permission even be able to use the interviews in the book. So that process probably took around a year.

Adam G. Force 07:22

Okay. I mean, that’s a pretty good chunk of time. And I know your pain of getting these people locked in and all the barriers and stuff like that it is it is cumbersome.

Jacob Morgan 07:33

Oh, yeah, it is. I mean, fortunately, you know, when you have a couple books under your belt, or a couple good endorsements, it becomes easier. I’ve also worked with some of these organizations by speaking at their conferences or, you know, giving some advisory work to them. So some of these CEOs I had a good relationship with, but it’s one of those things where once you get a couple people who vouch for you and are willing to participate, it becomes easier to then get others because they see the their peers are involved.

Adam G. Force 08:01

Yeah, yeah, that makes sense. Yeah. And I know definitely when you have a couple under your belt, people won’t see you as like, like, you’re just gonna be someone that’s here for a minute and gone. So it’s like you have some kind of consistency to.

Jacob Morgan 08:17

Yes, you absolutely need to have consistency. I mean, it’s, you know, kind of related to this, but it’s one of the most important things in building a personal brand is having that that consistency that’s there.

Adam G. Force 08:29

Yeah, exactly. Exactly. So you said you manage a team and have business and so what’s the focus there?

Jacob Morgan 08:36

I have a team of 10 people that I work with spread all over the world. And I’ve only met one of them ever in person, the rest we never met. And they help you with all sorts of things. So like you I also create content. You know, I have a podcast I have courses that I create. I have a lot of content that goes out on social media. So I have a team of people That helps me with everything from podcast editing, to video editing, to website design to image quotes to social media to writing, of advertising. I mean, you name it. I have somebody on my team who helps me with those things. So it’s, you know, I used to do this all myself, and it was very overwhelming. So, as the business grew, I was able to get some help.

Adam G. Force 09:23

Yeah, that’s the way to do it, for sure. Because those operations can get very tedious after a while.

Jacob Morgan 09:30

Yeah, and quite honestly, I’m really bad at all those things.

Adam G. Force 09:34

That That doesn’t help either. makes it more useful, right.

Jacob Morgan 09:38

Exactly.

Adam G. Force 09:39

all important stuff, though. And what I’m really curious about is the leadership insights. I mean, so you talk to these hundred and 40 CEOs, and I mean, I’m like what stands out to you like, let’s just get a real big picture view of the experience itself. They spoke to 140 CEOs. Tell me just about that experience and what? what came out of it for you personally?

Jacob Morgan 10:07

Well, I mean, of course, there’s a lot that you learn because collectively, I mean, these are CEOs from companies like Best Buy Audi, Verizon, Oracle, Iser. So collectively, the CEOs are responsible for the lives of millions of employees, in many, many hundreds of billions, if not more dollars, collectively. So you’re talking to some of the world’s most powerful business leaders. And for me, it was just very interesting to get their perspectives on how they think about people and leadership and the challenges that they’re faced with in just how they think from a from a macro level, about their business in the future. Yeah. And that to me was very, very fascinating because I got very, very different responses. They have different personalities, different ways that they view things, get, they’re all very, very successful at what they do. And you just really go To show that there is no such thing as a single path to take to success. Yeah. Because I, you know, I had some CEOs I interviewed who were like all about people first and, you know, you talk to them and they kind of sound like they’re part monk, part philosopher part, you know, just genuine caring person. And then you have other CEOs that you talk to, and they’re like, No, no, the mission of the organization comes first. Everything else comes second. But they’re both running multi billion dollar companies with hundreds of thousands of people. So yeah, that to me was very, very fascinating,

Adam G. Force 11:35

huh? And I wonder did anything start? I guess, did you start seeing anything? It sounds like they have very different perspectives yet they were still running very successful companies. So there was no you weren’t seeing a better or worse based on the philosophy that they had.

Jacob Morgan 11:55

See the beginning, I was seeing one

Adam G. Force 11:57

so you weren’t seeing like a better result or worse results based on the philosophy that they had? Um,

Jacob Morgan 12:06

no. I mean, it’s kind of hard to say, right? Because I suppose it would depend depend depend on how you define better or worse. Right? I mean, it’s hard to compare better or worse, all the companies are doing well, right on most of them. So, you know, it’s hard because you can’t just look at profit or revenue, because the companies are in different industries, they’re different sizes, you know, there’s a lot of differences going on. But I can say that they are all doing well, I mean, they’re all you know, like Verizon, you know, I talked to Verizon, and I also talked to the CEO of T Mobile. So how do you compare, you know which one’s doing better? Well, Verizon is just genuinely a much bigger company. But they’re doing well. And t mobile’s also doing very well. Sure.

Adam G. Force 12:49

Sure. Well, I guess I’d be curious then, you know, like when it comes to the phone, because I’m always interested in the philosophy of different leaders and how they operate and and what happens because of their philosophy. Right, because it should, it should be the ethos, I guess of the company in some sense. And so if some are saying mission first, some are saying, people first Well, I wonder what it means for their I mean, they’re all big companies, but I wonder what their like, employee happiness is. I wonder what customer satisfaction is like? Did you come across anything interesting along those lines of in variation with companies or anything? And when you mentioned the difference between those like perspectives, yet they both have big companies, it’s like, that kind of like, triggered me in a sense, like, Oh, that’s, that’s really interesting, you know, that it’s not making a difference at some level.

Jacob Morgan 13:41

Yeah, no, I didn’t look at things like customer satisfaction or employee satisfaction. I mean, really, the whole point of the book in the interviews was to understand how is the world of leadership changing and what do we as individuals and as organizations need to do to make sure that we have the right leaders in place over the next decade. So I would ask them things like, what are the greatest challenges that you’re that you believe are gonna come along over the next decade? What are the biggest trends you’re paying attention to? What are the most important skills and mindsets that you think we need to have to be successful over the next decade? So stuff like that. And so I look for these common responses, like what is it that the CEOs keep pointing out and keep identifying? And that’s really what I made the book about, what are these key things that the CEOs keep bringing up?

Adam G. Force 14:30

That makes sense? I love that and and so what were some of the interesting thoughts on the mindsets and stuff that they believe are required as we move forward in the future?

Jacob Morgan 14:41

So we can look at it into a couple different areas, you let me know which one is most interesting to you. So I can talk about a couple different things. One is what are the greatest challenges for future leaders? What are the biggest trends, shaping leadership? What are the most important mindsets that future leaders need to have? What are the most important skills, things that we actually need to be able to know how to do as leaders and as individuals. So I can talk about any one of those, you let me know which one’s most interesting. Let’s just

Adam G. Force 15:08

say two of those trends and mindsets.

Jacob Morgan 15:11

Okay, cool. So the biggest trends, and this is around what is going to be most disruptive for us as individuals and organizations as far as how we need to change the way that we lead and run our businesses. And this could be whether these are big businesses, small businesses, whether you’re an entrepreneur, you know, none of these things play a role here. This is something that’s relevant for everyone. And so some of the biggest trends that were identified were so first around technology, automation, artificial intelligence, that was a massive trend. Another one identified was around changing demographics, the changing nature of talent, just the actual physical workforce, what we care about what we value our expectations of work. The pace of change was Another big trend, just how quickly things are changing in general, in technology and business just all across the board. Yeah, globalization was another big trend, which basically means that the barriers to doing business anywhere in the world are decreasing and crumbling. Another one was around a big shift towards purpose and meaning. So that’s something that a lot of people are asking about. And again, this is true whether you have a small business or a big company, people want to know, you know, purpose, meaning what, how am I going to make an impact and make a difference. And another one was really around ethics and transparency, just being open and honest and upfront around the organization and what it stands for, and that you’re doing the right thing. So those are some big trends that leaders need to pay attention to as far as how they run and lead businesses. Ah,

Adam G. Force 16:48

yeah, I mean, that’s interesting. And I love obviously, they talked about the purpose and meaning there’s definitely been a pretty big shift in that space. For Big and small companies, you know, people want to know, you know, Bruno’s would say it’s all about the customer, and they want to know what’s in it for me. But I think more and more today we’re seeing Well, I want to know what’s in it for me, but I also want to know what’s in it for you. Right? Like, what do you stand for? Like, what are you doing? And and it’s nice to hear that some of these bigger CEOs are acknowledging that shift towards that. And did they talk about things that they see larger corporations are doing in order to lean into purpose and meaning is anything come out of there?

Jacob Morgan 17:32

Well, so there are a few things that I think are important for people to pay attention to. The first is that purpose and meaning are not the same thing, although they oftentimes get us together. And I think it’s very, very important for us to differentiate the difference between purpose and meaning. Purpose is more along the lines of Do you know what you are doing at the company, like, you know, what do you get hired for what is your job? What is it that you know, what are the options comes that are expected you that’s your purpose right that your your your usefulness your your why you are at the company. And so that is something that more people usually have some clarity on, right? I mean, if you get hired in marketing or sales, you know that your job is to close deals. You know, maybe hear customer stories about how you’ve impacted or change their lives. If you are designing code for example. Your purpose is to create great products that make the lives of your customers easier, maybe easier to transact, send money to friends and family, whatever it is, I mean, your purpose is basically why you’re at the company. Yeah. Meaning on the other hand is very subjective and it is what you personally get out of something. So if I look at myself as an example, my purpose is to provide educational content on leadership, the future of work and employee experience, you know, and I do that through a lot of different ways. Speaking books, content, etc. Um, so that’s that’s my purpose. That’s why I am doing what I’m doing but It’s not the meaning that I get out of it, the meaning that I get out of it is to build relationships with people. It’s to work on things that I’m passionate about. It’s to be able to shape my own career path. It’s to be able to spend time with friends and family members, right, shaping kind of the life that I want to be able to live. Right. That’s the meaning that I personally get out of it. Yeah, so meaning and purpose are not the same thing. So for example, if you’re in sales, as I mentioned, your purpose might be to, to close deals, bring in revenue, stuff like that. But the meaning might be that you again, you build these relationships, you create meaningful connections, you get meaning from tough challenges, you get meaning, right? It’s very, very subjective. And I really think that organizations small and large, need to take a step back and understand that when they talk about these things, they’re not the same. So one is understanding what you do. And another one is what you personally get out of what it is that you Doing. So that’s kind of the key distinction that I that I learned from all of this. Interesting.

Adam G. Force 20:05

Yeah. No, it’s good to kind of be clear on people’s definitions for these types of things and how they’re how they’re referencing them. And I’d be curious, how did you based on these conversations around leadership and we’re here we are talking about different trends and things. Anything that you feel was very applicable? Like, if you were starting a new business today? Were there takeaways that you feel would be smart to, to apply to your business?

Jacob Morgan 20:38

Yes, so quite a few. So first, is if you are starting in business, if you’re starting a business and you’re by yourself, or if you have a small team,

Adam G. Force 20:49

I would probably say most people end up starting by themselves. So let’s do that.

Jacob Morgan 20:54

Okay. So if you’re starting off by yourself, I think probably the most important thing for you as an individual To think about the skills and mindsets that a lot of these CEOs identified, and I’ll give you some of the most crucial ones. So as far as a mindset, some of the mindsets go. And if you’re starting off on your own, one of the most crucial mindsets that you can have, as I call it, the mindset of the Explorer, is you need to have curiosity. You need to have a growth mindset. You need to be agile and nimble in your thinking. So if you are a solopreneur, or an entrepreneur, and you sort of assume that you’re gonna have one path, and that’s gonna be it, and whatever, you know, you know, you’re gonna have a hard time. You know, I’ll give you a very classic example, when I went off on my own. I was very good at the marketing stuff. Yeah. And so I thought that if I’m good at something that I should be able to be able to generate a business out of it. But what you don’t know when you become an entrepreneur is that there’s a lot of stuff outside of your comfort zone that you need to learn how to do you You need to learn how to create proposals, how to create contracts, you need to build a website, you need to start to build a personal brand for yourself, you need to learn about paying quarterly taxes, you need to learn about all this stuff that is beyond anything to do with your core skill set. And so you need to have that mindset of being able to learn about new things that are outside of your wheelhouse. I think that’s very, very important. Another one, I think that is very important, as far as a mindset goes, is this concept of lifelong learning. So I have a sort of a personal kind of you would call a policy but as a personal goal that I do for myself every year, and that is each year I do something that I didn’t do the year before. And this is part of my way of doing perpetual or lifelong learning. So for example, when I first went off on my own, I had a blog, and I had a social media presence. And then each year, I started doing Do something new one year, I created a podcast. One year I created a video series. Another year, I started to create online courses, right? So each year I do something big that I didn’t do the year before. And it forces me to do a few things AI learn about something completely new. And be at the same time I’m also growing and expanding my business. So you need to have that mindset of being a perpetual learner and having that bit of curiosity. Yeah, yeah. Another important thing that I think is essential is having humility and vulnerability. Because if you assume that you are the smartest person out there, that you know everything, people are not going to want to work with you. You’re going to lose deals that you know, and I’ve experienced this as well when I first started out, so you need to have that bit of humility and vulnerability. I think that’s a very, very important mindset for you to have. So I think those are some of the most essential ones. Maybe one more, just embrace the technology aspect. You know, there are some people out there who assume that you don’t need technology to be to be successful in what you’re doing. But you need these these new tools that are out there, right? They’re efficient, they help you. So don’t be scared of technology. Use it as a way to grow your business, and to spend time doing the things that you need to do instead of, you know, drone work.

Adam G. Force 24:23

Hey, yeah, exactly. No, it’s true. And the vulnerability factor is pretty big. putting yourself out there and not being afraid to ask questions that you I mean, I had somebody in our membership, the captain method, they were like, you know, I know this is a really stupid question. I feel really dumb asking. No, it was 100% a smart question very specific, but they’re afraid to expose certain things that they don’t know about, like, Oh, I have to be a certain, you know, level entrepreneur and otherwise, I look stupid, but being vulnerable and telling your stories and asking the right questions I think is just so important, too. People’s progress. So I love that you called that out. And that stood out. Yeah,

Jacob Morgan 25:03

yeah. Yeah. Well, and this is, again, one of the most important mindsets that the CEOs identified. Because you need to be able to show it’s not weakness, right? I mean, you need to be able to show that you are vulnerable, that you are human, that you’re not some kind of a robot, because nobody nobody wants to work with or for those types of people. So I think now we’re really starting to see that humility and vulnerability is much more of a strength and a weakness. And there are a couple skills Can I touch on some skills that I think are important? Of course, yeah. So probably the one of the most important skills for you as an entrepreneur or solopreneur. And this again, was identified by the CEOs for leaders but also relevant for just us as humans is emotional intelligence, specifically, empathy and self awareness. Self Awareness is crucial because as an entrepreneur, you need to understand what are you Good at what are you not good at? What burns you out versus what motivates you and excites you and gives you energy. If you don’t know these things, you’re gonna have a very hard time growing and succeeding, and also empathy, right? If you are selling to a client you need to be, you need to be able to see things from their perspective so that you can negotiate deals. So the emotional intelligence piece around just knowing yourself. And also being able to take the perspective of other people I think is really, really important. And maybe the other one other really crucial skill here. And this has been a timeless skill, but also wants changing the most is around listening and communication. If you ask any leader, what’s one of the most important skills they’re always going to say listening and communication so this isn’t new, but think about how this is changing. Now, look at all the different tools we have at our disposal. All the different channels that we’re using. I mean, me personally, I’m trying to communicate on Twitter, on Facebook, on LinkedIn, I’m using audio, I’m using video, I’m using image quotes, like I’m communicating in so many different ways. Yeah. And so as an individual, building a business, you need to make sure that you can get your message across regardless of the channel that you’re using. And the listening piece is also crucial because when you again are negotiating a deal, and by the way, there’s a difference between listening and hearing. Hearing is the unconscious act of letting sound enter your ear. It doesn’t require no attention, no focus nothing. Listening is conscious. It requires effort. It’s looking at you know, paying attention to your body language if you’re in person, asking follow up questions, making it feel like a collaborative discussion. This is crucial to understand what it is that your customers want to be able to use. Create a product or service that they’re looking for, to create trust and psychological safety to be able to get deals to close. So this is really essential if you’re an entrepreneur or solopreneur.

Adam G. Force 28:12

Yeah, I agree. I love that. I mean, you know, building trust today is so important and being able to communicate and empathize all these characteristics. I mean, I literally wrote down self awareness and empathy, and we talk about them a lot. Mostly empathy, especially today, right? So you have to empathize as entrepreneurs, we’re problem solvers. So we have to empathize with our customer, and really get in and become part of that conversation going on in their heads so that we can relate to them and connect them and best serve them. But the thing that I don’t and you know, and that’s even more important today with the pandemic, right, because they have a new set, they have a whole new set of problems. And everybody’s panicking like, well, I don’t want to sell during the pandemic. And we’re like, No, you definitely want to because this is how you help people but you need to empathize towards their needs. Now, and And you might have to make some adjustments, right? Oh, for sure.

Jacob Morgan 29:03

Yeah. And I mean, I have lots of stories of all these different types of things, and how I’ve lost big deals for projects from not doing these things. So I mean, I don’t know how much time we have left. I’m also happy to share lots of stories of what happens when you you don’t do some of these.

Adam G. Force 29:22

Yeah, we’re all about storytelling here. That’s our whole program, the captivate methods. So let’s hear a story about one of these examples that demonstrates this type of value. That’s when it’s missed or skill when it’s missed.

Jacob Morgan 29:35

Yeah, so there was what I mean I won’t name the organization. So I, I mentioned that one of the things that I do a lot of is I give a lot of talks, and I’ll usually not during pandemic time, obviously I do around, you know, 40, maybe 50 talks a year. And there was one organization I was working with very, very large company, hundreds of thousands of people. I did a series of events for them, they loved it got great endorsements, wonderful reviews, and Then another division of this organization, another country was like, Hey, you know, we we want to talk to you about our event because we hear that you did a good job for our United States based counterparts. And we want to talk to you. Yeah. And so I jumped on the phone with them kind of thinking, you know, maybe it was a little bit arrogant, maybe it was a little bit just like not wanting to put the time or the effort or the energy. I don’t know what it was, but I was, I just kind of assumed that the deal was going to be closed because I have these great reviews. And so I get on the phone with the CEO and and with a couple other people. And, you know, I charge 10s of thousands of dollars for speaking engagements. And so we get on the phone with them, you know, we do a call and then I find out that they didn’t book me. And I was totally shocked. And I asked somebody that I knew at the company, I’m like, what, what’s the deal? How could they not have given me this project? And they said, Well, you know, on the phone, you just, you didn’t sound the same way that you do in your videos or in your talks. You just sounded a little bit tired or bored, and you didn’t have that same energy? And it really just sunk in my I was in Hawaii vacation with my wife at the time. And I was just like, I don’t know, I was just pissed off. Yeah, you think something’s gonna be a done deal. And, and then you find out that you lose it. And it’s because I didn’t have that humility. I didn’t. I didn’t go into this thinking that this was a new project, a new deal that I needed to earn the business that I needed to be on my game that I needed to be sharp, I needed to sound excited, like, I just thought that it was going to be a done deal. And because I let my guard down for a little bit, I lost this massive, massive project. Right? And, you know, that was a very, very important lesson for me. And this has happened time and time again, right? I mean, as a solopreneur. One of the things that you need to learn, as I mentioned, self awareness, and even not taking things personally like there have been other times where I would, organizations would reject To me, and they would want these big proposals, you know, I’d send it to them, you know, $150,000 proposal and this was, you know, many years ago. Yeah. And they tell me Oh yeah, it’s done deal we’re gonna move ahead and I’m already telling my wife like holy shit I don’t know if I’m allowed to curse on this show, by the way, not I apologize. So I’m telling my wife like oh my god, you know, I got this huge deal is huge project. And, but the contract wasn’t officially signed. And you know, I follow up with them, no response. I’ll open them again. No response. A week later, they’re like, Oh, yeah, you know, the person in charge of marketing left. This whole project is on hold. And I almost lost my my dad. frickin mind right. So this is where this concept of self awareness and managing your emotions comes into play. And one of the things that I always talk about when I talk to entrepreneurs is you have to be able to manage your emotions because as an entrepreneur You’re you’re gonna have highs and you’re gonna have lows. And when you have highs, for example, let’s say you have a quarter where you make a lot of money, it’s very tempting for you to say, Oh my god, I made a ton of money, I’m gonna spend it. And I’m gonna go get a car or you know, you’re gonna go do something nuts. And then you spend the money that you made, and then the following quarter is not good. And you don’t have the money that you need. And the flip side, the the other side of this is also true, you might have a quarter, or a couple months, for example, for me right now with a pandemic, totally sucks. All my speaking gigs got canceled or postponed. My revenue, like plummeted completely right. And so you also need to be able to manage your emotions when things are not going well. Right. Not to panic, not to freak out not to think that oh, you know, maybe I shouldn’t be doing this. So managing your emotions means that when things are going well, you know, maybe take yourself out to a nice day. Right, you know, don’t go nuts. And when things are not going well, you also don’t panic. And so you need to close up shop. But you need to just pay attention to what’s going on understand that business is oftentimes cyclical. This is why this self awareness comes into play. How do you react when things are going well? And how do you react and respond when things are not going? Well, because it’s very important to be kind of like level headed and cool headed during times of ups and downs. So I have lots of these types of experiences and stories of losing massive projects and big deals and people who have ignored emails after wanting these massive projects. It’s, you know, it’s gonna happen.

Adam G. Force 34:41

Yeah, hundred percent. Happens all the time. Right. So it’s just part of the process. And I guess the learning curve.

Jacob Morgan 34:49

Yeah, I mean, for me, and I was talking about this with my we have a podcast called BYOB podcast that we just started, where we share some of our entrepreneurial successes and failures. And I think it was a week ago, we were talking about just, we have a Google Sheet where we keep track of, and my wife is also a speaker, where we keep track of how many requests we get for projects versus how many of them actually come through. And looking at my Google Sheet, and this was over the past, I don’t know, maybe three years or so. I have around 700 in the no column, okay. 700 projects that are in the no column, which is massive amount. Yeah, it’s a lot. So people, you know, as an entrepreneur as a solopreneur, you need to be aware that you are likely going to get told no, far more than you get told. Yes. And that’s okay. It’s how you respond to those noes and how you make and take advantage of those yeses that’s ultimately going to determine the success and the failure that you have.

Adam G. Force 35:56

Yeah, yeah, for sure. And I love that because one of the The biggest lessons we’ve learned as an entrepreneur from our mentors is all entrepreneurs as we’re in, you know, we’re learning these things, we’re running our businesses, we all come across the same challenges. The only difference is how one entrepreneur versus another responds to those challenges. And I think you’re kind of getting to that as well. And the way we respond, it could be emotionally with panic, doubt and all those types of feelings, which creates terrible decision making. Or you could be the person who stays calm diagnosis the problem and takes the next step, right. So it really comes down to how do we respond. So you can look at this list of 700 How do you respond to that? You know, so to me, that’s like, Great, that’s 700 that I reached out which How many do you get like there’s a it’s a number everything becomes this like numbers game if you’re patient and you’re smart about what you’re doing, right?

Jacob Morgan 36:53

Yeah, I mean, it’s okay to be upset and it’s okay to be frustrated. But you can’t take things personally. Right. So exactly, like I mentioned, the one project that I had where I thought it was going to come through for, like 150,000. And they bailed. You know, you can respond to that email and say, you know, I was counting on this, like, you probably like, you can’t do that, though. No, you so instead just got to respond back and say, Hey, you know, you know, no worries, I appreciate it. Hopefully, we’ll get a chance to work in the future. Right. That’s, that’s how you have to respond. And same thing when I lost that speaking gig that that I was a shoo in for Yeah. You know, I’m not going to respond and say, What are you nuts? Like, you know, the US side of your business is way bigger. And your CEO, they’re giving you a wonderful quote, like, how could you like, you’re not gonna say that stuff? No. You just have to say, you know what I understand. I’m sorry, you feel that way. And hopefully we get a chance to work together again in the future. That’s it.

Adam G. Force 37:48

I mean, that’s 100% a right. So

Jacob Morgan 37:51

yeah, it’s a relationship business. And response

Adam G. Force 37:54

to is not just like, Okay, I’m responding and I’m getting back. It’s also your response as an attribute. To say, you could be crushed by this and say, Oh my god, like, they don’t want me to talk like maybe I’m not good enough like you can start having that response or you start, you know, pulling yourself back from this idea that you’re a great speaker, it could, it could distill doubt in your mind. So like, you don’t want to respond that way, either where now the next steps you take are going to be like to let’s do less speaking engagements. Let’s do this other stuff and you start changing your business model. And you know what I mean? Like, there’s that kind of emotional response that will will can deteriorate what you’re doing because now you don’t believe in yourself as much or something.

Jacob Morgan 38:37

Yeah, that is the classic imposter syndrome scenario.

38:40

Yes, yes.

Jacob Morgan 38:42

And everybody’s had to deal with it. I’ve had to deal with it many times. You know, as a speaker, when you get on a stage, it’s something that you might experience more so than others because you’re in front of hundreds, you know, thousands of people sometimes, and they remember some of the very first talks that Gave I oftentimes, you know, I had to deal with imposter syndrome. And sometimes you still do. And, you know, I’ve come up with, I don’t know how much of this you want me to share. But I have, over the years been able to put together kind of a series of, I guess you’d call them steps and strategies that have allowed me to overcome this. I mean, I’m happy to share them if you want to get into it.

Adam G. Force 39:22

I can’t go too deep, because we’re already at 35 minutes here for this. But I appreciate if there’s things we want to maybe highlight, we can if you want to share them over we can put them in the show notes for people to have. But yeah, we’re gonna have to wrap this one up. I’ve been meaning to but I didn’t want to interrupt our flow. But I do want to give you a chance, Jacob to just give a shout out How do people learn more about what you’re doing? Like your books and stuff like that? Like Where can they connect with you?

Jacob Morgan 39:53

I’m super easy to find my website is the future organization COMM And then you’ll find a link to my LinkedIn profile where I’ve been sharing a lot of articles as part of my LinkedIn newsletter. And very recently we put up I did a video where I talked about what these skills and mindsets are. So if anybody’s interested in learning all of them you can go to future leader masterclass calm. And then you can watch the full I think it’s like 50 or 60 minutes, where I talk about all of these in more detail. Awesome. Well, thanks

Adam G. Force 40:23

so much for your time, Jacob really appreciate all your insights and the work that you’re doing.

Jacob Morgan 40:28

Oh, my pleasure. Thank you for having me. All right, take care.

Adam G. Force 40:30

That’s all for this episode. Your next step is to join the Change Creator revolution by downloading our interactive digital magazine app for premium content, exclusive interviews, and more ways to stay on top of your game available now on iTunes and Google Play or visit Change Creator mag Comm. We’ll see you next time where money and meaning intersect right here at the Change Creator podcast.

Travis Chambers: Scaling Your Marketing With Smart Video Strategy

Listen to our exclusive interview with Travis Chambers:

Subscribe to this show on Spotify  |  iTunes  |  Stitcher  |  Soundcloud

Travis Chambers knows viral videos. He was inadvertently launched into the social video marketing world with one — a short video of him and his wife “being dumb” (his words, not mine!) that he produced while still in college. It ended up paying for their student loans, a car, and led to a job at Crispin Porter Bogusky, a premier ad agency he’d had his sights on.

As the in-house viral video expert at Crispin Porter Bogusky, he worked on some pretty sweet ads like the one for Turkish Airlines that featured Kobe Bryant and Lionel Messi. It got 150 million views and 30 million shares — amazing.

And then it hit him: an early midlife crisis. After having a baby, a devastating medical diagnosis for his dad, and being let go from his position as Social Media Director at 20th Century Fox — a position he admits he wasn’t equipped or prepared for — Travis found himself searching for that next step.

Sound Advice From Someone Who’s Been There

He decided to follow some sage advice he heard in a podcast by author and entrepreneur James Altucher: If you’ve got nothing, you’ve got no ideas, just start with a service. He and his wife decided to give themselves three months to start their own marketing business. They lived off their savings for that time and landed their first client at the very end of those three months.

I think if I had tried to raise capital or launch some really big idea, I think I would have been in for a really rude awakening.

And just like that, Chamber Media was born. There has definitely been a learning curve. Travis’ company does a lot of video marketing and ad buying so he’s had to transition from knowing how to do to knowing how to teach. Nevertheless, things are going quite well for the five-year-old company. In the last year and a half, they’ve grown from six to 20 people, they’ve tripled the revenue of four multimillion dollar D2C companies, and they’ve driven $300 million in tracked revenue and garnered 400 million views across Facebook and Google channels.

In 2018, Travis made the Forbes 30 Under 30 list.

Social Media Advertising is Evolving

There was a time, Travis recounts, in the early 2000s, that free press was a thing. You had people getting millions of views for free because, as a result of numerous social platforms popping up and more users than good creators, pretty much anybody was happy to create content at no charge.

During his time at Crispin Porter Bogusky, 20 to 50 percent of all their views were earned media they essentially got for free as a result of seeding techniques that resulted in free reach. This type of free advertising simply doesn’t happen anymore, Travis explains, unless you are in the “elite top one percent of the one percent.” You simply can’t get free reach if you’re a brand or advertiser.

And so what we have basically accepted in the last few years is you’ve got to pay to play.

Advertising — effective advertising — is not free. The goal is no longer landing some free publicity; the goal is effective ad buying and creating content that sells. This, Travis clarifies, has nothing to do with how much earned free media your business secures.

It is possible, however, to garner some free virality if your ad is unique or at the top of a trend. But Travis warns that this is not optimal since it’s not something you can control or plan for. He adds that if someone wants to charge you so they can get your brand some virality, to consider it a red flag. A more effective option would be to hire someone to do a paid element that includes a very predictable, methodical, and replicable campaign with an activation on the side that will hopefully get some viral reach.

The Seven Foundational Ads

For the last year, Chambers Media has looked very closely at all the video ads they’ve ever made. They’ve categorized hundreds of ads and put them in a library. They named each category of ad and attached their effectiveness and looked at which type of ad got the most performance. What they found was that there were about seven different categories of ads that got really good performance on Facebook. More importantly, they found that all but one variety of these ads — anchor videos — were not that expensive to make.

Here’s a summary of those ads so you can get started on deciding which one is best suited for your business:

1. Anchor Video

  • One to four minutes long
  • Has a spokesperson
  • Chatty and funny
  • Large production, expensive so not realistic for 70% to 80% of brands

2. Product Demo

  • Highlights product features
  • Explains value points for consumer
  • Can include unboxing or showing how product works

3. Social Proof

  • Endorsement or approval from past product users
  • Includes quotes from influencers, testimonials, user-generated content blogs, press reviews, or Amazon customer reviews

4. Closer Ads

  • Ads that retarget and overcome people’s objections
  • Generally address three to four objections
  • Can be in the form of a selfie video
  • Good for addressing and overcoming high checkout cart bounce rates

5. Case Studies

  • Good for explaining claims or studies that demonstrate effectiveness
  • Can be simple like a visualization of showing that the product works

6. Lifestyle

  • More brand-heavy
  • Helps the consumer imagine what the product feels like or how their lives will be like with the product
  • Often includes beautiful models and a musical montage

7. Unboxing

  • A simple video of the product being unpackaged
  • Illustrates how the product is packaged and how it arrives to the consumer

For more information, you can check out www.chamber.media or find Travis Chambers on LinkedIn.

We also recommend:

Transcription of Interview (Transcribed by Otter.ca; there may be errors.)

Announcer 0:00
This is the Change Creator Podcast.

Adam Force 0:11
What’s going on everybody? Welcome back to the Change Creator Podcast show. This is your host, Adam Force. If you missed the last episode, it was with Susan Meier. We talked about electrifying your brand strategy. She had lots of good inputs and insights and some great experience to share. So if you missed it, go back; you’ll get some good nuggets out of that. In this episode, we’re going to be talking with Travis Chambers. He is the founder of Chamber Media. And he was listed on the Forbes 30 Under 30, which is pretty cool. And right now, I think they have a team of about 30 people. The agency tripled the revenue of four multimillion dollar direct to consumer companies. And they’ve driven $300 million in tracked revenue and garnered 400 million views across Facebook and Google channels.

Pretty cool, man. I mean, these guys have definitely done something right and they have some really great video expertise. He’s been a keynote speaker at the Google growth summit, VidCon, and other things like that. Also, I think the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, and he was featured in Inc., and Entrepreneur and all that kind of stuff. So this guy’s been around, he’s done a lot of good stuff. And he’s got a lot of great experience. So we’re gonna have a really good conversation about marketing and video and all that good stuff — something that we all need today as we’re pushing our businesses to the next level. We’re trying to connect with people; we’re trying to build trust. How do we do it? How do we cut through the noise? So hang tight, we’re going to have that conversation with Travis in just a minute. If you guys haven’t stopped by changecreator.com a while, swing by. We’d love to see you. Lots of fresh content coming out over there.

We have a new resource we’re putting out there very soon. So keep your eyes peeled. You’ll get updates on our Facebook channel. So if you’re not following us on Facebook, make sure you’re following us there and you can join our group. The Profitable Digital Impact Entrepreneur, when you want to get serious about scaling your business and making it profitable. It’s one thing to have a passion. It’s another thing to go from hobby to business, right? So, check us out over there, guys when you’re ready, and we’d love to see you. Outside of that, I think we’re ready to rock and roll. One thing I will mention: I was super inspired last week. I’m in a mastermind with my co founder, Amy. And I went to California — Redondo Beach — for this small summit. It was just 40 of us that are in this mastermind. And it’s, you know, a program that you’re part of, and it’s a paid program, right?

You pay in, and you pay a lot of money. And you’re part of these masterminds, and the idea is to elevate what you’re doing right? And I will tell you, I’ve been to a lot of conferences, I spoken at conferences, all that stuff, and they’re great. But when you’re in a paid program, and you’re in a community of like-minded people who are doing what you’re doing, I cannot believe the power of that conference. So you know, moving forward, this is a focus and I’m just putting it out there because as you guys are thinking about What conferences do I go to? Where should I spend my time? Getting involved in these communities and really hooking up with these guys that can elevate you. I mean, it makes a massive difference. I had a stellar time; the networking was incredible. And you just feel like you’re pushing yourself to the next level just from that community. Right. So anyway, just throwing that out there because I was super inspired and appreciative of everybody that I connected with out in California. Let’s jump into this conversation with Travis and talk about video, talk about marketing, and how we can sell more. Alright?

Announcer 3:36
Okay, show me the heat.

Adam Force 3:40
Hey, Travis, welcome to the Change Creator Podcast show. How you doing today, man?

Travis Chambers 3:44
I’m doing good, man. And I’m just doing so much better now that I’m talking to you.

Adam Force 3:49
That’s very nice. I appreciate you being here. It looks like you’ve had a lot of exciting stuff going on. So we’re going to dig into it and see what you’ve got in your brain that we can get from you to steal your secrets. So, tell us a little bit about just you know, what’s the latest and greatest in Travis’s world today? What are you pumped about? What’s going on?

Travis Chambers 4:10
Well, you know, in the last year and a half, we grew our business from six to 20. And we just went through all these new experiences on scaling. And so it’s been really exciting to like see our business grow and then instill the new learnings and things I have to learn in order to master all that and learn how to teach. You know what I mean? We do a lot of video marketing and ad buying and so I’ve had to transition from knowing how to do to knowing how to teach which has been more difficult than I thought.

Adam Force 4:43
Yeah, I know that feeling. So just give me a little bit of history on how you kind of got started with Chamber Media and why you started. I just want to get that little bit of background.

Travis Chambers 4:57
Yeah, so, I was in college. I was always very entrepreneurial. I had an MMA fight promotion that I put on. Three thousand people showed up. Ran a painting company which didn’t make any money. But eventually got really interested in video. And me and my wife put out a video actually, of just us being dumb and it went mega viral. We were on Tosh.0, Good Morning America, truTV. We made like 40 grand on this video and paid off our student loans and bought a car and… . Anyways, that led to a job in L.A., funny enough, at Crispin Porter Bogusky, which is one of the better, more premier ad agencies that I had dreamed of going to all through college but everyone said it was impossible to get in there. And they happened to reach out to license or video for Kraft Mac & Cheese and I said, “Well, how about a job?” and they gave me one!

So I become the in-house…all of a sudden, I become the in-house viral video expert and a year later, Turkish Airlines says, “We want to make the most viral ad of all time.” They pointed at me and sure enough, we pulled it off. We got 150 million views, 30 million shares. We had Kobe Bryant and Lionel Messi in the commercial. And I [unintelligible] 20th Century Fox as the Social Media Director. I royally royally sucked at that job. I was just way out of my depth; thought I was way smarter than I was. Anyways, I [unintelligible]…well, they let me go after three months. I started…had a baby. Dad got Parkinson’s, had a early midlife crisis, started Chamber Media. And first year we did you know, half a million revenue and things just kind of kept slowly, slowly growing and that’s pretty much been it for the last five years.

Adam Force 6:48
Wow. Sounds like a pretty interesting ride. So I’m curious, you know, when you get your…when you got Chamber Media started, you mentioned you got 500,000 for the first year, which is not a bad start considering most people are in the negatives after year one. Now, did you have a client roster that you went after? Like what was the secret sauce to getting started there?

Travis Chambers 7:13
Yeah, so I had read The 4-Hour Workweek and I right away thought this book is unrealistic. It’s…but the principle here is it changed the way I started thinking, right? I never believed I could do a four-hour workweek. I still don’t believe that’s possible. I think that’s for really rich people or hippies, maybe that, you know… . Anyways, I read that and I read The $100 Startup and I never honestly after college never had dawned on me that I would ever be able to start a company. I just…I was gonna climb the ladder like my dad did. I read The $100 Startup and then all of a sudden I realized, Oh, I could just sell my time. I can just charge for my skills. I don’t…I didn’t know any….I didn’t have any great ideas to start a company. I didn’t have any capital. I didn’t know anybody, really, in that space at all. I just wasn’t connected in any way. I had no real prospects for clients.

And so I just said, I’m just going to tell the world that I’m available, and I put it out there on LinkedIn, and just my wife and I said, Well, let’s give it three months. That’s how much money we’ve got saved. And if we get a client in that time, then we’ll keep going. And I think it was literally the very end of that three months, when we were starting to use our credit cards for personal expenses when we got our first client. And it happened to be a $60,000 client — happened to be my friend’s uncle, of all things. And then I think once everyone on LinkedIn saw that I was really actually doing this thing, then projects just kind of started to trickle in, and that was it. And the insight there was I think if I had tried to raise capital or launch some really big idea, I think I would have been in for a really rude awakening. And so I think just selling…starting with the service, which is advice I got from James Altucher on a blog post he had. He said, Hey, if you’ve got nothing, you got no ideas, you got nothing, just start with a service. So that’s what I did.

Adam Force 9:30
Yeah, so what were you offering? Just like a video service at the time for video marketing?

Travis Chambers 9:37
Yeah, so what I started out offering was ad buying — ad buying, SEO, and influencer integration. So people would give us a budget. We did a budget with Acura, we did a budget with Polaroid. And they would give us you know…Iceland airlines…they would give us like $10,000, $20,000, $30,000, $40,000. And we would go get them a bunch of influencers for a campaign. And then we had a few, you know, ad buying clients as well. It was about eight months in that we started doing video production. And it just so happened that I pitched Nordic track on this big viral idea. They gave us 180 grand to pull it off. We got 12 influencers involved. We set up 50 treadmills in a giant barn. And we did the world’s largest treadmill dance and I produced this $180,000 film shoot and I had never produced anything in my life. And I just, you know, hired a director, hired a producer to help me and it blew up! America’s Got Talent took this treadmill dance on primetime and NordicTrack got 5 million free primetime views. And it got, you know, it got…I can’t remember how many million — eight or nine million views and it drove four or five million in trackable sales. And that was it. That was like the birth of doing like this, you know, big production video thing with social ads.

Adam Force 11:04
That’s pretty sweet man. So what was the hook to get you in the Forbes 30 Under 30?

Travis Chambers 11:11
So I pretty much bamboozled Forbes 30 Under 30. I have a friend Cameron Manwaring, who actually helped me on the Nordic Track thing, and he helped…he was one of our vendors on the Kobe versus Messi thing. He really helped my success. Anyways, he gave me this….he’s like a master of viral [unintelligible]. And he gave me this tip that I used for Forbes to get onto the Forbes list. And I actually posted on my LinkedIn about it, too, exactly. It’s called How I Faked My Way On the Forbes List. And so what I did is I basically just asked all of the biggest name influencers and actors I had ever worked with to retweet my nomination. So I had Laura Clary, who was a big Facebook influencer. She’d been in one of our films. We hit it off — good friends. So she nominated me. And then just all these people just retweeted it. And so what happened was it caught the attention of the editors, and they actually looked into my stuff. And that was enough social proof to get on the list.

Adam Force 12:24
That’s pretty cool, man. I like that story.

Travis Chambers 12:27
And what’s funny is, I told the same strategy, actually to a friend of mine, Jaan [unintelligible]. He works at Instagram, and by all means, he is so much more qualified, incredible to be on that list, right? I think he would have gotten on that listen, no matter what. But he utilized the same strategy and I just happened to be the guy he asked to retweet — to do the nomination. And sure enough, he made the list. So I’d say if you got some credentials, take a crack at it.

Adam Force 12:58
That’s pretty funny. Amazing. So alright, so you know, time goes by, you guys are building up Chamber Media. What is some of the…How long have you guys been in business now?

Travis Chambers 13:09
I think we’re about five and a half years now.

Adam Force 13:11
Okay, so five and a half years. You got some traction here, obviously. And I’m curious during this time, how have you seen the social media advertising environment evolving?

Travis Chambers 13:25
Yeah. So man, it’s so interesting. It’s so fascinating. I feel like something happened with social media that has never happened before and may never happen again, with advertising. And what happened was, all these social platforms popped up. And they were really hungry to get content and to get creators on those platforms and publishers. So what happened was, there were more users than there were good creators. And it doesn’t make sense that anyone would create content for free. But people did it. Right? It was this new era of make stuff for free, and you’ll get other opportunities from it. And so what you had basically for seven, eight years, is you had people getting millions and millions of impressions and views for free. That’s never happened before. Thirty, forty years ago, if you wanted to reach anybody, you had to pay a newspaper, pay a magazine, a radio station, a TV station. There was no such thing as free media.

And then what happened in the early thousands before social media took off is agencies like Crispin Porter Bogusky — that agency I was at; they actually were the best at it in the world. They were named Ad Age’s top agency of the decade — they started writing creative to the press headline. And so rather than How do we sell? How do we convince people? They said, Well, how do we get the press headlines? So they started getting free press. This was a new thing that hadn’t been done. They invented this process. And so they started getting tons of free press, right? And this was during the breakdown of journalism. Journalism went from mostly credible to absolutely not credible, crony capitalist journalism — paid off. This is when blogs were taking off. They were trying to stay relevant. Journalists were making less and less; publishers were making less and less. Newspapers were dying.

Anyways, that’s where it started and where it ended up was with social media, you can get free reach. Now, my whole point to this is that’s ended. You can’t get free reach anymore unless you are in a elite, elite, elite top 1% of the 1% of the 1%. You are not going to get free reach, especially if you’re a brand or an advertiser. And so what we have basically accepted in the last few years is you’ve got to pay to play. You know, we were doing viral videos, we were viral seeding You know, 20 to 50% of all of our views would be earned media where we basically got them for free. We did all these seeding techniques, and we got these influencers and these press features and we were just getting free reach. Now, we’ve totally ended that; era that’s over. And now it’s all about how good you are at adbuying and making content that sells and it has nothing to do with how much earned media free reach you’re going to get. And by now, I think most people understand that.

Adam Force 16:28
I think so. I mean, you see it more and more especially as these social media platforms have evolved. It’s a lot more pay to play, obviously. I do still see organic on areas like Facebook if you know how to build that up like that momentum. But you’re right, I mean, there was a wild wild west period, for sure. But I mean, is it fair to say though, I mean, if you have something that is, I guess, you know, unique and eye catching, or it’s really a top of a trend, you don’t think that there’d be an earned media cycle?

Travis Chambers 17:05
It’s possible. It’s absolutely possible, right? It happens all the time. But it is not something you can control or plan for.

Adam Force 17:17
Okay. Right. So it’s just to strategically have a process that like these other guys did. That’s, that’s dead.

Travis Chambers 17:24
Yeah, it’s almost like if somebody is telling you to pay them so that they can get you some virality. It’s like, red flag; go a different direction. But if they’re saying, Hey, we’re going to do this paid element, right? We’re going to do this very predictable, methodical, replicable thing. But we’re going to do this activation on the side and hopefully that will get some viral reach, then that’s a good sign. But I mean, I try to think of like, what are the viral campaigns from the last year, you know? Peloton. Peloton went viral? Right?

Adam Force 18:01
Yeah, yeah.

Travis Chambers 18:02
For that for that horrible commercial that they did.

Adam Force 18:05
The last thing that I remember going viral is the squatty potty from the Harmon brothers.

Travis Chambers 18:11
Yeah. And you know what? That was one of the last viral campaigns. If you called him right now and said, Hey, hey, guys, how many truly organic viral hits have you had since squatty potty? They would say, Well, I think they posted about it. They’d say one or two. Yeah, we’ve had one or two, you know, and even then, I think squatty went viral for a month or two, and then the paid media kicked in. Yeah, so that was like one of the very last and that was actually when they launched that was around the same time that we launched the Nordic Track video.

Adam Force 18:44
Really? Okay.

Travis Chambers 18:46
Yeah. And we kind of got into this game around the same time and the Nordic Track video was one of our only real viral organic hits, too. After that it was usually 80/90% paid after that, so, but yeah, I mean, you try to think right, you try to think of like, I mean, can you think of any other viral brand campaigns in the last year?

Adam Force 19:10
Nothing is standing out to me so yeah, it is definitely a lot more scarce. If they’re out there, I just didn’t catch them.

Travis Chambers 19:20
Yeah, I mean, you think back right, when you think back to like old, the last viral stuff you saw it was like, Old Spice: What your man could smell like, Dollar Shave Club.

Adam Force 19:31
Dollar Shave Club. Oh, yeah. Yeah, yeah.

Travis Chambers 19:32
[Unintelligible] semi truck split with Van Damme. You know, but if you think that those were all like six, seven years ago.

Adam Force 19:41
It’s true. You know who does pretty good is Jay Shetty. I did interview him and spoke to him and stuff and his videos, some of them are, you know, 20-30 million views. I don’t know if he’s putting money into that or not, but…

Travis Chambers 19:54
I don’t think he is. I think…I think they’re like I said, I think there’s a space for the mega mega elite. And these influencers like Jay Shetty, they break through and what happens is they get whitelisted as creators. If Jay Shetty was a brand, it would never happen. So someone at Facebook — an engineer or an influencer or manager — has manually gone in and said Jay Shetty is a premium content influencer. He brings us 10s of millions of people a month. We’re going to open the algorithm to him. They do the same thing for Laura Clery who is a big Facebook influencer. She completely disregarded YouTube. She ignored every platform and she went all in on Facebook for a whole year and a half before Facebook even really monetized at all for creators.

Adam Force 20:52
Yeah, that’s interesting. So you know, I you know, you look at a platform like Facebook and you have your groups, your pages and then your personal profiles and you know, we always look at it as the whole ecosystem works together, but it sounds like there’s a lot of value in really putting a serious effort into your personal profile on outside of just the business page.

Travis Chambers 21:12
Yeah, yeah, that’s true, you know, but I don’t know that many personal Facebook pages I get insane reach. I think Facebook kind of like meters and throttles people. I honestly think that their engineers have figured out the exact number of likes that people the average Joe needs to get to feel like he should keep posting there. But but not so much that you know, that it’s…because it’s really competitive. It’s really saturated, you know. But for every Jay Shetty man, for every Jay Shetty, there’s 1000 creators who have all but disappeared, who have all but just gotten squashed. You know?

Adam Force 21:57
Yeah, yeah. Well, tell me a little bit about your process. I mean, you’re in the media world.

Travis Chambers 22:05
So you know where I met Jay Shetty? I was next to his urinal in the Seattle airport. And we, and I was sitting there and I was, we were both, you know, going taking a number one and I looked over and I was like, hey, Jay, got any inspirational thoughts for me?

Adam Force 22:24
You did not!

Travis Chambers 22:24
I did that, seriously. And he started cracking up. We were both mid-stream. And he’s just like, this guy just asked me so some life hacks while we’re going pee.

Adam Force 22:36
Yeah, don’t piss into the wind. That’s pretty funny. He’s a cool guy, man. I had a chat with him, too. And he’s super laid back and he’s smart, smart.

Travis Chambers 22:49
Hey, I was gonna ask you, do you know what ever happened to that Nicole Arbour thing? Did you hear about that?

Adam Force 22:54
Yeah, I didn’t follow it too closely. So I don’t know the outcomes of that.

Travis Chambers 22:59
Nicole…we cast Nicole in a commercial and I gotta say it’s the most negative comment feedback we’ve ever gotten on an ad that we had to pull it.

Adam Force 23:12
Really?

Travis Chambers 23:13
Yeah, yeah, just some things that she had put out — fat shaming stuff. So when she came out with that thing about Jay Shetty, like, you know, if you gotta tear someone else down to build your brand…You know, like, come on.

Adam Force 23:29
I saw that and I was like, I was like, total BS. Like, someone’s trying to take Jay like, you know, defame him and say all these things. And I was like, Hell no. I sat and talked to this guy for like, an hour. And he was like, the most genuine guy, dude. Like he’s not out there trying to like play games with people.

Travis Chambers 23:45
You know what I like about Jay is that he didn’t respond to it. I actually went and looked to see what his response would be. And I think he had the foresight and the wisdom to just not respond to it. I think anyon else, myself included, they would have freaked out about it. And they would have responded to it [unintelligible] more attention. I would take a lot of restraint and wisdom to just say, I’m just going to just not even address it.

Adam Force 24:14
Yeah, I mean, you’re anxious to defend yourself. Someone’s out there trying to drag your name through the mud. I you know, of course, that’s your knee jerk reaction, right? I mean, even Tony Robbins got up and was defending himself against BuzzFeed trying to knock him down.

Travis Chambers 24:28
Oh, I didn’t know about that.

Adam Force 24:29
Oh, my God, BuzzFeed went after him like crazy. And so Tony Robbins — saying all kinds of like slanderous things about how he was, you know, it’s always about guys like sexually assaulting women and all this stuff. And so they went after this like a very groundless claims and all this stuff, and he had all these people who are like, that’s totally not true. And he came out with videos saying like, you know, just speaking from his heart about, like, what’s going on and how BuzzFeed is — why they’re doing this and all this stuff.

Travis Chambers 24:58
Interesting.

Adam Force 24:59
Yeah, that was crazy.

Travis Chambers 25:00
Yeah, yeah, it’s almost like some of those things…you know, I’m a PR major and Public Relations 101 is that you always respond to everything. You have a response because you know, what happens a lot is people don’t respond to stuff and it just gets bigger and bigger and bigger and bigger. But when it’s totally just unfounded, the best thing is to just do nothing, you know? It’s the hardest thing to do.

Adam Force 25:26
It seems like it worked for Jay. I think it just you know, that’s news and media — just over time, it just fizzles out and people…the next big thing comes around and that’s it.

Travis Chambers 25:35
Yeah, I mean, everyone’s forgotten about it. And it probably just made him bigger anyways. I mean, look at Logan Paul, right? He, you know, he had what you would think was a career ending move and come to find out he made a few mil off of it from all the exposure.

Adam Force 25:51
Thanks, everybody. Hey, if you’re smart, you capitalize on these things.

Travis Chambers 25:58
Yeah, seriously.

Adam Force 26:01
Yeah, so you never know. So listen, I just want to get a little bit more of your thoughts on some of the you know…for people listening here you know, we’re all trying to find traffic, get exposure, figure out how to, you know figure out…you know, reach our specific audience and you know at Change Creator we talk a lot about storytelling and connecting with people that way and using that throughout your digital ecosystem and stuff. So you have a big focus on videos, and I’m curious, just based on how things have evolved, like, what are some of the steps that you take and the way you think and approach your marketing now?

Travis Chambers 26:38
Yeah, so this is something really interesting. Okay, so we’ve been making really large video productions for a long time. And you know, obviously, when you have a big ad spend and a really big production, it makes it easier to succeed. So what we spent the last year doing is we took every single video ad that we have ever made and ran — and weve’ve managed about $55 million in ad spend over the last few years — and we took those hundreds and hundreds and hundreds of ad creatives and we put them all into a library. We called it the brain. And what we did is we categorized all these ads. We gave them all names. So there’s like six or seven types of product demonstrations. There’s six or seven different types of testimonials. So we named all of these ads, and then we attach their performance — how these ads performed, and we categorized everything into this library. And then we conducted this big research study to just find out which, what kind of ad creative gets the most performance. And we ended up with something that was really amazing.

We did find that there’s about seven different categories that ads can fall into that get really good performance on Facebook. And what we found is most of them are not expensive to make. So naturally one of those — and we call them the seven foundational ads. And one of those was what we call an anchor video. And an anchor videos a Dollar Shave Club video. It’s one to four minutes, it’s a spokesperson, it’s really catchy, it’s funny, you know, it’s expensive, it’s large production, all that stuff. That’s just not realistic for I’d say 70-80% of brands out there or causes or social good companies, right. Most people don’t have $40,000, $50,000, $60,000 to spend on a production. But the other six assets can all be made on an iPhone, basically in your home or in your office. And the other assets were product demos, which just highlights the product features and you know, the value points of consumer. This can be like, this can be you unboxing.

Or this, this can be just showing how the product works. Then the other one is social proof, which is — you may weave in quotes from influencers, testimonials, user generated content blogs, press reviews, what your review rating is on Amazon or whatever. The other one is closer ads. So, these are typically like retargeting ads that overcome people’s objections. So you write down three or four objections. And you can make literally like a selfie video, saying like, Hey, if you’re concerned about price, if you’re concerned about whatever, you know, whatever it is, and you can actually retarget those people based on who goes to the checkout cart and doesn’t buy. You put a pixel there. And those bounce to carts can get targeted. Case studies: So this is like, if you have any type of study or any type of claims, or even if it’s just like a visualization of showing that this thing works — lifestyle, lifestyle is more of the brand-heavy, this is what you can be like, this is what this feels like.

A lot of times it’s like really beautiful models with like music montage type stuff. And then unboxing. Unboxing; just showing the product being opened and how it’s delivered and how it shows up. So those are the categories: spokesperson, anchor, product demo, social proof, closer ads, case study, lifestyle, and unboxing. And what we’ve basically concluded is if a brand makes all of these types of ads, and then tests them, they’ll very quickly be able to figure out what message works. And then you’ll be able to double down, you know? You’ll be able to double down on these assets. And so that’s what I would share for anyone who’s wanting to get people to take action. Whether that’s a social good company — we’re working with a company right now, a social good company called 8 Billion Trees that they — have you heard of those guys?

Adam Force 31:31
Yeah.

Travis Chambers 31:32
Oh, really?

Adam Force 31:33
Yeah.

Travis Chambers 31:34
Oh, awesome.

Adam Force 31:35
I don’t know where but I have heard it.

Travis Chambers 31:38
Yeah. So we’re doing an anchor video with them right now. And we’re going to create all these ads for them. And we’re trying to get people to buy bracelets to fund the planting of trees. And so the takeaway here is exactly how a brand would act is how a social good company can act. Because ultimately, you got to get people to take action. You got to get them convinced and converted.

Adam Force 32:00
Yeah. And have they tested that? Have people been excited about doing the product for a tree?

Travis Chambers 32:07
We haven’t launched yet. We just started working with them a few weeks ago. So we’re in the pre production script writing phase right now. So if you have any good ideas, you know… .

Adam Force 32:16
No, but I know that, you know, they had the other group, 4ocean or something like that. And they for every pound of trash they take out of the ocean…they take a pound of trash out of the ocean for every bracelet that they sell.

Travis Chambers 32:31
Oh, cool. I’ll have to check them out. What are they called?

Adam Force 32:34
The number four ocean, 4ocean. Couple of surfer dudes, you know, started doing this trash pickup and then they started making these bracelets and started selling them and it became a big freakin deal. And now they sell other things like shirts and stuff.

Travis Chambers 32:47
Oh, cool. I gotta study them.

Adam Force 32:49
Yeah, so that’s pretty cool. It sounds I mean, listen, I love those…the way you categorize the videos and you know, obviously people will just have to work on the different kind of content they put in there and make it kind of quick. Like we’ve done a lot of videos on our side. And we noticed, you know, you really got to speak in the right terms for your audience specifically. And we noticed, like certain things that fall in line with their worldviews and things like that. Wow, they just catch on so much more compared to other videos that just die early. You know, so it makes a huge difference.

Travis Chambers 33:25
Yeah, yeah. Yeah. It’s like the new virality now is conversion. It’s like, if you see an ad out there that’s running on Facebook, and it’s got a few hundred thousand views or a few million views, odds are that it’s really a profitable ad. And I love it, because I prefer it. Because virality is difficult. You spend a lot of money and get nothing. With ads, you’ve got the most powerful targeting platform in the history of mankind, you know? Not only can you target people based on their self identified interests, but with Facebook, they have pulled all this third party data for rewards cards, where people shop, Nielsen data of what TV shows people watch, credit card data on where you’ve traveled. I mean, it’s really creepy. And yes, obviously everyone’s really concerned about the ethics of it.

But at the same time, I feel like the silver lining of the evil Facebook, you know, brand right now is how many entrepreneurs have been minted because of them that never would have had a chance, myself included. For everything bad people say Facebook’s done, they have allowed…they have done…they basically democratized startups. Anyone can start a company now because anybody can reach their customer. I mean, look at us: Chamber Media, right? You would never think you can run ads to get someone to spend $100,000 on a video production. That just seems impossible, but we started doing it four or five months ago, and every $6,000 in ad spend, we get a few hundred grand of work. That’s just like, that is just crazy that you can reach people that are even like, you know, in that position. It’s just wild.

Adam Force 35:22
Yeah, I mean, it pays off to have a high ticket product. I mean, you know, when we started, we were sitting here doing magazine subscriptions for 50 bucks, which means your marketing spend kind of sucks. And now we have a $2,000 program and it makes all the difference because you have much more flexibility with your marketing budgets.

Travis Chambers 35:39
Yeah. And it’s like that never would have been possible with print or radio or TV.

Adam Force 35:44
No, no, I mean, I always liked Facebook. We’ve gone all in on Facebook this year, or actually last year and are now this year too. And, you know, other platforms, yeah, we kind of been just putting to the side. I think Facebook just has the most powerful ecosystem and we’ve kind of started to figure out some of the ways to build up organics and all that stuff. But there, you’re right, the advertising technology that they have is bar none the best.

Travis Chambers 36:09
You know, another interesting thing we’ve seen is Google and YouTube are a big opportunity. And what we noticed, the more we spend on Facebook, on all of our accounts, the more successful Google and YouTube become. And so Google and YouTube actually usually end up being 20 to 30% of our overall ad spend because people get interrupted by Facebook, and they get introduced to it, but then they go and do research, they go search, or they go watch YouTube videos around that certain topic or need that they have.

Yeah, and then boom, there you are. So that works in tandem well, too, and I’m really excited. I feel like YouTube and Facebook have had kind of like the oligopoly. But it’s further democratizing into Pinterest and Snapchat and TikTok. I’m the most excited about Pinterest and TikTok. I think, I don’t know if you’ve been on TikTok. I thought it was the dumbest thing a year ago. And now I feel like it is the best social platform. And I spend the most time on it because I feel like it’s enabled more people who would never be creative to be creative.

Adam Force 37:22
It’s true. I did, I made an account on TikTok because I was like, all right, this time, I’m getting in on the ground floor. And I just haven’t stuck with it too well. I don’t know about you.

Travis Chambers 37:35
I mean, I’m just dabbling in it, you know, but I think it is going to be huge. And it’s owned by the Chinese company… Oh, shoot, are they called? I can’t remember. But they’ve got bottomless funding.

Adam Force 37:49
But that’s the thing and so I don’t know if they opened up advertising yet, but you know, there’s gonna be a point where this is going to be like, you can get a shit ton of you know, attention for a very low cost like the wild wild west will happen on TikTok but then just like Facebook, it’ll go away.

Travis Chambers 38:07
Yeah, it will. Yeah, I think I give it like a year. I mean, I’ve thrown up a couple videos on TikTok to get like 4000 views and I’m just like, what the heck?

Adam Force 38:19
That’s awesome. All right, I got to dabble in that. I did sign up; I gotta make it happen here. I just you know, I have…I don’t have any attention span to get on all these different platforms. It drives me crazy.

Travis Chambers 38:30
Oh, I know. It’s just like you could spend so much time and effort and just get nowhere. That’s why I love ads, man. I love ads. You dial in your creative and your assets. And you just let it run and the lookalikes build and get bigger and it just…the Facebook AI does all the work for you and you just sit back and just make money. You know, we have a client — Transparent Labs — he is the coolest story I’ve ever heard of. So it was him and a partner. He hired us to do this big campaign. He had done 2 million in the past and just off of affiliates and some organic search. So we launched, right? And all of a sudden…we take him to 12 million a year just on basically on autopilot. He has no employees. He sources through a 3PL. So his 3PL, you know, his manufacturer, supplier and shipper, they front all of his inventory costs for him, because it’s so steady. They take care of his customer service. He literally does nothing. He does two or three email blasts a month. That’s literally all he does. He sends us a check. And the ads run and it’s our easiest account that we run and then you know, he just got acquired for like 10 mil. And it’s just like, that is the power of ads. How do you…how do you do 24 million in two years with no employees?

Adam Force 39:56
What is his business?

Travis Chambers 39:59
It’s pre workout supplements. It’s like the most competitive, impossibly saturated market. And for two years, two and a half years in a row been averaging five to one return on ad spend — six figure ad spend a month.

Adam Force 40:13
That’s the thing, like, you got to be like, like you said, you gotta be willing to pay to play. I mean, you can’t go in and be I’m gonna spend 100 bucks on a Facebook ad. And if I don’t get any results, it’s not working. Like you got to be willing to test and do like, collect data for several thousand dollars before you can really even start scaling anything.

Travis Chambers 40:31
Yeah, we’ve seen the same thing. Like, you gotta have four or five grand saved, otherwise, it’s just like you’re not feeding the artificial intelligence enough data to work.

Adam Force 40:46
No. And you know, even guys like Russell say the same thing. He’s like, you know, when he gets a new funnel, he’s got to put five grand into it just to get the data to iterate and optimize it before he really scales it you know, and we’ve learned that the hard way, too, because we would do, like, 1000 here, 1000 there, rather than really putting like four or five into something that’s like iterated over time. And that’s the way it goes. It works out, though.

Travis Chambers 41:13
Yeah, you know, I’ll tell you a trick. This is really shady, okay? There is a, I can’t remember what it’s called. Is it called LeadForce? I can’t remember. There’s a tool that — and this is not going to last — there’s a there’s a tool where you can pull user IDs from any Facebook group you want and then target them with ads.

Adam Force 41:34
Interesting. Yeah, I…why do I feel like I’ve heard that?

Travis Chambers 41:35
So you know, like, Facebook groups are probably the most niche targeted properties on the web anywhere, right?

Adam Force 41:45
Yeah, I agree.

Travis Chambers 41:46
And you can target…and that’s what we’re doing with Chamber, our own ads, and holy crap, it’s like stealing candy from a baby. It’s a ridiculous.

Adam Force 41:56
Interesting. LeadForce. I’ll check it out.

Travis Chambers 41:58
I think it’s I want to say It’s lead… Let me look, I gotta make sure that I’m not speaking out of…I want to say it is…

Adam Force 42:09
LeadForce Solutions Digital Marketing. I don’t think that’s it.

Travis Chambers 42:12
No, I don’t think that’s it. Oh, shoot. I don’t know what it is.

Adam Force 42:17
Just search for hacking Facebook groups.

Travis Chambers 42:22
Let me…dang it. I wish I knew what it was to say it on here on this episode, but…

Adam Force 42:28
Alright, well, we can always put it in the show notes if you can come up with it.

Travis Chambers 42:31
Okay, cool.

Adam Force 42:33
Yeah, I don’t see anything. Anyway. All right. I took a look here but I’m not seeing anything obvious come up. But it would be interesting. Group leads, group leads?

Travis Chambers 42:44
No, it is…ok, ok. Ok. LeadEnforce.

Adam Force 42:53
Like the AND, lead and force,

Travis Chambers 42:56
LeadEnforce. E-N-F-O-R-C-E. LeadEnforce.

Adam Force 43:01
Oh, like one word. I got you. Oh yeah, there it is.

Travis Chambers 43:04
And the other one we’re looking into now is Mailbiz. Anyways, I don’t know how black hat this is. It’s total sorcery. But holy crap, man, it’s, I’m gonna, we’re going to do a couple extra million in revenue this year because of this.

Adam Force 43:22
That’s interesting. Well, maybe I’ll start a different Facebook ad account so I don’t get shut down.

Travis Chambers 43:27
I know, right? But it’s like weird, though, ’cause it’s like completely separate. So you’re like, pulling these user IDs out of this, this tool, and then you’re manually putting them to your account. So it’s pretty, I mean, it’s pretty aboveboard in that regard. Pretty much zero risk, but…

Adam Force 43:45
Jump in on something before it goes away.

Travis Chambers 43:47
It’s not gonna last but I mean, but it’s like, dang, you pull user IDs on a few super targeted groups, and you run some good spend behind that, your lookalikes just became unlimited and literally, like, perfect.

Adam Force 44:04
I love that. Awesome. Listen, hey, listen, let me give you…why don’t you give a shout out? Where can people find you, learn more, maybe they want to work with you. All that kind of good stuff.

Travis Chambers 44:13
Yeah, if you want to work with us go to www.chamber.media and hit us up on the contact form. If you want to follow any of my content or thought leadership stuff, just Travis Chambers on LinkedIn — hit the Follow button. I post three or four times a week there.

Adam Force 44:28
And you can follow Travis on TikTok; he’s all over that.

Travis Chambers 44:31
Yeah, I’ve got four posts on TikTok. What is it? Everyone on TikTok says, Don’t let this flop. That’s the thing: Don’t let it flop.

Adam Force 44:42
All right, Travis, man appreciate your time. All the good stuff you’re doing and we’ll catch up with you later.

Announcer 44:48
That’s it for this episode. Your next step is to join the Change Creator Revolution by downloading our interactive digital magazine app for premium content, exclusive interviews, and more ways to stay on top of your game available now on iTunes and Google Play, or visit changecreatormag.com. We’ll see you next time where money and meaning intersect right here at the Change Creator Podcast.

Transcribed by https://otter.ai

Bob Berry: Mastering User Experience to Grow Your Biz

Listen to our exclusive interview with Bob Berry:

Subscribe to this show on Spotify  |  iTunes  |  Stitcher  |  Soundcloud

Are you providing your clients with the best user experience so you can grow your business effectively? Bob Berry is a user experience expert with INCREDIBLE experience who shares key tips you need to know!

Bob Berry is a principal at AnswerLab, where he’s guiding Google, Apple, Amazon, Facebook, and many others to create new, optimal online experiences in this age of coronavirus. He’s also the founder of The Human-Computer MasterMind Academy.

Learn more about Bob and his work at > www.itstheusers.com

We also recommend:

Transcription of Interview

(Transcribed by Otter.ai, there may be errors)

Adam G. Force 00:10

Hey, what’s going on everybody? Welcome back to the Change Creator podcast show. This is your host, Adam force. If you missed the last episode, Amy and I talked about marketing misconceptions and things that you need to know for today’s marketing climate, very important stuff that will be very helpful for you. So if you missed it, go back, check that out. Definitely recommend it, you can get some good gold nuggets out of there. Today, we’re going to be talking with Bob Berry, and he has incredible experience. So he is a virtual operations and user experience expert. I mean, serious user experience. I mean, just as things change, like the pandemic, like it shifts the dynamics of businesses, it shifts the dynamics of people’s behaviors in the marketplace. And so, Bob has worked with companies like you know, Facebook, Google, Apple, Amazon, and he helps drive great experiences that push their businesses forward, especially during these crazy times where everything is changing right before our eyes. So we’re going to talk with Bob about how to think about user experience for our business. What does it mean to our marketing and getting more results, getting more sales, all those types of things, and he goes deep on it. So this is an area that we can really tap into with Bob. So it’s gonna be a fun conversation. So hang tight, we’re gonna jump into that in just a minute. You know, we’ve been hearing a lot of people kind of share their thoughts about marketing and, you know, they get so frustrated about the you know, getting in someone’s funnel and they know they’re trying to be sold to. And there is a lot going on around the internet today, right with social media and stuff and there’s the good, there’s good stuff and then there’s bad stuff. If it’s not jiving with you and you feel like you’re being sold to, you know, you may not feel good, but there are people out there that are authentically and genuinely trying to be helpful. They’re trying to do the right thing because they know That what they know can help you get to the next part of your life to advance the next step, right? And we’re all trying to live a better life, we’re all trying to do something that’s more in line with who we are as a person truly and deeply, right. We get so disconnected from who we are, to who we learn to be right, the jobs, getting married, having kids all great things, but all of a sudden, everything is you know, dictated by these thought processes. And, you know, we, we have this yearning to be to get back in touch with just raw living like with the depth of who we truly are, and who we want to be. When we wake up every day. You know, we have to put food on the table, we got to make money. But if we can do those things, of course, based on something that we truly love, and and is meaningful to us and other people, you know, the happier we become, we get like more synergistic with who we are on the inside, right. And that’s why we love receiving the results. We’ve been getting We have people who are finding these aha moments and living their their true identities, with their businesses through our program, the captivate method. And I’m not trying to just sit here and pitch the Castlebay method, but it is honestly why we made this program because we’ve seen these types of challenges so much, right? So, you know, we, we’ve been seeing, and having such a joy watching people find and connect with themselves again, and run businesses that now are making a living in connection with who they truly are. I mean, that’s what it’s all about. So when you can do that, and you can wake up every day. It’s exciting. You know, it’s transformational. So if you’re, if this sounds like something this is and the way we do this is really tapping into this concept of storytelling. So when you think of storytelling, you might have some misconceptions, right? But it really is about your identity, but then also how we use that information to, to communicate effectively with people about who we are and what we’re Trying to help them with right this is the only way we get people on board with these ideas it’s the only way progress has been made all throughout history right so anyway guys, you can stop by Change Creator comm we have tons of fresh content on there. And you can also find you’ll see on the homepage to join captivate, you can get on the waitlist, we’re gonna send you some information, you get a chance to learn more about it and an opportunity to enroll if it’s the right fit for you. So stop by Change Creator calm and check it out. And guys, you know what, we’re going to jump into this conversation with Bob berry right now. And let’s do this.

04:35

Okay, show me the heat.

Adam G. Force 04:40

Hey, Bob, welcome to the Change Creator podcast show how you doing today?

Bob Berry 04:43

I’m doing very well, Adam. Thanks for having me. Looking forward to talking about what’s happening in the world right now.

Adam G. Force 04:49

Yeah, lots going on in the world. And as I mentioned to you before this, I’m a UX fan and bit of a nerd. So I can’t wait to dig into all your incredible insights. But just so everybody here who’s listening knows what you’re all about. Tell us a little bit what’s going on in your world today. And you know some of your background of just how you got there.

Bob Berry 05:10

So I’ve been doing user experience and related research and development for decades now, actually started years ago with Hewlett Packard back when Bill Hewlett and Dave Packard were still around. And out of school, I had a degree in computer science. So I’ve been geeking out on this stuff for a long time. And back in the HP days, in the early days of the web, I was one of their early business managers, and we were inventing social media elearning cloud based services and related Types Of Online experiences before a lot of those terms even existed. So that’s how I got my start. At the moment. I’m working on a couple of major gigs. I’m a principal researcher with answer lab, which is one of the premier user experience companies in the US and we’re working with major brands like Google, Amazon, FedEx, Facebook to help them make this transition. In the midst of this, you know, giant move to, you know, digital centric world that we’re now facing with the Coronavirus also have another gig that helps young entrepreneurs and ventures and startups get involved in this whole world of user experience. And that’s called Instant users calm. So yeah, pretty deeply involved in this have been passionate about it for a long time.

Adam G. Force 06:28

So that I mean, and yet your hands and a lot of different things there. And you’re obviously working with some pretty incredible brands, which says a lot as well. So just let’s just level set because I think there’s probably a lot of people that don’t have a clear understanding about the depth of what user experience really is. So maybe you can just give a rundown on when you say you’re working with these guys or supporting entrepreneurs or anything just in UI UX, what what does that mean to you?

Bob Berry 06:56

So a couple a couple of major points and this is very topical as it has a lot to do with what’s happening in the world right now. So when we talk about user experience, it’s really a much broader context than just what you might normally think of as a person interacting with some interface on a website or an app or piece of software. We really look much broader at whether it’s a business or an individual b2b or b2c. What is the whole context of a person’s life? what’s the what’s the day in the life look like? What journey are they on? What’s the narrative of the kind of problems that they’re trying to solve or what keeps them awake at night or what their business goals aren’t, who their customers are? And so we start with that and then we take all of the interactive stuff that our clients do, and put that in the context of that life and how people might interact with it and how they might solve problems. So today, the particular unique situation that people find themselves in is with the Coronavirus. Digital is becoming far more empty And then it has been in the past, not that it wasn’t before. So online systems virtual is providing a solution to so many of the problems we’re facing. Now, you know, all schools and education is going online. You know, a lot of healthcare is now done virtually digitally. So many companies are adapting to being able to offer customers new e commerce systems, we’ve got new startups that are developing ways to do testing and tracing and tracking for the virus itself. I’m not gonna just go on we can have a podcast just talking about the new innovations, and the new kinds of virtual systems that are out there. And all of those are all about new experiences, and how are we going to interact with one another? How are we going to maintain what we do or even get better at what we do, and be able to do that remotely and contact lists so we don’t spread this virus?

Adam G. Force 08:51

Yeah, that’s interesting. And, you know, I like the perspective of looking at the day in the life and then finding out how we how Our opportunity, right as a company fits into that, that day in the life. So the question that I would have is, what are some of the ways that you guys get accurate insights about the day in the life?

Bob Berry 09:15

So there’s all there are a lot of tools that we that we use one of them, for example, as we use diary tools. And there are some platforms out there that specifically provide automated ways to do this. And so we will, we will, for example, if somebody is testing an app or somebody has a new business service that they’re launching, we’ll provide them access to that. And we’ll have them maintain a diary over a period of time to find out what events in their lives have them, Go pick up that app or have them go to that website. What problems are they trying to solve? How easily can they get the answers that they need or get the tasks completed that they need to within the context of their business or their personal lives? A lot of times, then from those diaries, we then follow up with some in depth interviews to really kind of really unpack a lot of the specific things that they did offer them a variety of different scenarios. And you know, a lot of that is more qualitative to really understand how people are doing what they’re doing. But you can also rap a lot of quantitative tools around those as well. So those individual stories in those narratives, and that kind of Day in the Life is really critical. But at some point, you also want to understand how that works at scale. So there are variety of quantitative tools we can use to survey people and measure them in larger volumes, to really understand the kind of the larger trends and how significant are these tasks and these these needs that people have so you can understand how to better design, you know, the app or website or software or whatever you’re working on. That’s interesting.

Adam G. Force 10:48

So I want to scale down the perspective a bit and maybe maybe to start that part of the conversation, the difference in your mind and how you We might approach user experience for the, you know, first five years of a startup, right? I have an informational program or service or e commerce versus the Googles and fedexes of the world where they have a very different dynamic on the size of their their data budgets and marketing, capability, research capabilities. So just what like where do you see the difference in approaches there and then I want to dial into the the early stage entrepreneur.

Bob Berry 11:29

So the the important lesson here, the important insight here is that having that kind of interaction with your end users and your customers, is you can do all of that independent of budget, obviously, those big brands, they spend literally millions of dollars and for most entrepreneurs, that’s just out of the question. Yeah. So I’ve run you know, both as an entrepreneur and working in a corporate environment. You know, I’ve run usability labs and user experience projects with virtually no Budget at all. So it doesn’t cost you anything to develop a process to identify who your customers are, and find ways to put them in the midst of whatever experience you’re providing them, and observe how well they can complete what they need to add to make sure whatever they’re completing is also consistent with your business tasks. So you know, simply going to your customer list, and making phone calls or simply inviting people like here, you know, we’re using Skype, there’s so many tools out there. And again, you can do all this remotely. And we’ve done this remotely for years. And when everything began to go totally remote in March, we were really set up to do this. But, you know, if you’re an entrepreneur, you can use Skype or zoom or WebEx or just the phone, to walk people through whatever it is you’re doing, and to experience their experience as they’re going through it and develop a real appreciation for what their needs are and whether or not they can be successful with whatever you’re providing. So independent of budget, yeah, you have that kind of conversation, you can run those kind of tests, you can develop that level of intimacy without having to spend hardly any money at all, in some cases, none at all. Okay,

Adam G. Force 13:17

so Okay, so a couple things come to mind to kind of dig into that a little bit. The first thing is, you know, there I almost see two things happening here. You if you’re going to do a usability test of any kind for UX on your, your program, let’s say you have a membership site, or course you want to see are people confused? Are they not like, whatever that is, right? So you want to make sure that you have the right person doing that test, right. So it starts with knowing who your perfect customer really is to make sure that’s who you have. Because, you know, obviously you don’t need mom and dad doing the usability tests. Right. So that’s right. And and is that that stems from understanding That day in the life and how you fit in, right, because if it doesn’t, then obviously, it’s just not the right person. Right?

Bob Berry 14:05

Yes. Yeah, very good point. So having the right people involved in that investigation in that research is really critical. And, and there’s a lot of things you can verify. So it really again, it goes really beyond usability. If you’re a startup, you might need to validate your basic premise your you know, what’s your value proposition? What is the core message that you’re trying to send to the marketplace? What outcomes are you trying to create for people? And is that useful to them? Is that something that they actually need? And then are your marketing messages the way that you’re trying to approach them and attract them? is that relevant as well? So yes, finding those right people to make sure that you’re asking those upfront questions about your business model and your messaging as well as the actual experience itself. Yes, if you got the right people involved is going to be really critical and in most cases, offering something at no cost. cost to people and giving them an opportunity. Like, if you’re developing an online course, in most cases, if you’re addressing a market of any size at all, it’s pretty straightforward to find people that need that learning that need that outcome. And you can get them involved in whatever it is you’re doing at no cost and give it to them for free. And in exchange, they can provide you that feedback and give you the opportunity to interview them give you the opportunity to observe how they use it, and what outcomes they get out of it.

Adam G. Force 15:29

Right. So the cost to them is just a return of their feedback and interview and information like that. Maybe even a testimonial at the end if it all goes well. Right?

Bob Berry 15:38

Absolutely. Yes. And then it goes again, as we know, in those early stages, those kind of testimonials can be really critical.

Adam G. Force 15:45

I mean, I think it’s an important part of that marketing process. Right? I mean, if you’re creating a course or something like that, you know what we did was even at $200 we validated will people pay for this like is it Are they interested enough to pay for this Then we got the user experience information because Bob the way we did it, and I’d be curious to hear your feedback just for people listening is we taught this live actually. So we could see reactions, are they confused and things like that. And then that might be a first layer. But then to your point, you’re really getting dialed into the usability, like, on the platform itself, right?

Bob Berry 16:23

Yeah, I think that, that having those early experiences where you’re gonna be there with them and walk them through it, it’s what we call the experience experience. Yeah, so you’re gonna experience whatever they’re experiencing as they’re experiencing, and then that’s really critical. But at some point, they’re gonna have to go off and do it on their own, you’re not going to be able to be there with them and walk them through it. So you’ve got to find a way to do both of those. You got to make sure that you can be there with them and see how they’re doing it. And they might provide some guidance and there’s a lot of interviewing and questioning you can do. But at some point, you also need to give them the opportunity to use the product ultimately, as it’s designed to be used which, you know, I think in most people Especially for online courses and learning materials, that’s going to be self guided. And that’s going to be a pretty critical part of whether or not they’re successful or not.

Adam G. Force 17:09

Yeah, that makes sense. And don’t you have some programs online now that you’ve been working on, I’d be curious how you take in these types of steps for your own the work that you’ve been doing?

Bob Berry 17:20

Yeah, so we offer a pretty extensive set of learning tools, platforms, resources, measurement tools. And in fact, we’ve created a landing page for your podcasts and you can actually go there and we can talk about this at the end, and download a lot of learning materials for free to really get started on this. And there also is a lot of information there on some more advanced topics. And, and we touch on a lot of different ones. I mean, we don’t really have time to go through all the different elements. But there are a number of different approaches that we include in that they’re kind of on the leading edge of what user experience research is doing today. just name a couple of examples. So for example, one of the things that we’re finding, and you may have experienced this too, and some of the work you’ve done with your own programs, is there are so many different apps, platforms, devices, operating systems out there right now that being able to just verify that what you’re doing works functionally. So what you’re doing might actually be usable, it actually might be useful, it might be relevant, it might be something that people need, but it also might not be functionally sound. And you’d be surprised how often we we hear about and we discover functional problems, the thing just breaks. Yeah, certain types of phones or on certain types of operating systems. And so being able to run some of those tests just to make sure that everything is sound from a quality perspective is also critical to making sure it’s usable and useful and all those other things.

Adam G. Force 18:57

Yeah, we tend to find that out. Sometimes the hard way as people were just going through, and you get those messages saying, Hey, what’s going on with this? And I go, thanks for the feedback.

Bob Berry 19:10

Yeah, right. Yeah,

Adam G. Force 19:12

you know, because here’s the thing, part of it is like, you don’t want to get stuck in a cycle of like perfectionism that holds you back from actually putting something out there, right? So it’s like, people get so afraid that it may not be functionally sound. And we’re like, well, you’re better off just getting it out there getting the feedback, and as long as you know, like, so that would be an approach that we take. I see it so often with entrepreneurs, a limiting belief that Well, I didn’t put this course together or I didn’t create this program at or release it for the past year because I just couldn’t do it the way I wanted yet. It’s not set up the way it needs to be. It’s not perfect. You know what I mean?

Bob Berry 19:49

Yeah, I actually I’m glad you I’m glad you mentioned that Adam, because one another really key practice or method here is what we consider progressive or iterative testing. Okay, so get something out there early. There’s no better test of a product concept and product functionality than getting it in the hands of real customers and real users. Yeah. And it doesn’t have to be perfect. But you won’t know you won’t discover a lot of things on your own, that the market will reveal that your customers will reveal. So get it out there, try it out, get it tested, and then iterate and then do it again. And again. And again. You know, you look at a company like Amazon, for example. And when you think about e commerce and you think about online purchasing you obviously they’re the thing that they’re the company that comes to mind first. Yeah, well, they’ve been doing testing for from the very beginning, and they do it constantly, and they’re always improving. And a lot of times, and you may have had this experience, sometimes when they put new stuff out there, it’s not perfect, of course, but they constantly test to constantly evaluate and that, you know, that method by, arguably the biggest company in the world is also very relevant for the smallest company. In the world as well, get it out there, test it, verify it, find out what works and not tweak it, do it again, put it back out there, tweak it, do it again. And that’s just a constant process that you need to be committed to.

Adam G. Force 21:12

Yeah, no, I couldn’t agree more. It’s so powerful. So we basically covered off saying, we want to experience the experience with them and learn from that, then you want to watch them, experience it on their own and learn from that. And you want to make sure that you’re getting something into the hands of the market, and go through a process of progressive testing, which is that iterative process.

Bob Berry 21:35

Yeah. And then again, prior to all of that, make sure you understand the day in the life, their narrative, their context of who they are and what problems they’re solving.

Adam G. Force 21:44

So tell me this, Bob, do you have something that you use almost like a framework or a story script, which is for that day in the life where you could say, here’s this Avatar and we have a one page story about this person? That’s the day in the life like, how do you? How do you get that on paper. But when you know, when you’re setting this stuff up,

Bob Berry 22:07

you have to start with some basic assumptions. So you need to come up with some kind of an interview script that you can use to talk to people. So if you’re launching a product, or if you’re developing a new service or building a new online course, I think the assumption is that you already have a pretty good idea what problem that you’re trying to solve. And so you make some you have to make some basic assumptions about what those are based on your knowledge. And based on the market insights that you have that went into the development of that product, and then idea, building from that the interview process is essentially validating what some of those assumptions are. That’s probably step one. Yep. Is is getting those down, really identifying. What does success look like for the end user? What problem is that they’re trying to solve? And how does how do those success factors line up with what your own business skulls are in there. You know, there needs to be some overlap, obviously in those. Yeah, that makes sense. Another another practice that we’re really encouraging people to do right now, because of everything that’s happening with the economy and Coronavirus is, identify what those success factors are for your customers and your end user. And for yourself, get those assumptions down, and then start to project those into the future where based on the what’s happening with the economy with the virus in your particular market segment, or your customers, what’s the vector for those? Are they diverging? Are they converging, and that gives you even if you can only look at three or six months out to try to get a sense of where things are going. Because the world is changing very quickly right now. And it’s important to keep track of what your customers are going through how markets are changing how technology is changing, because it’s going to be it might be a very different world. If you’re looking on a launch world might be very different three or six months in the assumptions that you started with.

Adam G. Force 24:00

Hundred percent. Yeah, that makes sense. And that’s always a critical step. And it sounds like to me and just from my experience speaking here, you start off with this hypothesis, right, these assumptions, and then it takes time to interview and talk to protect like your customers and get the information. So this is an evolving process, right? You’re always refining that perfect customer and that Avatar and that day in the life, do you Is that true?

Bob Berry 24:28

Yes, that’s definitely true. And I think it’s probably more true now than ever, because of the rate of change going on out there today. So that’s true enough, you know, in the old normal, and we don’t even know what the new normal is. Yes, yeah. part of the process now is staying close to those customers. And again, times like a crisis are oftentimes of opportunity as well. There are some amazing stories of new innovations and adaptations that people are working on today that are going to require new kinds of experiences and for for entrepreneurs and startups, it’s a way to identify what are some of the emerging needs and take advantage of this.

Adam G. Force 25:06

Yeah, makes sense. And I’m curious one, one thing that can be challenging for people is actually getting people on the phone to do these interviews. So that’s part of why it could take time. Does it erode the value of the feedback? If you say, Hey, I’ll give you 50 bucks or 100 bucks for an hour of your time to do this? Is it okay to invest in that process?

Bob Berry 25:28

No, we do that all the time. And it can vary. And sometimes it might be an you know, an Amazon or a Visa gift card. Or again, it might be you know, access if you’ve got a product that you can provide in kind, or it might be you know, might just be cash. And in fact, a lot of the research that we do we simply pay cash. Yeah. And so No, I think it’s a it’s a practice that, that that, you know, the research industry, not just user research, but all types of market research. compensating people for their time and their input. Makes a lot of sense. Yeah, it’s doesn’t alter the results. And really, people commit when they know they’re getting paid, they pay more attention, they’re more likely to show up and they’re more likely to be on their feet.

Adam G. Force 26:09

Yeah, hundred percent. I mean, we’ve learned this too, because we would reach out to like 50 people just say we love feedback. You watched our, you know, our webinar, you didn’t join the program, trying to get feedback, and nobody wants to talk. And I was like, Alright, I don’t care. Pay him 100 bucks or $100 less This is you’re basically buying data. So to me, it’s worth every penny. Right? That feedback is like the crux of your business success.

Bob Berry 26:34

Yeah, well, and the other thing we’ve observed too, is that if you if you don’t compensate people in some way, then what you what you can end up with are those people that like to give feedback.

Adam G. Force 26:46

Ah, that’s a great point. It’s like you get the discount shoppers the freebie hunters and now you got the feedback givers.

Bob Berry 26:54

Yeah, well, it’s like it’s like online when you people comment on or do reviews on products. Yeah. You know, a lot of times you’re what you’re getting are people that like to give reviews on products, you’re not really getting a representative sample of all the users. So yeah, you have to be careful to not end up with that kind of bias. That’s a critical

Adam G. Force 27:12

question. That’s a great, great point. I never thought about it when it comes to the feedback cycle, that there’s just people out there that always have something to say about it.

Bob Berry 27:23

Well, and unfortunately, sometimes, and a certain percentage of those people are the grouchy ones, too. So that’s exactly

Adam G. Force 27:30

you end up getting these disgruntled people. Yeah, they’re always the first to speak up and say, Well, I’ll tell you what I think. Yeah,

Bob Berry 27:38

right. And not that they’re not that their feedback is invalid. You just want to get a much broader sample than that.

Adam G. Force 27:44

Yeah. Yeah, absolutely. Absolutely. So tell me a little bit more about your programs and where people can learn more about them. It sounds like you have some day. I mean, you work in the big world of the Googles and the fedexes, and things like that. But you also have stuff for the entrepreneurs out there. And I’m just tell us a little bit more about that.

Bob Berry 28:06

Yeah, so we have this this program, and it’s user calm. And it’s the official name is the human computer mastermind Academy. And what we’ve done is taken a lot of those lessons from what the, you know, the big companies do, and package them in a whole series of online courses, ebooks, tips and tricks and methods, platforms, etc. And so if you for this podcast for your podcast, Adam, people can go to change dot, it’s the users.com and download a lot of those materials for free. And again, it’s a lot of getting started stuff to just you know, what I’d like you’ve asked a lot of questions about what are the first steps people need to do. And then there’s a lot more advanced topics as well if you really want to get into this for the long term and maybe invest a little bit more money and be a little more rigorous about it. All that is in there as well. The other thing I’m offering is We’re trying to really keep a pulse on what’s happening in the world and what entrepreneurs are doing, how they’re adapting and innovating. And so I’m offering a free business consult by me for anybody that signs up for those free materials. And I’ll talk you through some of those early questions based on your own business and your own challenges and what you’re trying to create and what markets you’re trying to reach. And we do this all the time with companies of all sizes, including a lot of those big brands. And so hopefully, we can we want to learn from people that are that are doing this. We want to offer whatever knowledge or assistance we can provide as well. So that’s all part of that, that that offer.

Adam G. Force 29:37

Oh, yeah, I just checked out the site. So anybody listening, just to repeat that URL, it’s changed. It’s the users.com. And we’ll have that in the description and show notes and stuff like that for anybody that wants to grab it. Awesome. So Bob, really appreciate your time today. It was a lot of fun. Talking about user experience. And just as really critical process, I mean, we talked about identifying that day in the life and how that’s an iterative process and some steps to take to do that. And just how to think about it. And and Bob, correct me if I’m wrong, the more detail the better, right?

Bob Berry 30:15

Yeah, the more detail the better. But But, again, you have to have a balance between depth and breadth. So, you know, you want to make sure you have a pretty good coverage on all the different types or segments of customers you’re trying to reach. And that’s going to vary a lot depending on your business or your idea. So don’t go too deep on any one. Make sure you’ve got a good cross section of all you’re trying to reach in, then start to go deeper on each one. I would encourage that kind of balance.

Adam G. Force 30:44

Can you just before we wrap up here, can you give a little example of like, I had someone we’ve been we talked a lot about finding that perfect customer for someone’s business or course or whatever it might be. And really understanding when you talk about day in the life I mean Is it? Do we want to know? Are they married? Are they still working nine to five coming home frustrated or how they deal with their, you know certain things in their life, they have a babysitter for the kids they gotta pay for like, how in depth? Do we need to get that? Can you maybe give an example of maybe a brief, like sample description or something that like, what kind of details are we looking for?

Bob Berry 31:21

So some of the details you’re looking for one of the key questions we try to understand in the day in the life is what? What triggering event makes them reach for whatever your product or service or course happens to be. Yeah, yeah. So what’s what’s going on that, you know, that desire, that motivation for them to pick up or look for or seek you out? is really important. I think a lot of times we start by assuming that somebody has already got the product and so now they’re gonna start using it and doing whatever it is they’re able to do with it. But we have to back up from that and say, What is it that’s going to make somebody go look for you? Google search or, you know, go to a course catalog or ask their friends or go on social media, whatever it might be. What is it? What is that initiating event? And then everything in between is all the user experience usability, everything they’ve been talking about. But then on the other end to, what are they going to do with a result? When they’re done with it, when they take away whatever they’ve learned, whatever outcome they take, how are they going to apply it, how they’re going to remember it and apply it in their lives? So that those two bookends, what’s the initiating event? And then how are they going to apply it in their lives or their business are really critical. And when we get into a lot of this research about our product, we tend to get too involved in the product. And we leave out those two bookends, got it?

Adam G. Force 32:44

No, I love those. That’s great. I mean, just even just thinking about those life events that make someone consider that motivate them. It tells you a lot about the circumstances of their of what they’re dealing with and you could probably over time, find a lot of common ground between people And what’s motivating them?

Bob Berry 33:02

Yes. And then I’ll inform you a lot about, for example, how to promote your product.

Adam G. Force 33:07

Exactly.

Bob Berry 33:07

So, where where are they going to go look for what it is, whatever it is you’re offering. And that’s where you need to be promoting yourself and making people aware of it and describing your benefits and knowing and everything else. And that’s just you. And if you don’t cross that hurdle, you’re not you’re never in contention.

Adam G. Force 33:24

Exactly. That’s a good note to end. I appreciate it. Lots of good insights here. Again, guys, you can check out change. It’s the users.com. Bob, thank you so much for your time today.

Bob Berry 33:36

Adam, it’s been a lot of fun. Stay safe. Good luck with everything you’re doing.

Adam G. Force 33:40

All right. Thank you so much. That’s all for this episode. Your next step is to join the Change Creator revolution by downloading our interactive digital magazine app for premium content, exclusive interviews, and more ways to stay on top of your game available now on iTunes and Google Play, or visit Change Creator mag.com we’ll see you next time. Money and meaning intersect right here at the Change Creator podcast.

(Transcribed by Otter.ai, there may be errors)

Mandy Barbee: Overcoming Stressors to Thrive with Your Biz and Life

Listen to our exclusive interview with expert, Mandy Barbee

Subscribe to this show on Spotify  |  iTunes  |  Stitcher  |  Soundcloud

As entrepreneurs, we all face challenges with anxiety, stress and mental blocks that hold us back! But what if we can overcome them? We spoke with expert, Mandy Barbee, who has over 15 years of leadership experience and is certified in clinical hypnotherapy, neurolinguistics, and the mind-body connection.

Mandy Barbee, MA Economics & CCHT, founder of Palladium Mind, is a transformation and healing expert who has helped hundreds of clients across the globe to overcome anxiousness and thrive in business, health, and life. By combining the power of imagery with their innate capabilities, she empowers men and women to regain a positive sense of control, transcend struggle, and enjoy everything more.

Learn more about Mandy and her work at > https://www.palladiummind.com/

Transcription of Interview (Transcribed by Otter.ca; there may be errors.)

Adam G. Force 0:11
Hey, what’s going on everybody? Welcome back to the Change Creator podcast show. This is your host Adam for syrette Change Creator. I’m excited to be here today because I love talking about the mind and how we behave and why we do things and our mental blocks and all that good stuff. And today we have a treat for you. We’re going to be talking to someone by the name of Mandy Barbie. She’s the founder of palladium mind. So we’re going to cover a number of topics here. She’s actually a she helps people in transformation and healing right? So she works with a lot of clients all around the world. And they she basically focuses on like how to overcome anxiety and different stressors and get over certain mental blocks in your life so that you can really start to thrive thrive not only in your business, But in life in general. So she has some unique insights that she’s going to be talking to us about today that I think will be really great takeaways that will help you on your journey as an entrepreneur. So excited to jump into that with Mandy today. If you guys missed the last episode of the Change Creator podcast, definitely go back we spoke to Ken Casals. He’s a very sharp guy. He was on the Forbes 30. Under 30. We talked about growing leads and revenue faster for e commerce. And there are some interesting considerations from you know what’s going on in the world today, but also just from his extensive experience working with a lot of clients and running a lot of different campaigns and stuff like that. So if you have an e commerce company, definitely something to check out. And even if you don’t, there’s a lot of great conversations just about growing leads and revenue, right? So don’t want to miss that one. And guys, one of the things that we have been focused on I know, we’ve had a lot of people come up to us and they’re obviously trying to go digital and they’re kind of stressing it. which totally get that. But you know, we are programmed the captivate method is we’re all we’re focused on digital, right? So the captivate method program is really about helping people get more, to really build trust with their audience, get more leads and get consistent sales. And we do this through strategic storytelling. So we really supercharge the business and marketing with storytelling, but we also set up these systems the right way. So you guys can have that that basically a sales loop, right? So if this is something that’s going to help you because you want to get digital and get your revenue channels up on the digital side, this could be a great program for you. We do look for early stage entrepreneurs who at least have their product that maybe made a sale or two at least, right? Because we’re not doing product development, but the community offers lots of live coaching and all that kind of stuff. So it’s a very powerful program. If you’re interested, it sounds like something that can help you right now. Go to Change Creator calm and you’ll see in the navigation menu or the header. It says Join captivate, you’ll be able to get on a waitlist and within a very short period of time, after you get a couple emails and updates, you’ll get an opportunity to join our masterclass to learn more about how this can help you. And then from there you can make your decision as if this is the right community for you or not, but really exciting stuff. It’s proven it works. We use these strategies all the time, not only for ourselves, but to help other clients scale their businesses all the time. So alright guys just wanted to make mention of that during this time with this pandemic, because I realized how important I mean digital is always important, but more than ever now we’re just seeing a whole influx of people who are looking for that kind of support so I would jump on it get in there check it out, and you can always reach out go to our contact page reach out if you have questions or you know, there’s a chat bot or whatever on there that you could talk to us. Alright guys, without further ado, let’s jump into it. Don’t forget to leave us a review on iTunes. And yeah, let’s talk to a man Hey, show

Unknown Speaker 3:57
me that he

Adam G. Force 4:01
Hey, Mandy, welcome to the Change Creator podcast show today. How are you? I am so good. Adam, thank you so much for having me. You’re very welcome. excited to talk with you based on all the incredible expertise you have. It’s a space that I always like to get involved in. So why don’t we just open the door a little bit with, you know, what is going on today with you? Not today specifically, but just present time. And give us a little bit of that background. So I like to get like what’s going on now and then we can kind of work our way into how you got here.

Mandy Barbee 4:37
Yeah, absolutely. So right now today in my world, I were hunkered down in Seattle, Washington, doing some social distancing here. And yeah, I get to work from my home office, and I’m serving clients all over the United States and one international client through my coaching and hypnotherapy practice. displayed in mind, currently, what’s going on, it’s very exciting to me is something that’s been a long time in the works, which is not a plug, it’s just something I’m extremely passionate about is the very first opportunity that I have ever felt alignment to share something virtual, a resource that will actually create healing with people where they don’t have to dip that toe in the water of one to one in person or, or virtual work. So it’s something it’s a product that I’ve been ruminating on and steeping on for the last like five years. And it’s finally coming to fruition in April. So that’s very exciting.

Adam G. Force 5:43
Very cool. Congratulations. So thank you. I you know, for me, one of the things that’s so important and why I really wanted to have this conversation with you is that you have an expertise in helping people overcome struggle by understanding and Managing, you know, the anxiety and fear, fear based decision making. And then when it comes to us being entrepreneurs, especially solopreneurs, who are, you know, on our own and doing these things? There’s a lot of that, right? There’s a lot of ups and downs and stressors that can really trigger a lot of anxiety and fear. And so, you know, one thing we always talk about is how, you know, when we make decisions from those places that are our timing from going from point A to point B gets much longer because we make lots of bad decisions. And I want to help people understand, you know, how to think about that and how to start managing it. So can you just like talk a little bit about, you know, how you work with people in general right now, just to give us some background on what you’re doing, and how, like some of the key things that you’re working with people on?

Mandy Barbee 6:56
Oh, yes, that’s such a great setup. The I’m a way that I work with people. This, this work that I do falls under it could be described in a lot of ways. And I think the best way to understand it is it’s working with imagery. So a couple key points are that anything happening automatically, in your experience, anything that’s automated, in your experience, by your body or by your mind is governed by your subconscious. So subconscious problems can’t be analyzed away. We can bring unconscious issues to light to awareness, but even if you do, you can’t like troubleshoot a feeling away. There needs to be an experience. I love it. You’re laughing beautiful. Can you relate to that? Oh, yeah,

Adam G. Force 7:51
I mean, you have these experiences and I just like that, use the word troubleshoot, like Oh, let me you know, it’s just it’s it’s a funny way of putting it I actually just say, I typed down I quoted you on that one, you can troubleshoot and experience.

Mandy Barbee 8:05
Yeah, you can troubleshoot a feeling away. Like even if this is the this is the awareness that I had like years into doing this work with people. And I will describe the work in just a moment. I want to bring that clarity too. So we’re all like kind of speaking the same language. But the awareness that I had was people like I don’t know what this anxiety is from, I don’t know what is causing it. I don’t know. And this is a huge point of frustration. And it’s also can make a feeling or a sense of failure. result in that person’s experience depending on how we relate to not knowing something, what we feel or decide about the fact that we don’t know the reason. It can either be scary or it can be defeating, and that’s totally relatable, but in, in in the big scheme, even If you do know because often people will learn most the time when I work with people, we discover the root just knowing it doesn’t change it. And that is something beautiful that I want to add took me like I said, years of working with people one on one to notice this huge frustration that we bring a loading to the situation with burden of Oh my God, I don’t know why, and then we find out and we still have to find a way of resolving it. So I think that that bit, that little nugget of information can bring a lot of grace like okay, so So knowing it isn’t going to make you feel better. What will

Adam G. Force 9:39
Mm hmm. And well, I mean, at least I guess if you can, like you have these conversations, you get to the root of what’s causing because like I always say like, if you don’t know a mistake that you’re making, right, you think you’re doing everything great just like having clarity on your business. Like if you think you have clarity and you don’t know the mistakes you’re making, well, you can’t get around them and fix them if you’re not even aware. So at least The first step it sounds like is like, well, what is the source of this anxiety? It’s easy to say I’m stressed because of money, and I’m Chef. But there’s probably other things that go far deeper that causes ongoing, you know, stressors or trigger you into behaviors that create these, this anxiety, right? So if we can understand what they are, then I guess you could start at least taking the next steps to manage that.

Mandy Barbee 10:26
I think that’s such a beautiful like uncovering that you just made about. We say when we say it’s just an opportunity, even for listeners in this very moment, to think like if there’s something that’s Top of Mind like, it’s money, I’m stressed about money, or I’m stressed about that, that one hiring decision or the firing decision that I’m contemplating or making that leap. It’s like you’ve identified it, that’s good. But then what’s the reason why that is causing so much distress,

Adam G. Force 10:57
right? And I mean, so like, what Like, what do people how do you start figuring that out?

Mandy Barbee 11:05
Yeah. Is it magic sauce? Oh, I can totally I’ll share as much as I possibly can. This is my area of genius or geek out. Yeah. Well, I think this would be a perfect time to do it best I can in describing exactly what I do and how I do it. So we can open that up. And others can benefit and command the resources that they are governing. So we use the very mechanisms in the body and in the mind and in the person in the awareness that are creating the problem automatically, to shift it. So if you want to operate at the level where change needs to happen in the subconscious, that’s the feeling body. So it’s not the intellect or the logical part. I’m pointing up right to my neocortex right now right to the temple. Not that frontal lobe. It’s the feeling body, the instinctual primal awareness, the instincts and intuition you could say, and how you in how you work with that is actually so simple, because imagery is the language of the subconscious. Oh, that isn’t that amazing? Yeah, we can talk problem with imagery. imagery. You haven’t heard

Adam G. Force 12:28
of the subconscious? No, I have not heard that concept. That imagery is the language of the subconscious. Can you can you tell us a little bit more about that? Like why that is?

Mandy Barbee 12:40
Yes. There’s, I say, I usually hold up three fingers and I’m doing that right now. There’s imagery, hormones and emotions. There may be more I’ve often asked myself this, but these are the languages of the subconscious. These are the shovelers of automatic creation. reactions. And so, like in dreams, for instance, this is a best way to describe it when we’re processing at night in a certain brainwave pattern. And we’re becoming aware of our unconscious information when we remember our dreams. Dreams are primarily an imagery. But there’s other aspects of imagery that also show up, we have an internal sense, we have an internal set of senses, that replicates the sensory experience we have in the outside world. So our perception gets repeated on the inside so the body mind can store it. I hope this is making sense because basically, if we, if we hear a sound, the way that we’re able to recall the sound later is because we have an internal sense of sound. Yeah. So you could imagine someone gently brushing a hand against your hand or you could remember sandpaper, how it feels. We have these internal sensory ways of storing information as well. And so that is the matter By which subconscious information is stored and organized. It’s also how it’s recalled.

Adam G. Force 14:06
Yeah. Okay, so, so now Okay, can we talk I want to talk about like, so this is helpful just to get that like depth of understanding. And I think a lot of times, you know, people and I’m going to ask a general question because I want to see just how you feel about it that when we are entrepreneurs, and we are exploring the unknown, we’re solving problems. The people that really are held back from finding success in what they do, it doesn’t matter how great of an expert they are, if they aren’t making it, it tends to be because of mindset blocks. Is that a fair statement?

Mandy Barbee 14:49
I am, like I would love to add to hear it because we talked a little bit before this call as well. And you mentioned mindset there too. And I think that mindset is one of those words when people say it, they might mean, sometimes different things. Okay. I would love to hear what you can you describe mindset, and then I’ll also butt up against that.

Adam G. Force 15:07
Yeah. So if I’m relating it to what you’re talking about. So if I was it’s the subconscious, so the subconscious conscious dictating how we feel how we respond. And a simple example would be around money, right? So everyone talks about money blocks, and it’s about well, what did your parents teach you about money? What were the stories you heard about money? And how do those affect the way you behave around money? And you know, it creates the feelings you have about it. So, you know, I always say, if you hate money, you’re probably not going to have much right if you’re not, if you’re not, if you think it’s a really hard thing to get, then you’re probably going to always make yourself work 100 hours a week in order to get money. Right. So it’s like, yeah, these are the types of exactly that I see with entrepreneurs. Including myself, we all have these things. And I’m like, for example, I read a book by Bruce Lipton called the Biology of Belief and dives into a lot of these types of things because I’m always hunting for how do I improve myself? How do I strengthen my mindset, but like a great example was like, Okay, if you had a CD playing old school, right, you got a CD playing a song and you’re like, I really want to change the song. Just thinking about it like saying, don’t eat those donuts, and I’m gonna be on a diet like it just saying it doesn’t do anything. You have to literally go there and reprogram it by putting a new CD and so how do we do that in our brain?

Mandy Barbee 16:39
Yes. I love that book, Adam. And I tell people you can listen to it in three hours on Audible on a Sunday morning. It’s good if you’re able super so good. He’s just a beautiful humans. How do you reprogram it? Yeah, and and do I agree about this? This, you know, experience of struggle being a lot mindset as you described it 100% were in alignment and understanding there, okay. How do we reprogram it? There’s working with imagery, you know, working with imagery is something that it’s let me pause there. I want to say something different. Okay. We reprogram it. When I was thinking of when I work with people, what’s really important to me to convey is that sometimes because I do practice hypnotherapy, people come in and actually Bruce Lipton, Dr. Bruce Lipton also mentions hypnosis at the end of the Biology of Belief, which is so interesting, just this tiny little word. Yeah, but I do practice it with therapy. It’s because it was a way that I was trained to utilize imagery with others. The imagery isn’t proprietary to any modality You’re using imagery all the time. Sometimes we can use it for good. Or we could use it for evil because we could use imagery to make ourselves spun up and imagine really terrible things. Or we can use imagery. Sometimes it feels spontaneously, or automatically without choice to put ourselves into what Tony Robbins would say, a beautiful state, that we can command our state, by the way that we direct our attention and the imagery that we call in this, you can see that there’s this interesting interplay that I think about all the time between conscious control and direction, and the allowing of our subconscious to play as well. And so I do people come into hypnotherapy a lot and they find me through through hypnotherapy quite frequently, and we always start with debunking this idea that there’s any form of transfer of control. Because I’m only going to help that person steer their own imagery in a relaxed state, I can’t install imagery. I can’t actually reprogram they, in a state of relaxation can access the subconscious and imagery arises naturally when we flip out of analytical mindset. Yeah, yeah. So

Adam G. Force 19:24
does that answer? It does so I have questions, of course. So you are talking about being in a state of theta, right? Is that your, your relaxed state.

Mandy Barbee 19:35
Theta is the data is one of those relaxed states and I, I tend to, I really work with people in alpha, which is a very, it’s a very wakeful, but alert state where imagery is natural. And so theta and delta are generally in a state of like deeper sleep. Like they’re either sleep light dreaming sleep or deeper sleep, and we’re definitely in a waking state. Just relax critical mind. Got it.

Adam G. Force 20:08
And when you talk about using imagery, just so everybody listening understands, like we’re not talking about necessarily, or maybe you are. So you can tell me like holding up a tangible image. So you see something in front of you, it’s more about creating the images in your your mind, right, like thinking about certain images. Exactly. Okay. Okay, and so, like thinking about certain images. I mean, does this come through like the, I guess one of the processes I’ve always been curious about, and it’s like, well, does this really work? And how do I know it works is like, you would obviously work with someone through this image process, which I’m not super familiar with, but does it relate to things like affirmations? Like what it was like, Is that another process or is it tied to it?

Mandy Barbee 20:58
Yeah. I’ll go back one tiny step and then take you all the way through like a spectrum of options. Because this is also like a point of passion for me is sharing with people the spectrum of tools that other people are giving them so that they understand where everything fits. Almost like like a care team, like your whole medical team working together, you can start to go Okay, wait a second, I see what’s going on here and why, and then this one, and then I’m getting a suggestion for this from somebody else. And you can kind of begin to govern your own experience even more powerfully. There’s a conscious piece and there’s an unconscious piece and the conscious piece like every person, every client, every human that I interact with, I want us all to be building awareness because in that awareness, other things become possible, just like you said earlier. Yeah. When you become aware of the problem, suddenly you can think about solving it. This when you work in a relaxed state of awareness that is one of the easiest tools for solving a feeling problem or an automatic problem. And that’s what we’re talking about here. So when we drop into a relaxed state of mind, it affirmation is one way of imagining something that’s not true now, or that we perceive is not true now, but we’re putting ourselves in the experience of being true by writing the affirmation or speaking the affirmation. I see this. Does that jive?

Adam G. Force 22:27
Yeah. For you? Yeah, I’m good. Okay.

Mandy Barbee 22:29
I think that that’s one way that I describe affirmation, because it’s one thing to go. What? Already reveal myself Harry Potter. I must not tell lies. I must not tell anybody I must write total dork moment. But if we write the affirmation over and over and over again, surely we could eventually maybe have a chance of brainwashing ourselves. But if you if you actually engage emotionally with the affirmation That you’re saying, You’re basically dressed, rehearsing the emotional experience and giving your nervous system the opportunity to taste what life is like, when that’s true. And you’re making it true right now.

Adam G. Force 23:16
I love that. Yeah. So okay, so cuz that’s something I picked up on through this process is like, you don’t just sit there and say something in your mind. Right? And you you want to, I learned that the most and I think you’re saying the same thing. The most important part of that is to not just say it and think it, but to actually feel it to actually emotionally feel what it’s like, when you’re saying that. Like that. That affirmation. So yeah, just mentioned jolting the nervous system and starting because now if you can feel it, like when you said I guess what life is like, right, and I think that that hit me, I’m like, Yes. Okay. So that’s probably the most important part of that process, right?

Mandy Barbee 23:59
Yes. Yes, and let’s take it a step further. So an affirmation is this one part of utilizing our decision making process which is conscious, to step into an emotional experience of something new, being true. And affirmation is not the primary tool that I use in my practice, but it’s what I will send people away to do at home because it’s support. It’s like this beautiful foundation or a brick road that you’re building underneath all the change work that we’re going to do the transformation work that you can do with imagery with a person one on one. And so, with imagery like on top, if we stack these resources, we’re bringing consciousness to bear we want the decision we want the decision making process on board with what we’re doing. We’re not trying to go ahead or without the rest of the person’s good decision making on board right then affirmations can support change work and in very light situations with enough rapid And consistency, they can and will change problems. But a lot of times when there’s real deep fears, I don’t mean deep like long ago or deep down or dark. I just mean, if it’s really emotionally charged. It’s really hard to step into the experience of those words even being true. We need something else to shift. And you can make shift happen like like that. I mean, practically like that when you’re working directly with the problem state via an interface such as imagery. So imagery allows, like an like an, like a translator between conscious awareness and unconscious problem within the body. So suddenly, they have a means of talking. Got it?

Adam G. Force 25:46
Yeah, I love that. That’s interesting. And so can you I guess I’m curious. Now that we’re kind of talking about the imagery, we talked about the affirmations like, how long is A process like this usually taking place before we can start seeing shifts in, I guess I want to say the reality that we’re manifesting.

Mandy Barbee 26:13
Mm hmm. This is this is one of the most fun parts of my job. But I get to tell you that when you do this type of when you do this type of you have this type of conversation within yourself. Yeah, using this language where suddenly I’ll say, it feels like sometimes when you’re trying to problem solve a feeling. It can be like one person speaking one language screaming at another person speaking another language and the other person screaming back with anxiety. And the conscious mind is screaming back with problem solving. They’re both just screaming each other and nobody’s understanding anything. Right? And it’s like, Can we just get a translator in here? And then you have a translator and they don’t even have a beef. Like Okay, cool. It’s like a handshake and it’s done. But communication got to happen. Right? And that is that fast. And not only is it that fast it’s that when you have that conversation, you’ve actually resolved the reason for the feeling. The feeling is only coming to deliver information. The problem is its language isn’t being heard or understood. Because we get so used to listening with our conscious mind, right or no longer those children just in worlds where reality and dreams can mix and we’re like, with our playmates, you know,

Adam G. Force 27:38
yeah, yeah. Okay. So I guess I’m curious. So I mean, because I guess it’s, it’s different for everybody, right? It’s not like you can say, oh, in a month, I’m gonna be a millionaire because I overcame my fear of money. Or like, you know, whatever it might be. You know, even like Tony Robbins, we interviewed him and he was like, you know, I’ve worked with all these big times. CEOs, professional athletes, all these guys, and no matter what level you’re at, he said that, you know, when someone’s trying to go to the next level of success like to move into a new version of themselves and a new version of their life 80% of the time, there’s a psychological block holding them back that he just helps them get around. And that’s all it is.

Mandy Barbee 28:22
Yeah, this is the exact This is the nature of my work is I help people shift the block, we help people resolve the block, right. And I can speak to and if anybody’s still listening after all of this technical communication, please. I feel like I just been on overload delivering so much tech information, but I really, I really love talking about this stuff out of them. So you don’t know how much I appreciate you just sharing this time with me and I really admire the work that you’re doing. Thank you.

Adam G. Force 28:57
No, I mean I love I love getting into these conversations I just think they’re so important. Because you know, entrepreneurship in my mind is about creating a life. And it’s, it’s there is no work life balance. It’s just about this harmony of how do you live your life? How do you spend your time? And I think there’s so many unnecessary stressors from past. You know, what do you call it conditioning that we’re not aware of. And I just give you example of how important this mindset stuff is. We had I was at a summit not long ago, and it’s about 40 people in a mastermind that we’re in, you know, one that you have to pay a big bill to be heard of. And so you’re already paying a lot of money over $20,000 to be part of this mastermind. And we got a room of 40 people. So a guy goes up and he presents about money mindset. This is what his program what he helps people with, right is just money mindset. And so it’s a $5,000 program for to be part of this. And then he had a small discount for people in the room. But at the end of the day 50% of the room right there on the spot, opened up their phones and bought that these are these are multiple high like six figure seven figure entrepreneurs. And they are without even thinking about it. Half that room bought that program because money mindset was just so important to the process of getting to that next stage. So what the reason I’m sharing this is that the work you do is probably one of the most important parts of becoming successful in building the life that we want.

Mandy Barbee 30:32
Wow, he really just honored me I see it that way too. And it’s one of the greatest joys of me finding my purpose is that I really think that like when you when you scrape away the scum and then you scrape away the pain you get all the way down to bare metal, like what I get to work with people is on the foundation, and when the foundation is rock solid, you can’t stop a person and it’s not hard. It’s not long to get there. Even Though that is so counterintuitive, because we can struggle against these things, for as long as we have memory, right, I see this stuff shift so fast. And it’s not a magic button. You know, and I know that you know that it’s not a magic button. That’s not what I’m saying. But your question was, interestingly, your question was like, how long does it take? Yeah, and I have worked well, my background in the military. And I also have background in manufacturing in a regulated, regulated industries, two of them. So we’re like precision and quality and root cause analysis, and resolution, the five why’s like it’s gotta be dialed in. Yeah. And I bring that to bear with this really soft, compassionate type of work to help people resolve some of the darkest stuff where we’ve got guilt or shame or whatever, and anxiety where it’s like, we’re breaking our heads against it. So to help people be able to shift those things. Where there’s a lot of belief sometimes stacked against ourselves. It is such an honor. Yeah. And so I have worked really hard my entire obsession is in creating a being able to provide something where there is an expectation that within this window, you can expect that a normal bell curve of results are going to be you can have a resolution not like in, you know, 19 days, it’s like a timer, it just goes off and you’re done. But it’s like, you know, there’s a range and if you follow the process, you can shift and a lifelong problem in weeks. I love

Adam G. Force 32:39
that. Yeah, I love that. And it’s because it’s funny you could see people they’ll spend all the money in the world on like, a course for a marketing strategy on Pinterest or all this other stuff and they end up missing the nurturing of the most important part important part of their success which is cultivating the mindset because and the reason is Say that is what everything we’ve been talking about. But the other part of it is, you know, right now you are not the person that you need to be to get where you want to go. So you have to literally become different versions of yourself to continue to grow into that, that future that you have a vision for, right?

Mandy Barbee 33:23
Yes, yes. Yes. And when when you were speaking about when you were just talking, what came to mind was when, when you with what you said was, we’re buying the strategies where it will pay for the marketing will invest in the equipment, right, but we’re less likely sometimes to pour into ourselves. Yes. And what came to mind was the creator and that’s this is your podcasts, you know, it’s it’s the Change Creator who’s creating the change, it’s the creator and so we have to nourish ourselves first because we are the consciousness That’s bringing all of this about. Exactly, exactly. I think it’s a good note to, to wrap up on I did want to just ask them, who you typically work with, right? Who is your, I guess primary, your perfect customer, if you will? Yeah, I, I am. I have a huge smile on my face right now because I have never really resonated with like with gender specific work. And I really believe strongly in the universality of this resource and want to be available to the human race. That being said, You know, I do have issues that I work very specifically and I can share a little bit about my practice if I actually work with 50 by 55% of my practice has been served has served men and 45% has been women. I work I have worked with people across 25 different countries. I can serve people as long as they should Share at this point in time, English as a common language, very percent because when you’re relaxed, it’s even harder to do that translation and maintain relaxation even if you’re multilingual. And my truly, my focus issue is on helping people resolve anxiety because I have walked that road, and it is possible to resolve anxiety and cease managing it. So I’m just really I’m really psyched about helping people to heal anxiety and no longer cope with it. Okay,

Adam G. Force 35:35
great. Well, why don’t we give a shout out where people can learn more about what you’re doing and find you?

Mandy Barbee 35:45
Yes, Adam is I’ll tell you right now then beautiful I am on Instagram. I’m a little I have a little bit of an Instagram addiction. lol and my handle is my palladium mind because my company is palladium mind play is one of the elements on the periodic table in the Platinum group. So that’s p ALADM. Mind and my website’s palladium mind calm and there’s a giveaway for accessing your alpha state at palladium mine forward slash change creators. Got it.

Adam G. Force 36:18
Okay, great. And we’ll put that in the show notes for everybody to check out. Mandy, thank you so much for your time and sharing your expertise. Inspire it was inspiring and very helpful. Thank you so much, Adam.

Unknown Speaker 36:34
That’s all for this episode. Your next step is to join the Change Creator revolution by downloading our interactive digital magazine app for premium content, exclusive interviews, and more ways to stay on top of your game available now on iTunes and Google Play or visit Change Creator mag Comm. We’ll see you next time where money and meaning intersect right here at the Change Creator podcast.

Check out these other great episodes you might like!

Alli Ball: Turn Your Knowledge into a Thriving Digital Business

alli ball change creator

Listen to our exclusive interview with Alli Ball:

Subscribe to this show on Spotify  |  iTunes  |  Stitcher  |  Soundcloud

What if you have a skill and expertise that could help a lot of people?

How do you scale that into a thriving business today?

We spoke to the founder of Retail Ready, Alli Ball, to find out.

Alli is a former wholesale buyer turned consultant who helps CPG brands understand how to get on the retail shelf and have high sales once they’re there.

She works with clients through her online course, Retail Ready®, and connects with emerging brands through her podcast, Food Biz Wiz™.

Alli has a lot of knowledge to offer based on her experience and great success growing her digital business.

You don’t need to be in the food space to benefit from her process for going from knowledge to digital business.

Prior to launching her business, Alli worked for the Bi-Rite Family of Businesses, sourcing product and developing grocery staff for years at Bi-Rite Market on 18th Street, and then in the position of Head of Grocery and Store Manager at Bi-Rite Divisadero, building and managing a team and operations to support over half of the products in the store.

She saw that really fantastic product – really delicious product – would make it to the shelves and just sit there. Sales just wouldn’t come. There was something that the producer didn’t know about wholesale, yet she did.

She knew that the best way that she could help the sustainable food industry was to share those secrets on how to create a brand that WORKS on the shelf.

Since Bi-Rite Market, she has spent the past five years working with producers of packaged products – CPG brands – to build, launch, and scale the wholesale side of their businesses through her one-on-one consulting, and in her online course, Retail Ready™.

Learn more about Alli and her work here: https://www.alliball.com/

You might also like to check out…

Transcription of Interview (Transcribed by Otter.ca; there may be errors.)

Adam G. Force 0:01
Seems to change.

Adam G. Force 0:11
Hey, what’s going on everybody? Welcome back to the Change Creator podcast show. This is your host, Adam force. Excited to be here today. I know there’s a lot going on around the world at the moment with this Corona virus. So let’s all just stay calm and think from a place of leadership and not fear. We are moving forward and just helping people and joining different communities and conversations and doing what we can to support each other as we adapt to what’s happening here. Right. We are problem solvers as entrepreneurs, this is what we do. We have a really great talk today. And so before we get into that, though, if you missed the last episode is with jB kromm. He is a podcasting guru business expert. He reaches about 12 million people a month. And so we talk about what it takes to scale a seven

Adam G. Force 1:00
Figure podcasts. So if you missed that, and you want to get those insights, just jump back there and make sure you listen to that episode. Today, we’re gonna be talking with Allie ball. She is an entrepreneurship Rockstar, and she’s been crushing it, she went from, you know, consulting, in the food, retail space to supporting people with group initiatives, all the way to now running an incredible evergreen business with online education. Alright, so this is a good good example. So of how to go and take your intellectual property and turn it into a thriving multi six figure business. So Allie is going to share some of her insights around how that all happened and things that you need to be aware of and organizational structures and systems and things like that. And I think you’re gonna get a lot of gold out of this conversation. Allie is actually in one of the masterminds that we’re in together. And so I’ve had a lot of good conversation with her. And I’m excited to have her on here to share her expertise and insights. So guys, just hang on for a minute.

Adam G. Force 2:00
We’re going to jump into that conversation. If you’re following us on Facebook, that’s our main social media channel at the moment. So you would probably have noticed that we put out a note to everybody about this Coronavirus, and we’re going to be having a conversation. So Amy and I are co founder here, my co founder here at Change Creator will be jumping on Facebook Live. We just did one on yesterday, which was the 18th of March. And we’ll be continuing to jump on to talk more about different things but how we’re managing the business and helping provide support for you guys running your businesses and things like that. So catch us on Facebook. If you haven’t joined our Facebook group yet. It is the profitable impact.

Adam G. Force 2:43
It is the profitable digital impact entrepreneurs you can find us there. Join us get involved in the conversation and connect with everybody. All right, guys. Last but not least, jump over to Change creator.com Don’t forget we have lots of fresh content out there and lots of good updates to

Adam G. Force 3:00
help you along your way. If you guys have ever have any questions, don’t hesitate to reach out. We appreciate all your ongoing support. And we’re going to dive into this conversation right now with Allie and see what she has to say. Okay, show me that he

Adam G. Force 3:16
Hey, Allie, welcome to the Change Creator podcast show. How’s everything going today? I’m doing great. Thank you for having me. Yeah. So you know, everybody listening. We are in the midst. This conversation is in the middle of this whole Coronavirus situation. So lots of stuff going on around the world. And we’re going to dive into a conversation here with Ali. It is not focused on the Coronavirus, but we are going to be talking about very important business insights for you.

Adam G. Force 3:42
But I know everybody’s got a lot on their mind right now. So we’ll just kind of see where this goes. And Allie, if you can kick us off. I just like to always give people a sense of what you’re working on today what’s going on in your world and just give a little bit of background for people and where you’re at. Yeah, absolutely. So I

Alli Ball 4:00
am a former grocery buyer turned wholesale consultant. So I help producers of packaged product in the food and beverage industry understand how to get on grocery store shelves, and how to have high sales once they’re there. So I do this all through a digital course called retail ready, and I educate consumers through my podcast, food biz Wiz. And so, Adam, you can imagine that we are in a really interesting time of this week and the past few weeks with producers a packaged product, especially in grocery stores with COVID-19. We’re seeing obviously a run

Alli Ball 4:42
on grocery products, particularly pantry products. So that’s really what we’re focusing on both in my facebook group and on our group coaching calls right now. How can these entrepreneurs navigate this time of an uncertainty and how they can how they can stay focused in there.

Alli Ball 5:00
And not respond in a panicked way. Yeah, so important to just to have that kind of mindset. We make bad decisions out of anxiety and doubt and fear and those totally, totally. And I think it’s, it’s my role as the leader in retail ready to show up as someone who is level headed and calm and providing creative solutions without being like, you know, on edge and panicked myself. And so often, you know, I’m actually very proud of my retail ready students. I think that we’ve got a lot of great energy in the group. And I love seeing I love I don’t know if you see this too in your group, Adam, but like seeing students, almost self coaching and coaching each other through these challenging situations. Yeah, yeah. Those conversations tend to kind of just naturally pop up as everybody has the same thing on their mind, right? Yeah, yeah, absolutely. And just everybody listening you know, alley is a business. Kind of

Adam G. Force 6:00
She’s a beast when it comes to entrepreneurship. So that’s why I was so excited to have her on here. She’s crushing it with her program. And, you know, she did a lot of consulting before that, and then flipped it into this digital environment to really start scaling. So, Allie, tell us a little bit just from a business standpoint about the transition of taking your intellectual property from a consulting standpoint, and converting it into an online business through coursework and things like that.

Alli Ball 6:32
Oh, yeah, I’m, I’m so happy to talk about this topic. It’s one that I get really excited about. So I have been in business for six years. And I gotta tell you, I’m like six years ago, I would have never predicted that I would be a digital course creator. Like that is not where I saw my business going at all. But I left my job as a grocery buyer and I saw this hole in the marketplace. I saw so many producers Really, really great producers not understand how to get on grocery store shelves and not understand how to connect with those buyers and not understand, you know, similar to what you work on, like not understand how to tell their story and get consumers to care about their product. Yeah. And I knew that I had this unique perspective of being on the other side of the grocery shelves. And I could offer that to package food producers. So I left like I said, I left my business or my corporate job six years ago, and I started doing all one on one consulting, and I, I loved it. I loved working so closely with producers and helping them understand how to find success with their products. But I’ll tell you like, I am not someone who takes work lightly. And I was finding that I just didn’t have the capacity to serve all of the clients who needed my help, and I would see all All of these emerging brands struggling with the same exact challenges, and I knew that if I could get them in a room together, and I could, you know, systematize my offering for them, I could impact more businesses. So about four years ago, I took my my years of one on one consulting and I bundled it up and I was like, I have this theory but like, I can offer group coaching at a lower price point and you know, help more food entrepreneurs. And so I got out of like, my first my first retail reading was eight brands. And we did everything over conference calls like not even zoom it was like everybody dialed in.

Alli Ball 8:47
I like presented information, you know, over the phone. They got a Google Drive link with you know, a shareable workbook like, not very secure. Back then, but like, you know, that’s how it That’s how I tested it out. And I validated that this was a good idea. And so for the first few years of teaching retail ready, I taught it as a live course. And I would teach it about four times a year. And I would have about 15 brands at a time who would come in and we would go fast and furious, like six weeks of hard, hardcore, like heads down working on their food businesses, and then I would send them on their way. And I saw Adam, you probably know where I’m going with this. Like I saw a few holes in this logic. Yeah, first off, I when brands would come to me, and they would say, like, Ollie, like, I’m ready to work with you. I’ve got XYZ problems like no, you’re my solution. So often, I would say like, oh, sorry, I’m sorry. Like I’m in week two of teaching retail ready, you know, like you can’t join at this. At this point. Like get on the waitlist. I think I’m going to run it again in the spring like you don’t Hang in there. Which is like the worst advice that you want to give or like a worst message you want to give to someone who is coming to you with an open wallet, right? So it wasn’t good for me. It wasn’t good for these businesses who needed my help. And I knew that I had to somehow change the system. But again, like, I didn’t really consider myself a digital course creator and I didn’t. This was this was four years ago. I mean, this I first ran retail ready in 2015. So Gosh, like over four years ago now, and like the whole digital learning economy was not as robust as it is now. And so I didn’t know what an evergreen course was. I didn’t know that there was this thing that I could do to make it a not live course. And I feel very fortunate. I don’t know if you know this story, Adam, that Courtney foster Donahue of FB, everything and the course course Yeah. was a friend of mine. And and I was essentially complaining to her about this struggle with my live courses. And she said, you know, Allie, you just got to turn it evergreen, like, I know just the lady to help you. And so sure enough, she she introduced me to the world of evergreen. Yeah, yeah, that changed my business model entirely. So that was in 2018. And I changed retail ready into an evergreen course. Which you know, I’m sure most of your listeners know but that essentially means that the course content lives on my course platform and my students go self paced through that core course content while they still get live coaching month in and month out on on coaching calls and then in our Facebook community and things like that. But I turned that evergreen in 2018 and now we are enrolling about 30 brands a month into retail ready. We’ve grown to a team of two Five here at food biz whiz. And we’re really cranking it’s cool. That’s exciting. Yeah,

Adam G. Force 12:06
yeah, you guys are doing really great work. And it’s, it’s great to see. And I want to emphasize for everybody listening that the steps Allie took what she naturally did, which was, I’m a consultant, I’m helping people. But I need to scale more. How do I make this digital, going through the process that you went through to teach over conference calls, keep it low cost, just really simple with Google Docs and PowerPoint, whatever it is, they get in at a better price, potentially, you learn a ton from their feedback, you see where the holes are, and then you turn that into your course once it gets buttoned up. Don’t miss out on those steps like so. I think so many people want to get an idea come up with like, oh, here’s my four part course or five part course whatever it is, but they miss that part of like, Oh, you never were consultant for this, this information, and you never did a beta.

Alli Ball 12:57
Exactly. Adam I’m sure you, you’re the same, same. Same as me. Yeah, I get emails every single week from other entrepreneurs who want to start an online course. And they see me and they see my success. And I’m so grateful that they think I can help them. But then once we get on the phone, I realized that they don’t have a product. They’ve never served people through a consulting model. Like they, they just think that it’s an easy industry to get into. Which as we both know, is is really, really far from the truth.

Alli Ball 13:35
Yeah, it is. Yeah,

Unknown Speaker 13:36
it sounds like

Alli Ball 13:38
yeah, and you know this to that. Just because you’re an expert in something, doesn’t mean you’re a great teacher. And doesn’t mean that you’re a great online teacher. And I think that that is so important to think about as well like I know a woman who wants to start an online course she is truly an expert in what she does. But she doesn’t want to show up on video. She doesn’t use social media and she doesn’t want to. She doesn’t want to she doesn’t want to have an online presence. And you know, I I know that what she has to offer is really valuable. But I also know it’s going to be really hard for her to build a market and sell a course if she doesn’t want to use those those basic tools.

Adam G. Force 14:25
Yeah, exactly. You mentioned not everybody’s a great teacher and right in my mind, I go off forget that not everybody’s great at selling and marketing and they all like we mentioned this is a common mistake that entrepreneurs make which is you think that you can just delegate the sales and marketing for your business and that’s like the biggest misconception because you need to be the number one sales rep especially in the first year or two of getting that thing off the ground.

Alli Ball 14:52
Yeah, Adam, I’ll tell you the the reason why I’ve had so much success with retail ready is because I love The sales and marketing side. I absolutely adore it. And I think one of the things that we talk about a lot in retail ready is that like, that classic phrase, like, if you build it, they will come is the worst business advice that I’ve ever heard that as a whole does not work. So often I see people, you know, either creating products, whether they’re physical products or digital products, they’re trying even to get into consulting, like whatever it is, whatever they’re selling, they build it and it’s a good thing. But if they aren’t out there, marketing their product and showing the world that they have a solution to people’s problems. No one’s going to buy it. Exactly, exactly. Yeah. Yeah, I like to. I I like to remind myself that it took me a while to realize this as well. You know, the first, the first two years of my business when I was doing consulting only I have my my income really abdun flowed. And you know, there were some months where I was making 1000 bucks. And there were other months where I was making 10,000 bucks. And you know, it was when I look back at it, you know, because everything’s hindsight here. Like, when I look back on it, I realize it’s because I didn’t, I didn’t have a strong marketing plan. And I wasn’t I wasn’t promoting my my services.

Adam G. Force 16:29
Yeah, and there’s just so many variables and decisions to be made that I see a lot of our students especially ones that sometimes earlier, they go off on tangents and they have so many ideas that it’s hard for them to keep their focus even even going through the program and stuff. It’s like, yeah, I’m like, will like go through and like, you just see like, weeks later this especially when we were running our beta and stuff, they’d come to each next call and I’d be like, no, like, we’re supposed

Alli Ball 16:58
to focus on this next two weeks. Adam, I couldn’t agree with you more. And I’ll give this example. So when I, when I first left my buyer role, I, you know, like I said, I was doing consulting and I was consulting for two different audiences. I did a lot of consulting with retail stores with grocery stores, helping them dial in their grocery operations. So understanding ordering and receiving an inventory management, understanding merchandising, you know, all of all of that, like how to run a successful grocery store, which was exactly what I was doing in my corporate role. I also then started doing that producer consulting, but I was so fired up about that I was so you know, that’s really where my passion was. But the retail consultant was really paying the bills at the beginning, of course, yeah, of course, right. Like, a grocery store has more money than a granola maker. So but I realized and You know, I’m embarrassed to admit this, but like, it probably took me a good 18 months to realize this, that the reason why my marketing was failing was because I was trying to speak to both audiences. At the same time, I was trying to speak to that grocery store manager, that grocery store owner, and that granola producer. And because my messaging was, you know, really focused on I can do this, or I could do this, or I could do this for you or like, I can also solve this problem. I wasn’t narrowed enough. I wasn’t, I wasn’t clear enough in what value I was providing for my clients. And therefore, people didn’t know if I was the solution to their problems.

Adam G. Force 18:42
Right, they’re not sure then you leave a little uncertainty because you’re like there’s not one group of people that is speaks very, very clearly, specifically. And I think a lot of people have Nish phobia because we don’t want to miss out

Alli Ball 19:00
Did Yeah, I totally did. I was like, my leash is producers of packaged product in the specialty food industry like that is so narrow. And you know, we even beyond that, like we focus on people who want to improve and increase their wholesale accounts. So like, not even talking about e commerce which is so trendy nowadays, like not even talking about direct to consumer, like we are solely focused on wholesale. And I was really nervous about that. And I gotta say, Adam, like, once I leaned into that, and once I put those nerves aside, everything clicked in place, all of my marketing became so much more focused. And I’ll tell you, like, I’ve shared my numbers with you, Adam, like when people find me, they know beyond a doubt that I can help them with such a particular problem. And that’s why they that’s why they convert to, you know, to, to a sale so easy. Yeah, because they they know, I think can help them

Adam G. Force 20:01
that’s the key, that is the key. And then all of a sudden, it’s easier for you to write because all of a sudden now your your messaging for yourself is more clear because you’re like, I’m just talking to this one group so all of a sudden you’re going deeper and deeper with more clarity on a very specific area, that’s easier for the marketer as well.

Alli Ball 20:21
Oh 100% You know, when I when So, you said like speaking to a narrow group and yes, of course, it is a group but I go so far as to have my ideal target audience that is a singular person, so I speak to every single time and so whenever I’m thinking about a marketing strategy or making business decisions, I can say to myself, like would Sylvie like this course Yeah, bonus would Sylvia be able to come to an 11am group coaching call, you know, everything is run through this altar of my ideal target audience, and I gotta say, like, it makes, it makes everything easier.

Adam G. Force 21:07
Yeah, it’s true. I mean, even for our own program at the captivate method, we are thinking about taking it even further. Like we go to social entrepreneurs, we, we focus on supercharging marketing with storytelling. And it could be for anybody ecommerce, it could be for, you know, coaches, agencies, and I’ve been with Amy and I have been discussing, like, maybe we do need to just narrow down to just working with coaches, you know, yeah. Because, I mean, just I’m saying this to people now on who are listening because you can, you can always go deeper on your focus, and it will only help you more, especially in earlier years. If you have a new offer that usually is way better to go very specific rock and roll and then you can always expand later.

Alli Ball 21:57
Yeah, absolutely. I think about that too. And like when I first started Doing my course. So I had two courses, I had retail ready. And I also had one that was called staff stuff. And that was all about hiring, motivating and retaining staff in the food industry. And I, you know, when I first launched it, I was like, why am I narrow? Why am I keeping this to the food industry like these, like, team building fundamentals and best like these hiring and like leadership skills are are essential in any business like why am I Why am I narrowing it to the food industry? And I, again, like I’m so grateful that I did because when that restaurant owner or when that retail store manager found me, they knew that I was specifically speaking to their industry, even if I know deep down that it can apply to any industry.

Adam G. Force 22:55
That’s that’s the that’s the part that tears at people is you know, deep down It can apply anywhere. But yeah, yeah, you just gotta buckle down sometimes and go after that very narrow focus, you know, and listen, like you could focus on that. And then after two years, if you’re making seven figures on that funnel, you then can expand the product to be for the next group of people.

Alli Ball 23:16
Right? Totally, like what we’re experimenting here with retail ready is thinking about, as the cannabis industry is getting larger and larger and the United States, they, they need these brand foundations and the wholesale strategy that we have put in place for, you know, non infused products. And so we could very easily replicate, you know, 90% of retail ready course content and market it to the cannabis industry. And, you know, I think that that is a really smart way to do it, or like a very, I don’t wanna say it’s an easy way to do it, but that that, to me is so much more thoughtful and strategic than just saying, I’m going to open this course up to anyone who you know who is an entrepreneur. Who wants to like think about business? Like that is so broad.

Adam G. Force 24:04
It’s so broad makes a big difference. It makes a big difference. And I’m wondering if you have remembered anything that like when you were doing your beta course. And you went from consulting to beta? Did the process you use for your consulting? Right? Yeah. Did that apply directly to the course? Or were there changes to the flow based on the fact that it’s now of course?

Alli Ball 24:33
Oh, that’s a great question. So what I did is when I started consulting, I, so I’m a systems person, I will tell you that like I love Yeah, organization systems. And one of the things that I did with my consulting clients pretty early on, is I developed a 12 step outline on how we were going to take them from, you know, business idea to getting there. wholesale account. And I would go through the same exact process, tweaking it slightly for my one on one clients. And you know that it took a little while to develop that process. But, you know, once I had, I mean, gosh, it was probably as fast as like, three or four clients, realizing that they, they all had similar challenges. So once I was able to have that, you know, that rough like 12 step process, I knew that that was something that I could replicate with, with my one on one clients. You know, at the end of the day, Adam, like, I didn’t want to reinvent the wheel with every single client. And I would find that I would write No, I would write these custom proposals, and I would, you know, a client would convince me that they didn’t need a foundational aspect. And then we would get into meeting two or meeting three and I was like, Oh, God, like you really just, you know, you really needed homework assignment number two that I get to almost everybody, right? Yeah. And so once I, once I started, like documenting that system of how I, how I achieved a transformation in my one on one clients that so clearly created the curriculum for retail ready, you know, I was like, I’m already following these steps. So. So I would say like, as much as you can, if you find yourself replicating the same thing over and over with clients, that’s a really great indicator that it potentially could turn it into a course. Yeah,

Adam G. Force 26:33
yeah, exactly. Exactly. Yeah. So let’s dive into some of your organizational obsessions. Yeah, and the reason I bring that up is because I think so many people, especially early on, you know, things can get out of hand and you think you’re organized but you’re really not you’re not creating the systems you need because you’re busy working on your, you know, your business and in your business, whatever. And so tell me, I guess a little bit about has maybe some organizational ideas that you’ve had along the way.

Alli Ball 27:10
Yeah, so I can talk about a couple things. And I’ve got like two to like very tangible or not not tangible, but to like very concrete things that people can put in place. And then I just have like a general philosophy that I’d love to share with your listeners. So first off, I will say that I am a huge planner user, like a huge physical planner user. My high school actually required us to use a physical planner and they gave it to every student when you know, I don’t know first day of school or something. And we had to use this physical planner. And you know, when I was 14, I thought it was a drag like I I you know, I was like, why is my school requiring me to do this but I will tell you, it has like, laid the foundation for My time management and my organizational skills. So I have been using a physical planner for about two decades now. I actually add him I don’t know if you know this, I have a physical planner called the food biz Wiz planner that we give to retail ready students and we sell on my website. And it’s specifically again, I say it’s specifically made for the food industry. But like, as we were just discussing, you know, these are organizational skills that like anybody. Exactly, yeah, so let me talk, let me talk about like my two favorite parts of the food biz was planner that anybody can put into place, and they’re like, really my foundations for achieving all that I do in my business. The first one is realizing that I can achieve three big things every week, and that’s it. And so, what I do is, I’ll either do it on Friday afternoons or on Sunday evenings, kind of depending on How my week ends. But what I will do is I will sit down for about 10 minutes before before Monday morning. And I will plan out three things that I’m going to accomplish in the week that are going to hit move me closer to my quarterly goals. Yeah. And that, to me is so fundamental. Because no matter how, no matter how a week goes, I know that daily, I can turn back to those three things and know exactly what I need to be making progress on that’s aligned with where I want my business to go. And so, you know, it takes me 10 minutes every week. At the end of the week. I’ll then like sit down and review how far along I got with those three things. And that like that simple thing, like it sounds almost too simple, Adam, but that that like practice alone has has really influenced how much you I can get done in my business, and how quickly my business moves forward.

Unknown Speaker 30:06
Absolutely.

Alli Ball 30:07
So I love that. Yeah, that’s a, that’s a really big one for me. And then the second one is that I have a morning routine, and an evening routine that takes about half hour at the start of each day and the end of each day. And I do the same exact routine in the same exact order every day. Okay, and so now this is I mean, I’m gonna let you in on the secret I it seems a little bit like obsessive compulsive to do this. But it allows me as someone who primarily works from home, to have bookends to my day, and that’s really important because I don’t know if you’re like me, Adam, but like, I could work until 10pm every night like, I love what I do. I love working, like so easy for me to just work into the evening, however, like for my own like mental health For the health of my relationships for like, frankly, my physical health to like, I wouldn’t go to the gym if I worked all night long. I’ve got to have a way to end the day. So what I do is every single day, you know, Monday through Friday, I get up, you know, I have my coffee, I like to hang out with my husband for a bed and walk the dog, whatever. You know, that’s not part of my morning routine. But once once I sit down to work, I skim my email and just see you know, what’s on on deck for the day. I check in in my retail ready student group. I check my slack channels. And I check Instagram. Yeah, and that’s it. I do those four things in that order every day. And then this is the key Adam. I don’t do them again throughout the day. You know, like okay, I’m not in my inbox 15 times a day. I’m not On Instagram, every time I have a five minute break, like I’m not checking slack all day long and that to me has made all the difference because I am able to then you know do the opposite of multitasking. I focus on one task at hand at at a time and it really allows me to like almost like autopilot start and end my day.

Adam G. Force 32:23
Yep, I mean so important to have boundaries for yourself in a sense, right? Because little distractions can really interrupt the day quite a bit. So you know only looking at your phone in the morning at lunch and an evening like that kind of thing makes a huge difference. Your morning routines a little different than mine, especially your evening routine. My evening routine is have a bourbon by 334 o’clock so I’m late for my verb. In my morning is more along the lines have run a mile go to the gym for like 20 minutes and then I do a shower. And then a meditation and I’m like ready to rock and roll.

Alli Ball 33:03
Yeah. And that’s, I love that you bring that up, Adam because everyone’s routine can be different, right? Like, just because that’s my routine doesn’t need it. mean it has to be your listeners routine. It’s whatever works for you. And so for me, like, I usually do that from about 830 to nine o’clock, and then I do a gym class at 930 Oh, okay, there you go. Yeah. So like, it works best for me if I start my day by just checking in on my systems and you know, checking in with my team. And then I go do something for myself.

Adam G. Force 33:34
Yeah. So that when I come back at 11, I know exactly what I’m working on. And I can be heads down for like my most productive hours of the day, which are like 11 to two. And that’s a key statement, your most productive hours because some people are morning people, some people are night owls and all whatever it is, you know, so we have to work during our best hours and do the things that are best for us. And I think you know, it’s important to just be To follow that, right kind of follow what’s best for you, but I don’t want to rationalize and say, Oh, well then I better just get up at noon. It is so funny because my husband and I both work from home. Yeah. And sometimes, you know, we’ll like do our morning routines are dog is walked like, we, we come back from the gym at like 11 shower, whatever and then I’m like, oh like it’s noon. I’m just getting to work. Yeah, it feels so luxurious and so silly to have that be our schedule. You know, not every day but like often, but then I will tell you I will sit down and I am one of the most productive people you will ever meet. So I am sitting down and cranking it out until 4pm. And like achieving so much stuff, because I’m so focused again on like, my ultimate priorities every week and every day. I mean, it totally makes sense. I love it because tracking what you need to do and staying on top of it, giving yourself the time like going to the gym exercising, like I will say, as entrepreneurs that work out of the house, if we don’t make time for that one, we won’t be as focused. We won’t be as sharp but to your body will start to physically like fall apart. And you’re gonna be at the doctor saying I have neck pain. I have shoulder pain. Yeah, I have been there and I was like, holy crap, I stopped like exercising for I think, I don’t know, nine to 12 months, I was just like in the zone working every day from like, 5am till freakin seven at night. And I ran into real physical health issues.

Alli Ball 35:39
Yeah, absolutely. And it’s astonishing, right? Like, we I feel like we don’t recognize that Intel it becomes a problem. But I and this goes back to like, my general philosophy that I wanted to touch on is that Adam, I say no to most things that come across my plate. I swear to you that I have been able to have the business success that I have, because I do because I’m very picky about what I say yes to. And I have I’ve really narrowed and limited the amount of things on my plate. So I say yes to going to the gym like I say yes to having a healthy lunch every day. Like I say yes to making time to, you know, read at night and things like that so that I can become and stay that healthy entrepreneur that I that I strive to be

Adam G. Force 36:35
100% Yeah, I love that. It’s good. Ask it. This is good insights. Folks. Pay Thank

Unknown Speaker 36:41
you.

Alli Ball 36:43
Gosh, I could talk about this all day long. I

Unknown Speaker 36:44
know. I know. We’re good.

Adam G. Force 36:46
They’re good. They’re good. conversations that have to resurface regularly to remind us remind people listening about these key points because once you start having success as an entrepreneur, you’ll realize that The more you do take care of yourself that inner world, whether it’s meditation, running, whatever, that will help develop your outer world more in line with what you want. Right? So like, this is huge, and I think people neglect it.

Alli Ball 37:16
Well, yeah. And you know, it sounds so cheesy, but like, there’s a reason why we say like, put on your own oxygen mask first, right? You have to

Alli Ball 37:24
take care of yourself first, so that you can show up for others. And I think that is, you know, that’s our ultimate responsibility as course creators and entrepreneurs. Like if we are truly meant to be the leader that we want to be, we have to take care of ourselves first. Exactly.

Adam G. Force 37:42
I love it. Now. That’s a good note to end on here. We hit our 34 minutes, so I’m asked to wrap up. So let’s just um, there’s, I know there’s people in the food space and our audience, and I want to give a shout out how do they find you learn more about what you’re doing for Retail ready to see if maybe it’s something that could help them where do they go?

Alli Ball 38:03
Great. Thank you for asking. I’ve got two really great resources for them. The first one is my own podcast. Again, it’s called food biz Wiz. And that can be found at food biz whiz.com. And actually, Adam, I’ve got a couple episodes on how to get organized as a food entrepreneur. Why saying no is the most important thing you can do in your business, lots of topics like that. So if your listeners have enjoyed this style of conversation today, I think that they’ll enjoy some of those episodes. And then also I’ve got a really awesome nine step roadmap on how to get your products on the retail shelf. So if you are a food producer, beverage producer like wellness or supplement producer that is going to be great for you. So that’s at Alibaba comm slash roadmap

Unknown Speaker 38:55
how they bought calm

Adam G. Force 38:57
yeah slash roadmap. Okay, just writing it down. Alright, great awesome So guys, you could check out Ali’s podcast check out her roadmap and other information she has available at those resources. You know, I made a note to myself here Allie. I was like, Huh when to say no and I for potential Facebook Live video.

Alli Ball 39:21
Yeah, yeah. You know what? Adam all sent you that? That podcast episode. I feel so wholeheartedly that it is applicable to anyone, not even you know, not just food but just life in general.

Adam G. Force 39:36
It’s not Oh, yeah. Isn’t this like focused? Honestly, it’s just applies everywhere. It’s such a great kind of philosophy to dig into and think about. Yeah, you know, like you. You’ve been doing your your quarterly planner and things. Yeah. And we have been doing journaling, with different insights but more about nurturing the inside. Psychology. And I got to tell you, man, like we’re starting to apply this as a strategy for all of our new students. Because as you go through it, what I’ve learned in doing it myself for a while now is you get into these thoughts about your own journey. And they become great talking points for your live videos and everything else that you’re doing in the business because you’re actually digging into how you feel who you need to become challenges, what kind of conversations you have with your customers and all these types of things. It’s pretty powerful, just this process of writing things down.

Unknown Speaker 40:33
So yeah, I am.

Alli Ball 40:35
I know and I know that like we’ve, and I think it’s ironic because you and I are digital course creators, right? So like, obviously, we love all things digital, but I will tell you that experience of pen to paper is so so powerful. Yeah, yeah,

Adam G. Force 40:51
yeah. And there’s a number of ways that people do it. And so, you know, it just depends, I guess what’s best for you or what you’re trying to accomplish, but I love what you mentioned about the planner. I kind of want to combine that where I have two notebooks one is for like to dues thoughts and all that stuff. The other one is more for like journaling, you know, I keep them very separate.

Alli Ball 41:09
Same exact same. I’ve got like, I’ve got three

Alli Ball 41:16
high, you know, we didn’t really get into this But yeah, I, I have a daily journal, practice as well. That is so, so valuable to me.

Adam G. Force 41:25
Good. Good stuff, man. Really appreciate your time today, Allie, great as always talking with you. And I appreciate you sharing all your insights. And I love the success that you’ve had. So guys, check out Ali’s information, you got the podcasts, got the roadmap, all that good stuff, and maybe she can help you get on those retail shelves.

Alli Ball 41:44
Awesome. Thanks for having me, Adam. That’s all for this episode. Your next step is to join the Change Creator revolution by downloading our interactive digital magazine app for premium content, exclusive interviews, and more ways to stay on top of your game available now on iTunes and Google Play. or visit Change Creator mag comm we’ll see you next time where money and meaning intersect right here at the Change Creator podcast.

JV Crum III: What it Takes to Scale a 7-Figure Meaningful Podcast

Listen to our interview with JV Crum III!

Subscribe to this show on Spotify  |  iTunes  |  Stitcher  |  Soundcloud

If you want to make a difference in the world with a podcast, how do you make it profitable? We asked serial entrepreneur and podcasting expert, JV Crum, who reaches over 12 million listeners.

He became a self-made millionaire in his twenties and has been an entrepreneur since the age of 4 when he set up his pup tent to sell “hand-squeezed tangerine juice” to high-school students when they got off the bus. At the age of 5, he decided the answer to his family’s often rocky and uncertain financial life, was to grow up to become a millionaire. Like many kids who grew up with a lot of financial certainty, he dreamed of a different life.

By the age of twenty-five, he had realized that dream and celebrated by purchasing a new luxury home on the water and his first Mercedes. He had the “American Dream”.

Life was great, except for one thing. J V quickly realized that his childhood dream had not included the truly important parts of life, such as feeling a deep sense of purpose and fulfilment. Although he had all the trappings of wealth and success on the outside, he felt empty inside.

This awareness led him to two decades of searching, which included reading extensively in the areas of both human potential and spirituality, attending programs such as Tony Robbins, and participating in spiritual retreats. J V wanted more and was determined to discover the answer to what was missing in his life.

Fast-forward time and now, he devotes himself to helping others find their dream by growing a business that combines making profits with creating an important difference for their customers and our world. His goal is to help you to create a business that affords you true financial freedom and a life that provides you the deep fulfillment you seek. All Conscious Millionaire trainings, programs, and coaching are designed to guide you forward on your millionaire path.

Named by Inc Magazine as one of the Top 13 Business Shows, JV Crum III hosts the Conscious Millionaire Podcast and Radio Network with over 12 Million Listeners and over 2,000 episodes heard in 190 countries.

JV is a #1 best-selling author, speaker, mindset and strategy coach, and serial-entrepreneur who made his First Million at age 25.

You can learn more about JV and his show at:

Conscious Millionaire Podcast/Show:

http://ConsciousMillionaireShow.com/

Conscious Millionaire Website:

http://ConsciousMillionaire.com/

We Also Recommend

Transcription of Interview (Transcribed by Otter.ca; there may be errors.)

Adam G. Force 0:11
Hey, what’s going on everybody? Welcome back to the Change Creator podcast show. excited to have you here. hope everybody is doing well. If you missed last, the last episode, it was with Jennifer priest. She’s a rock star in the Pinterest space. So we spoke a lot about a lot of good stuff in there. And I think you’ll get a lot of good insights, not just about Pinterest, but marketing in general, too. I think you’ll get some good golden nuggets. So swing back through if you haven’t heard it yet. And check that out and you have some time. Today we’re gonna be talking with Jay v Crum. He is the host of the conscious millionaire show with over 12 million monthly listeners in 190 countries. Season Six of his network has a total of over 2000 episodes, which is really impressive. And he’s been on top 100 many, many times. He’s a serial entrepreneur, speaker, coach, all that good stuff. Also, he’s authored book, which was a number one bestseller on Amazon when it launched called conscious millionaire grow your business by making a difference. So we’re going to learn a lot from jv crom will tap into his experience in podcasting and speaking and just in general his business expertise on scaling up to that seven figure space. Alright guys, so don’t forget to stop by Change Creator calm we have a lot of fresh content flowing out there and you could still get on the waitlist for the captivate method, our community of incredible entrepreneurs, this just might be the perfect tribe for you to get involved with community is just so powerful and growing our businesses, you really just you can’t see that value until you get in there and you start getting all the insights, feedback, networking, we’ve literally had people start new products and companies together once they’ve met, which is really exciting to see. And they’re just scaling up their businesses through the power of their marketing which is grounded in really great storytelling. So if you’re ready to supercharge your marketing with stories Telling so you could build trust and get more of those buyers. Stop by and sign up on that waitlist. Alright guys, we’re gonna dive into this conversation with JV. But don’t forget to stop by iTunes, leave us a review. We really appreciate your support and your feedback. Hey,

Adam G. Force 2:18
JV Welcome to the Change Creator podcast show how you doing today?

JV Crumm III 2:23
Yeah, well, I’m excited to be here, Adam. You know, we were talking chatting before we started that I recently was in Aspen, I live in Denver and I had a really not good fall on black ice and I have torn and my left tricep and it seems impossible but actually pulled some of the bone out from my left elbow. And so the only thing I can say is however that sounds to you, that’s how it feels

Adam G. Force 2:52
terrible.

JV Crumm III 2:53
And I’m in a six week brace to keep my arm, left arm straight. So You know, little things like cooking. Like all of a sudden, I have really sharp shears because I can’t hold a fork and then cut the meat. And I don’t I’m just saying, I want to assure you if you’ve never tried to do that it’s really hard to dry yourself when you get out of the shower with one arm. Yeah, I’m like, yeah, it’s like all these things that we take for granted. Now, what’s really interesting is that, you know, within about a half hour almost fainted. Somebody helped me to a chair, you know, got me into a restaurant, and, you know, from the impact of that, but then as soon as I started processing it, I was immediately grateful, even amid all of this, because I would gosh, you had really very little control over what happened. You know, it’s like all of a sudden, I was on an ice skating rink that was slightly wet and in, you know, I could have broken my hip, I could have broken, you know, an ankle or wrist or dislocated my shoulder or worse hit my head and god knows what would have happened from that. You Some going not pleasant. I’m not you know, I’m not saying it’s not it’s pleasant, but I’m actually grateful that it’s not other things you know, because and and of course now we’re having snowstorms and I’m like paranoid to walk on the snow. Yeah, you know out in the parking lot cuz I’m going to Oh, that’s how it all happened to begin with I’m going every step is very carefully placed right now

Adam G. Force 4:26
I don’t blame you gotta be careful and I I’ve had my fair share of broken bones and issues so I know the struggle of dealing with it and your everyday habits in life change.

JV Crumm III 4:38
Yeah, we really don’t even think about how how much life is how easy life actually is until all of a sudden, you know, half of your capacity to pick up things and everything. Yeah, just bringing the groceries in this week. It wasn’t that I bought the whole whole foods. It was just that you can only pick up one bag in the right arm, bring it in, go. packet and Heather bag. So, you know, it’s been it’s been an interesting thing. But you know, this is part of being an entrepreneur because all this stuff happens in your business as well. And I think the most important thing to remember about being an entrepreneur is that we’re human beings. We’re people going through this experience people with families or children or, you know, spouses and, and all these different things, and then something happens like this. And you go, Wow, this was, believe me this week was, you know, I think we might put it at 30% productive for the whole week. You know, but it is what it is, it is what it is. And I said, You’re sleeping 12 hours a night because my body just needs to rest. But this is part of being an entrepreneur because all of this has to be integrated in you still have sales cycles, you still have, you know, in my case, six days a week of podcasts and God we’re four months ahead, you know, but you know, clients to meet with meet next week. I’ve got a meet up to go to You still have to figure all that out? Yeah, absolutely.

Adam G. Force 6:04
Hey, let me I want to just give everybody a quick rundown. You know, just to add on to the intro and stuff and get a little more of a sense, just, you know why you got into podcasting, and how you scaled it to such a significant size. So I just maybe just give a little background of where that all started.

JV Crumm III 6:25
Yeah, so I actually started on the other side of the microphone. I was at a conference in 2013. I met Jamie masters who has Eventual Millionaire and this was June and she says, Oh, I’d like to interview you. And I, you know, barely knew what a podcast was. And I said, Yep, sounds great. And then she interviewed me and it came out in September, and within three days, I had phone calls. I must have given out my phone number something at rate and had $23,000 with a coaching business and I said to myself, well, shall we Like I need to be home more podcasts. Yeah. And so I reached out and found podcasts and got on podcasts. And then there’s a summit that no longer exists called New Media summit. And it was really great. It was always the first weekend of January in Las Vegas. And I went to that, and I had my book that was coming out in the fall of 2014. So I had prepared what are called pre EPUB samples, and it’s ones that are sent to publishers, and reviewers and the back of it is the back is different for the rest of the books the same. So I took a case of them and my whole outcome for numerous new media summit was to get on as many podcasts as I could. Yeah. However, by the end of the first night in the pre party and talking to a lot of people who had podcasts, and I’d already registered, so I saw that every one of the breakout sessions had one breakout session on podcasting, and I just had this intuitive. Oh wow. I doing a podcast. So I went to all of those. And I told my team when I got back, I’m going to do a podcast. Now, just because of life. I didn’t start recording into July, July 8 of 2014. And I told my team, I said, I don’t know why, but I’m really supposed to do this. And it’s just gonna be huge. And I don’t even know how that happens. But I was right. I started recording where we’re going to launch in a month. It’s interesting. I’ve done seven podcasts now, and none of them have launched on the date. I predicted. They always launched about a month later, but they were all successful. So folks, I coined a realization that don’t launch until you’re ready. So I didn’t launch until September 16. But by that time, I there must be some record. I mean, there’s some people who do like two minute podcasts so they can say they have a lot of podcasts, but I mean, these were all real interviews and I had 662 interviews in the can I plan to launch two days a week. But when I sat down, I said, Gosh, I’m gonna have a lot of really unhappy people that are coming out nine months from now. They probably aren’t going to like that. And so I launched five days and very quickly got to seven. And the second month, I had 150,000 downloads, and which most people if they had that in a year, they’d be ecstatic. Yeah. And, and so it then it grew. Now we have between our radio show, our podcast, downloads, streams, 190 countries, we have 12 million listeners a month. And it just it grew exponentially. And I really think it was because it was a message that the world was ready to hear that let’s build high profit businesses that make a positive impact. Let’s make a difference in what we’re doing. It’s not just about transactions and how many boxes we can sell or how many units we can sell. It’s about really transforming other people’s lives and being fulfilled and happy. And getting freedom that we’re wanting in the process and, and it just seemed like that was a magic formula that people were ready to move beyond. Let’s just make money, which is, you know, kind of vapid actually. And let’s let’s make money and a lot of it. But let’s make money by doing something that is going to help other people, transform them, fulfill us, and we’re going to become happy and get the freedom we wanted in the process. To me, that’s the best of all worlds.

Adam G. Force 10:28
Yeah. When and when did they? When did you start that podcast? I mean, you’re doing what he said. I think it’s 12 million people a month or something like that.

JV Crumm III 10:36
Yeah. So it launched September 16 2014. So we’re in our sixth season now. And this season, we’re doing six days a week. So my joke is I become a slacker. I don’t do Sunday. But if it could come back, I just seen it. You know, it’s just like, oh, we’re in a good rhythm. This works. And one day a week is solo and that’s my Saturday show, which is Monday. To set show and it’s about 10 minutes. And I think people like it because you can, you know, go to the gym, run your errands, you can listen to it in a short period of time, and it’s just designed to help you get that mindset that makes the difference in really growing and scaling your business.

Adam G. Force 11:17
Yeah, yeah. So and I’m curious, you know, over over time, like what were some of the steps that you took because you know, I mean, I we run a podcast for for social impact and stuff like that, but I share a sack don’t see 12 million people a month. So there must be some secret sauce behind it. That may be a couple of tips you can share with people.

JV Crumm III 11:39
Yeah, so I’m a numbers geek. My background, you know, includes three graduate degrees, a master’s in clinical psych tax law, and, and an MBA so the tax law is is pretty unique in that most lawyers don’t like numbers at all. And and I love numbers. So The first year alone, I would wake up during the night, I checked my numbers 12 to 15 times a day. And so I knew the patterns. And I knew that if something wasn’t hitting the pattern that something was off, and I would go in, and I would just look at my tweets, I’d look at what was going on. We’d make adjustments, I would try marketing ideas. And within a week, I would make new changes. So I spent a year figuring out how to even write my tweets. So I think because I looked at it as an experimental lab, and I was just driven by the numbers like what will make the numbers increase, and I just kept trying and trying and trying things. And now, this last year, I, I made more changes in the show that I’ve made. Like maybe in the prior five years. So I think part of it is that I look at this as a craft. And every literally my typical recording day is I do six shows, and we have an hour block for each show. And the recording time for each shows 37 minutes. So I do really well with that. But every show literally every show, I asked myself, how can I make this show this episode? Better than anything I’ve ever recorded? So rather than just saying, Hey, we’re doing well, I’m like in a mode of constant improvement and always wanting to upper level and asking how can I get more value? You know, I email my people I I’m this last six months, most of my clients have come from me doing ads, experimenting, one of the new things that I’ve been doing that’s worked really well as I do a call to action and I give people my cell phone and I say text me. You know right now I’ve got three people That I’ve got to set up appointments with that have texted me in the last two days. And I’ll say, you know, if you want to get to your first million text your name and first knowing and then I’ll, you know, write back and ask for their URL and, and it’s actually me and I actually had somebody this last week who says, I think this is a scam and I wrote him back and I said, What are the odds? It’s a scam? When you heard me say it on my own show. Right? And they wrote back and they said, Well, that’s a good point. Here’s your fine. But I’ve had people that have just picked up the phone and called Nick Oh, my God, I can’t believe it to you. And I said, Yeah, I said it was my cell phone. You know that. That’s, that’s exactly what it is. So I’m just trying out different things, to engage. I think that I have so many people ask me, where’s the money in podcasting, and most people think the money’s in a different place. So we more than cover our costs. And I have two full time people, from our advertisements from our sponsors. But that’s not The real money that’s covering the cost of making a little money, the real money is in your relationships. And it’s two kinds of relationships. And you and I’ve talked about this, yeah, one relationship is with the guests. And the other relationship is with the listeners. So the only reason someone would text me is that I’ve built a relationship with them. Right? So throughout my show, I will talk to the audience, I’ll go, you may be wondering, you know, you may be, you know, feeling like maybe this is a bit too much too quickly. So let’s break it down. And so I’m having a dialogue with them, not just with my guests, and building building relationship, which I genuinely want to do, because I happen to like building relationships. And then with the guests, as you know, we’re already talking about maybe we could do an affiliate operation. every stage I get on comes from the guests. Every you know, I have a joint venture I’ve put together with another guests that we’re launching in a month. The affiliate relationships, guests Become clients. Right? So it’s all in the relationships, that’s where the money is. And that’s where I think the money generally is if you really want to scale something.

Adam G. Force 16:12
Yeah, I think that’s great feedback. And, you know, I hear and I’d like to hear your input. I know you’ve had a lot of success with it. But I hear a lot of entrepreneurs in early stages who do not have any revenue streams established yet. You know, everyone’s excited, they’re inspired. They see people doing podcasts, they see people blogging and doing you know, put, it’s so easy now I can put up my own website and all this stuff. And they’re like, Alright, I’m gonna start a podcast, I gotta write, I’m gonna do guest posting. And I mean, would you recommend starting the podcast as part like, what’s the is the sequence of operations based on your job? Wait,

JV Crumm III 16:47
yeah, that’s such a fantastic question. Well, I actually have a nine part nine step process for building a podcast, and I call it a growth engine podcast. So first let’s talk about why I chose that as the title is that from a business perspective, if you have a business, the reason to create a podcast is it’s going to be one of your growth engines. And where most people fail at that is they haven’t yet refined their business model. And as a result, their podcast isn’t refined. So the Step two is to integrate it into your business model. But if you haven’t done the business model, precisely, it’s very hard to know what your podcast is or why you would want to choose one topic or problem over another. So let’s talk about the business model. And the business model. What I’ve learned is, most people, especially if they’re stuck in the five figures, or they’re in their six and they can’t get to the seven figure, I mean, at a conscious moving our focus mainly on six figure entrepreneurs who want to get that seven and seven that want to Another million that’s who I tend to work with. But the whether you’re in five or six, usually, you can’t answer these three questions in one sentence. And so it’s really boiling it down to the essence, what is your one market? What is your one problem? And what is your one solution? And when you can get that down to one, you know, if you really want to be, have a big answer to sentences, so something really short and precise, you don’t yet know your business model. And what I find is that people who are who are floundering who are really frustrated in getting ahead, when I look at their business model, they’re trying to do too many things. They’re trying to work with three or four different markets. They’re trying to solve multiple problems, and they have a slew of solutions for them. And so I want you to think about these are two Companies that I do business with as a customer. Beyond that, I don’t have any relationship with them, so I have no reason to promote them. But it’s lead pages and Click Funnels. Yeah, both lead pages and Click Funnels, both of which I think do a great job at what they do. Got to eight figures very, very quickly. So $10 million in revenue by doing only one thing. Now, it’s interesting to me just as a comment, that lead pages has started doing more and Click Funnels has started doing even more and frankly, I think it’s a mistake. I think that they know what they’re in the business to do. And I think Jada just do that. But my point is, they got to, you know, 10 million in revenue, lead pages just created more and more lead pages where you go in, you plug in your words, and and then people, you send people there and it tags, tags them or puts them into your CRM. That’s all they do Click Funnels. It’s a series of pages that are that you build that take people through a sales process. That’s what they do, right? And so what is really important is to figure out, well, what is that hot button problem that you want to solve? And then what’s the solution? now want to add a piece because there’s a little different approach at conscious millionaire than traditional business, traditional business. What I learned in my MBA is you go out and you look at the marketplace first and find out a problem that hasn’t been solved or solved as well as you could. But I don’t really think that’s the way to start. If you want to build a purpose driven business that’s going to fulfill you and you see that this is part of your vision for being on the planet. You need to figure out what difference you want to be making and the easy way to fit that into the formula if you’re just starting at a different place because that’s really the solution. So the difference you want to make in the world is the solution you’re providing. And then you go out and find out, look at Okay, well, there are multiple markets who have a problem that that’s the solution for. And then you look at the markets and you go, Well, which one of these markets there’s three criteria that I like to use one, which one of them has the problem and showing up in a way that excites you? I mean, some markets, you know, types of,

JV Crumm III 21:31
you know, people, or professions or businesses just don’t excite you. Write well don’t choose that as the market you’re going to work with, because you’re not going to be excited to get up in the morning. Second, do they really have a burning desire to solve this problem? Now, this is a very important point, people can have a huge problem that they actually aren’t motivated to solve. And the easy way to understand that is we’ve already had a friend or family member, because we’re kind of stuck with some of those people, right? I’m just saying, who complain endlessly about an obvious problem. But they’re really identified with the problem, and they just want to complain about it. They really don’t want to solve it. Those make lousy customers, because they actually have no motivation to change. And then the third thing is they either have to right now have the financial capabilities or right now have access access could be a credit card access could be somebody who could loan them money, but they either have the money or access right now. So that they can comfortably buy what it is that you have to sell at the price point that you’ve determined, you want to sell it and that price point should be some fraction of the return on the investment you’re going to get from buying it for you. So that’s a whole formula. And how to come up with that price. I have a six part formula. It’s a little more than we can cover today. But But the point is, is the problem showing up in that market in a way that excites you? Are they motivated? So it’s a real hot button emotionally to move forward? And do they have the money to pay you? And are there then you know, plenty of those people because here’s the secret. You want to choose where you want to be financially three years from now. And you want to choose one market that can take you there, because people go, Oh, well, in six months, I’ll add another market. No, that’s the fallacy of thinking I need all these markets, you need one market. And you need to be able to stay with them for three years and imagine if you are selling them more and more to that same market, how much you’re going to learn about that market. You’re going to become a world class expert in that market. And as and as a result, you’re going to learn how to message exactly what they need to hear Do they need to hear the word happy? Because that’s really important to them, that they need to hear the word freedom because that’s really important to them. Do they need to hear the phrase pain free because you’re doing something to get pain away from? What do they need to hear, the best way to learn that is that you spend a lot of time with them, spend a lot of time surveying them, spend a lot of time in conversations with them, meet them at events. But that’s the beauty of having one focused market is that you’re really going to drill down and now your landing pages, your website, your emails are all messaged to that one market.

Adam G. Force 24:39
Yeah, I mean, that’s exactly it. And getting that clarity is key. And I think I want to add something to that market discovery, which is, you know, you talked about going out there and saying what, what market shows the problem in a way that excites you? And I think that there’s part of this process is also understanding yourself, right? Just kind of like where do you want know, what kind of person do you want to be? What kind of life do you want to live and then you start, you start really becoming more original to because now you’re leaning into something that is unique to yourself your story and who you are. And you put that into that business. And it’s so saturated out here today that it just becomes helpful to make you original. And then you wake up every day feeling good about what you’re doing. Right.

JV Crumm III 25:26
Exactly. And I really think what you’re talking about Adam is authenticity. Pretty much. Yeah, I was talking to someone this week, I’ve done over 2000 episodes, and we were talking about authenticity. And he has a podcast as well. And and I said you know I’ve never had to even worry about anything I said because I just always say the truth about who I am and for the most part conscious millionaire as a brand is really just a statement about JB Crum, the third and who I am and what my values are and what my message is and what the difference is I want to make in the world So after 2000 episodes, I’m not worried if somebody listened to all of them that they’d hear me saying inconsistent things, because they wouldn’t or saying something that, you know, I had to worry about how I was framing it because I’m never even thinking about that. I just go, you know, this is what I’m thinking. These are my thoughts on it’s like what we’re doing today. It evolves over time, but it’s always the same theme. It’s always the same values. And I think that’s important for you that if you’re having if you feel like you’re having to make up a brand that’s not authentic, exactly. crafting the brand, finding the right words and the right phrases that’s just about messaging. That’s not taking away from authenticity that’s about connecting. But it got to start with something that’s core to who you are. And I would say that what’s really core to conscious millionaire and you think about even the brand conscious millionaires and I’m all about personal growth. I’m all about evolving my company. Just inside lived in a Buddhist monastery to learn how to meditate. I, you know that right now I’m following Dr. Joe dispenza and doing some of his work, you know, but but I’m always about how do I uplift my consciousness, uplift the consciousness of other people how can and to me that’s about respect as well. It’s respecting each other for who we are as human beings right now on our journey. And then I discovered for me as much as I love personal development, if it is somehow connected to money, it doesn’t excite me as much. So for itself, we’re just going to do personal development for the sake of personal development. It isn’t quite as exciting to me as if we’re going to do personal development, and now we’re going to be able to build our business better. And now we’re going to put more money in the bank and make a bigger difference with our business. So I had to discover that that’s my unique personality. And then there are other people who just do personal growth and it’s only for the sake of personal growth, but that’s their personality. That’s their natural value system.

Adam G. Force 28:04
Yeah, well, and you know, I was going just back to like, you know, the idea of everyone being busy started is starting a podcast, a good idea for a startup and all that kind of stuff, especially just, you know, depending on when you do it. And I think that to your point, bringing the money factor, just real quick is, you know, I think that people forget that they have to have a clear path towards establishing a revenue channel, they get excited about just content production.

JV Crumm III 28:30
Well, they do and and I want to circle back to that. I just want to make one quick comment. Because I work in this conscious space. I mean, I never pick up the phone or get on a zoom call with anybody who isn’t interested in making this a better world. So I don’t attract people who just go Hey, give me the formula to put more money in the bank and three months, but that’s it. They don’t really care about the people. They’re helping others and hey, I just want more money. Those people never even contact me which is which is good. It means my market is working because I actually want them to go away, because it’s not the people that are my market. Right. But when we come back to the podcast once you have clarification of your one market one problem, one solution once you’re clear about that, because the podcast must mirror that, and that’s where a lot of people, that’s what I want to be clear about. That’s where a lot of people go awry. You say come up with some cool name. I do not think the name of the podcast is the place to start. I think designing the podcast is the place to start. And then you come up with a name. But they come up with some cool name, hey, I’m going to do it on this and go Yeah, but how does that relate to your market? How does it relate to your business? So the podcast to be a growth engine must be able to fit inside your business model? And then my answer is when should you start a podcast today? And that doesn’t mean Put out your first episode. I think it’s gonna take you a couple of a couple of months to really get it all put together right about the fact You can do that as a month. And then you’ve got to ask some people, you’ve got to get clarification of who your guests are. It’s not just anybody. It’s very specific. But putting a podcast out, I think I have a book. And I’m proud to say, because I’m a numbers geek, it was the number one book on Amazon number one in 34 categories with 50,000 downloads in three days when I launched it, but that was a, that was a coordinated marketing effort. I wish I could say that just the name of the book attracted all these people. But no, we marketed and it was a very carefully constructed marketing plan. But the point is, my book came out and that gave me credibility. The biggest thing I got out of my book so far is that I met Arianna Huffington. And, and it was at an event and I orchestrated meeting her and I’d already signed the book to her and she looked at it for three to four seconds and it does have a fantastic cover. I mean, trust me, I paid for that. I had three different coverages. designers’ before we got what I wanted, and she looked at me and she says, Would you like to be a writer for me? As I like to say, I may not be the smartest kid in the in the room, but I’m not the dumbest. I said, Yes. Right. And in two weeks, I had my own column on the Huffington Post for three and a half years, purely off of my book. And I wouldn’t have gotten it without the book. So the book really gives you credibility. But I don’t think there’s anything that will give you traction as quickly as having a podcast. It gives you access. I have so many A Levels celebrity people in our in our world, you know, who have been on my podcast that I’ve built friendships with, that I otherwise at most might have known them as a quote unquote student, not the same status, right as a podcast that’s successful. All of a sudden you’re an equal status. Your your In one world, they’re in another world. But the but you’re acknowledging each other on the same level. And, and a lot of them have become good friends, I never would have had access to those people without the podcast.

Adam G. Force 32:14
Yeah, I mean, that is one major benefit is building those relationships, also brand equity and things like that. I just I get nervous because there is a decent amount of planning and work behind a power test.

UnJV Crumm III 32:26
I have two full time people, there is a lot of work if you’re going to pull off what I pull off.

Adam G. Force 32:31
And that’s that’s the challenge though JV is that people, especially when you’re in your first couple years, they’re like, I’m gonna do all this. Well,

JV Crumm III 32:38
you know, Adam, that’s a great point. And in fact, a reference that I said I just put together a deal with someone who was on my show a joint venture deal. It’s actually we’ve already named it podcast gold. It’s where people can come have their podcast, literally done for them all the editing, all the uploading and it’s designed to monitor ties so that rather than focusing on doing what I did where you have 12 million listeners, because the likelihood you’re going to duplicate that is not high. But that’s not really what you want. What you really want is a podcast that gets out there and makes you money. Yes. And so we designed a whole program where, where the target is to get your podcast to six figure revenues from the podcast. And so if you want to know more about that, or any, any of my programs, I’m going to give you my cell phone. If you’re at six figures, you want to get the first million just just send me a text, I’m gonna give you the phone number, first million and your name. And if you want to start a podcast and you want to do it in a way that you don’t have to do most of the work, and we’re going to help you design it so you actually make money from it. That’s podcast gold. So either send first million podcast gold, whichever you’re interested in both if you want both, here’s my cell phone 303 6410401 so that’s in Denver. It’s the Mountain Time Zone. It’s 3036 for 10401 just text me, I’d love to hear from you. And yes, as you already know, from this call, I actually am the person who gets back with you. It’s not an assessor. It’s me and we’ll be on the phone talking.

Adam G. Force 34:25
Yeah, you know, it’s funny that that happened to you. I sometimes we have that that program drift on our site, or we did and people can chat with you. And I would get I have it on my phone. So something important came up, I would respond and be Hey, you know, and, and nobody would ever believe that. It was actually me. I guess it’s Yeah,

JV Crumm III 34:44
I think we’ve got so many bots in the world. Yeah. That the natural the natural responses. This is just a bot. Yeah, it’s like no, I don’t do that because I value it. value the personal relationship. It’s all about me helping people, you know, build their businesses and build their lives. And, And that, to me is personal. So, I mean, when I send out a broadcast email, everybody knows it’s a broadcast email. You know, it’s got stuff at the bottom that says that you can unsubscribe and all that. But I really put a lot of time into personal contact with people. And I think it makes a lot of difference.

Adam G. Force 35:24
Yeah, I think it’s important to it’s a powerful, powerful and important part of any business. Well, listen, JV, I want to be respectful of your time. So I know you gave a shout out for your podcasting program. Where else can people just find your website and stuff? I want to make sure you get a chance to shout that out.

JV Crumm III Speaker 35:40
Yeah, just go to conscious millionaire com. In fact, it’s very easy to find me because I go by my name JV Chrome, and I was fortunate to get that so whether it’s instagram or facebook, or, you know, LinkedIn or Twitter, it’s at JV chrome and that’s where you can find me or you can just go The website conscious millionaire comm you’ll see the podcast tab you can join on iTunes or Stitcher. I think at the present time we’re in 37 directories 38 actually directories. And so there’s lots of ways to discover that way. But that’s the direct way. And again, if you want, you’re at six figures, and you want to get the first million texts me and if you want to build a podcast gold, that’s why we named it that way. So you’re making money from it. just text me at 3030 sorry, 3036 for 10401. I’d love to hear from you.

Adam G. Force 36:38
Awesome. Thank you so much, JV. Appreciate your time today and all your fabulous expertise. Keep up the amazing work.

Unknown Speaker 36:44
Well, Adam, it’s my honor. I listen, just a big shout out. You’re listening. You’re listening to a great podcast you need to stay and keep listening to this podcast. And I just want to challenge you today to take one thing we discussed today. Put it into action in the next 24 hours. I love that I

Adam G. Force 37:04
love that takeaway. Appreciate it. Thank you so much JV.

Outro
That’s all for this episode. Your next step is to join the Change Creator revolution by downloading our interactive digital magazine app for premium content, exclusive interviews, and more ways to stay on top of your game available now on iTunes and Google Play or visit Change Creator mag. com. We’ll see you next time where money and meaning intersect right here at the Change Creator podcast.

Magento vs WooCommerce: Which is The Most Elite E-commerce Channel?

Principally, the expedition to hinge on the most pertinent e-commerce platform might seem a little nerve-cracking at times. To all iron-willed merchants who intend to make massive sales, it goes beyond the basics. In that context, I’ll presume that if you’re reading this piece, maybe you want to join the e-commerce bandwagon and make a decent ROI. If that’s the case, this is the only guide you need to start off your online business. At first glance, both Magneto and WooCommerce seem to have garnered some unwavering adhesion in the market. By and large, it’s sharp-witted to jump right in with well-informed insights. 

While there’s a remarkable dominance by the likes of Shopify and BigCommence, the two weigh in with distinctive features just to keep up with the pace. That being said, it’s wide of the mark to aimlessly suggest that Magneto is steadily gaining traction over WooCommerce, or vice versa. As things stand, the online retail model has an exceeding edge on Brick and Mortar stores.

This is where exactly the 3rd party channels come into play. For the most part, e-commerce merchants need a clear-sighted channel that comes with pleasing perks. Most imperatively, one which automates intricate transactions thus scaling their businesses by significant margins. Typically, it’s standard practice to give a run on each platform’s integrations, real-time reporting, inventory tracking, order processing, ease of use, CRM tools, and staff management, just to name a few functionalities. In actual fact, both Magneto and WooCommerce have free trial versions so worry no more.

Main Differences Between Magneto vs WooCommerce

The Main Differences between Magneto vs WooCommerce are:

  • Magneto is for bigger and established businesses, whereas WooCommerce is good for small businesses and beginners.
  • Magneto is more expensive, whereas WooCommerce has a cheaper price-tag.
  • Magneto offers a 24/7 support team, whereas WooCommerce doesn’t have a good support system. 

E-commerce scalability

In a large organization that needs a diverse sales channel, Magneto outshines WooCommerce by far if we are to look at everything from a scalability point of view. The latter is somewhat in the market to help small business owners build an online presence in the simplest way possible. Magneto allows you to explore the global market via its steady and definitive tools.

 Aside from the Open source plan, you can upgrade to the cloud e-commerce package which allows users to explore new functionalities. Of course, this comes at a fee which we’ll look into in comprehensively in just a moment. With such a plan at hand, a merchant can abundantly boost their sales by streamlining the shopping experience. Since it’s PCI compliant, you can include nearly all major payment methods.

As a retailer, you don’t want to be hit with maddening chargebacks every now and then. To that effect, Magneto’s premium plan enhances a secure checkout for all your customers no matter the geographical location.

Indeed, Magneto’s dashboard is quite versatile and allows merchants with multiple stores to manage transactions from a single point. If you were to go with WooCommerce, you’ll just hang on the minimum threshold. As you would expect from an ordinary 3rd party channel, it lets you access sales reports, manages orders, add products, and sort your inventory. Well, that might as well serve your business’ needs. However, the fact is, you might lose sight if you want to reach new heights.

Objectively and without bias, Magneto triumphs over WooCommerce in the management of demanding business setups. At the convenience of Magneto’s dashboard, you can sort the stock levels at various warehouses across the world, thus giving potential customers flexible order fulfillment options.

A screenshot of a cell phone Description automatically generated

Ease of Use

If you put both rivals into the test, WooCommerce comes out first quite remarkably. Since it’s an open-source platform built on WordPress, a beginner can easily download WordPress and perform tasks like theme customizations, set payment methods, shipping options, and many more. 

Magneto doesn’t present itself as a solution for individuals who are just about to venture into the e-commerce business. Please don’t get this the wrong way. It’s not ideal for rookies. If let’s say you want to personalize its enterprise omnichannel fulfillment process, you wouldn’t hack it without some expertise skills. This might sound a bit discouraging for users who lack the first-hand experience.

On the bright side, it has a better user interface design and striking themes that can be tweaked to suit any niche. 

Regardless, there are no regrets whatsoever if you go with Magneto so long as your skills to grasp the basics are quick on the uptake. Most of all, WooCommerce lays out the picture-perfect angle if you want to run an impressive blog section besides your online store. Many thanks to its integration capabilities with the popular WordPress CMS(content management system).beside

Pricing

This is where the debate gets a little heated. Notwithstanding that, let’s go with the assumption that you want to work with a balanced budget. Well, as mentioned earlier, both the WooCommerce plugin and WordPress CMS are absolutely free.It surely sounds like a promising starter pack for any individual who wants to run an effortless dropshipping business. 

Take note that you need to pay for the domain name, an SSL certificate, and WordPress hosting.The normal rate for a domain is $14.99/ year, while the SSL certificate goes for $69.99 per year. You might have to part with $7.99 per month for hosting. To have a fully functional WooCommerce site, these are some of the costs you’ll have to bear. 

Moreover, it gives you a range of pliable and cheap options as compared to Magneto.

Here’s why. 

You can alternatively go with Bluehost since it’s approved by WooCommerce as being a platform that gives more for less.Bluehost is generous enough to give you stable services at a low cost. As a beginner, Bluehost gives you viable offers which start from $6.95 per month. 

If you don’t intend to spend a penny on an all-inclusive theme, then you better go the WooCommerce way. Magneto has higher-priced themes than WooCommerce and this could be sort of far from a beginner’s budget. And the same goes for some of its high-end extensions which are costly as well. In actual fact, WooCommerce lets you use over 50,000 WordPress extensions for free. 

Even so, Magneto leaves you spoilt for choice. It has a couple of versions to pick from. Apart from the Open Source version which comes for free, there’s a Commerce plan which is compatible with fast-growing businesses. The enterprise edition which is customized by an expert, to be precise, would cost you anything above $100,000 to get your store fully operational. 

Clear sources indicate that a proficient Magneto developer charges anything between $65- $150 per hour. That being so, Magneto seems like a solution for business owners who need to expand their parameters by significant margins.  

What is Magneto?

Magneto is an e-commerce platform that uses open source technology to allow a retailer to build an online store that streamlines the entire shopping and checkout experience. That’s just a scratch on the surface. 

It predominantly suits the group of users who have professional experience. And by this, I mean web development skills or its equivalent. This platform is overpriced for quite a number of sensible reasons. One of them being its global merchandising capacity. 

It allows you to meet the ever-growing customer demand via an automated order management system. But that’s not all. Since it’s a cloud-based platform, you get accurate data reports in real-time. 

In any startup, the decision to make strides towards more revenue is often accompanied by clear insights. Magneto’s commercial dashboard is one tool that includes all elements designed to help the user make data-driven decisions. 

This platform seems to understand how practical it should be while trying to sort information from all actions happening in your site. To illustrate further, Magneto’s business intelligence gives you the most exquisite possibility to manage your enterprise through comprehensible data.

Your customers can easily build trust in your model since Magneto integrates with notable carriers(DHL, China Post). Its shipping system is aligned in a manner that helps to cut costs, yet at the same time, fulfill orders globally.

Who should use Magneto?

You should choose this platform if you’re more into B2B sales and want to boost your conversion rates in a forward-looking manner. On the whole, it seems like an ideal solution for mid-sized and large enterprises that want to grow their stores, brands, and fulfillment centers in the global space.

For the reason that a checkout process needs to be secure from both ends, any merchant who needs a system that is PCI compliant should consider using Magneto. As a further matter, you should depend on it if you need to include payment gateways like PayPal or Braintree.

If you do some digging, you’ll realize that there’s a prevalence of transactions coming from mobile devices. In that case, Magneto is fully optimized to be mobile-friendly. If most of your sales come from mobile users, Magneto could be the ultimate tool to help you work with responsive pages and ease the checkout experience. This lowers the bounce rates quite impressively. If you know what I mean.

In the competitive field of e-commerce, using an omnichannel is quite needful. On that note, this platform is meant for merchants who need to synchronize transactions from both their online and physical stores.Currently, most retailers are choosing to go the bricks and clicks way in a bid to make sales from both ends.  Most importantly, it suits retailers who have prior skills related to web development.

 Pros of Magneto

  1. Supports scalability for enterprises with goals to meet the global demand
  2. Has a sturdy B2B compatibility
  3. Advanced payment gateway integrations
  4. Multistore management from a single point
  5.  Comes with a couple of versions to pick from- Enterprise, Open source, cloud e-commerce and many more
  6. It has a versatile order fulfillment system
  7. Magneto has a dedicated customer support
  8. Several functionalities to play around with- product catalogs, shipping options.

Cons of Magneto

  1. It’s a bit costly to operate your business on Magneto
  2. Most of its extensions come with a price tag
  3. The frontend is quite complex for beginners
  4. Its maintenance routine is pretty much demanding

What is WooCommerce?

WooCommerce is an ecommerce platform that is popularly known for its plugin capacity with WordPress. By use of its powerful functionality, you can come up with a user-oriented online store.

Technically, It’s an open-source solution. Let me break down the jargon. Since both WooCommerce and WordPress are free, you can download and begin using its features instantly. 

Put differently, It gives you the space to sell any product or service no matter the location. First thing, you need to find a good hosting service from up-standing companies like Bluehost or Siteground. WooCommerce allows you to operate on a tested content management system which is proven to produce desired results. Not only does it have free customizable themes, but also allows you to get hold of over 400 extensions which link to your online store quite easily. 

If you need a professional WooCommerce theme, you might have to spend a few bucks. That’s not alarming, owing to the fact that premium themes come with higher security standards.

Its ease of use makes it an absolute choice for a beginner, unlike Magneto which needs a little more expertise. In regards to SEO, it integrates with external plugins like Yoast which helps you with your website’s optimization.

WooCommerce includes basic features you might need while sorting your products. It’s coupled with options to set product variants, SKU’s, set checkout pages,add the common payment options, and issue coupons to your loyal customers.

Together with that, it has both free and premium plugins which help you with shipment tracking, discounts, tax rules, recurring expenses, and payment processor integrations.

So who really needs to be head over heels for WooCommerce? Here’s a plain English answer….

Well, putting everything into consideration, it’s right to say that this is a faultless model for users with little or no experience at all in the e-commerce niche. In the event where things get a bit knotty, you can use the tutorials and articles on its support page to make all configurations. If you’re on a tight budget, WooCommerce has got you sorted since it’s free. 

It goes without saying that this plugin is simple and intuitive. If what you’re looking for is a channel that makes fine adjustments on your workflows and customizations a smooth sail, then you better give it a shot.

Besides that, you should consider this platform if you want to spend less on hosting. WooCommerce dropshipping sends automated emails to your suppliers anytime an order is made. It’s a plus since your customers get their products on time.  

Pros of WooCommerce

  1. Easy to make configurations
  2. Comes with a plugin to WordPress
  3. Has cheaper hosting options
  4. Wide range of themes to choose from
  5. Easier to learn as compared to Magneto
  6. It has advanced features for bigger online stores
  7. It’s costs less to maintain your site here

Cons of WooCommerce

  1. Initial configurations might take most of your time if you aren’t privy to the basics.
  2. Lacks a centralized support system. You have to source hosting from 3rd party services.
  3. Not ideal for scaling your business to an enterprise-grade level.

Magento vs WooCommerce: The Full Comparison. 

Here’s why you might need to place reliance on Magneto;                                           

Customer Support

As you may know, a prompt response is the most ideal strategy to relieve a customer’s pain. In this context, Magneto transcends over WooCommerce via its 24/7 live support. In the event of any hitches, Magneto users are certainly in the best position to have their issues resolved on time. That aside, it has an engaging community of skilled developers who help out skillfully on all sorts of configurations.

Scalability

To all intents and purposes, Magneto is tailor-made to suitably fit a wide array of niches. What does this mean? It comes with advanced functionalities to tweak your store in an elaborate manner. Not to mention its intuitive and customizable themes  But here’s the catch. In exchange for optimized processes, say, for instance, to boot up the checkout process, Magneto charges a few bucks for some of its premium plugins. 

This implies it’s built for merchants whose products have the prospects to cut above the bare minimum. For that reason, Magneto is a perfect fit only if you’ve got some prior skills. If not, you might need to hire an expert. And here’s why. To manage a giant e-commerce website, you need a CMS platform which gives you the leeway to boost your store’s performance. 

Multiple plans

Technically speaking, Magneto brings on board, several options to play around with. At the present moment, the platform offers the Magneto Open Source(formerly known as the Magneto Community), Magneto Enterprise, and Magneto Commerce cloud. Quite extensively, each version has its eccentric features. If your business is closely within sight of scaling to the next level, making an upgrade would be a no-brainer.

Security

 We must allude to the fact that cybercrime is staggeringly on the mainstream. Going by facts, a study in 2015 indicated that over 30,000 websites are hacked each day. Magneto strives to fend off such vulnerabilities. That’s not to say WooCommerce doesn’t mitigate possible hacking attempts. However, Magneto seems a bit more proactive. It releases updated security patches every so often which monitors your site to detect any form of malware or security breaches of any kind.

On the flip side, here’s what makes WooCommerce look more glossy and quite up to the task;

Cost

 Moneywise, we can’t overlook how WooCommerce tends to be quite budget-friendly. First off, it’s free and serves its users with handy extensions. Here, you don’t necessarily need to spend a dime on expensive plugins.

Simply put, WooCommerce offers more for way less. If you’re a clueless beginner in need of basic but actionable tools, then look no further. Since it’s built on light structures, hosting expenses are less as compared to Magneto which syncs with premium extensions. You can count on 3rd party hosting services which charges extremely low fees. Bluehost, in particular, has WooCommerce hosting solutions which start from $6.95 per month. 

Aside from that, it has themes which cost between $5 to $200. Magneto, on the other hand, has an enterprise plan which starts from $22,000 annually. The Magneto cloud commerce plan costs $2,000 per year including the hosting services.

Suppose you want to work with a managed WordPress hosting, you can count on providers like Liquid Web or WPEngine. It’s certain that WooCommerce is quite reasonable on the users’ pockets. 

Ease of Use

Interesting enough, WooCommerce scores a notch higher if we are to put user-friendliness into the equation. It’s fine-tuned to accommodate all newbies. WooCommerce gives online merchants the most compatible integration point to over 50,000 plugins on WordPress.

Reasoning from this fact, a user can make the most out of the tool to craft SEO focused blogs which can viably drive traffic to the online store. So just you know, no coding skills whatsoever are needed. In this regard, WooCommerce takes the lead. 

FAQ (Frequently Asked Questions)

Does WooCommerce integrate with WordPress?

Yes, it does. Here’s how you can add WooCommerce to your WordPress website;
1. Log in your WordPress account
2. Go to plugins
3. Choose ‘WooCommerce’
4. Click the ‘Install Now’ button
5. Select ‘Activate Now’ and the WooCommerce wizard will be ready to run

Is WooCommerce SEO friendly?

The primary fact that it runs on WordPress makes it an excellent fit to improve your SEO. Also, it accommodates other plugins which you can use to make your site reach the target audience.

What’s the difference between WordPress plugin and a WooCommerce extension?

WooCommerce extensions are part of WordPress plugins. That’s to say, you have to install it in the same manner as other WordPress plugins. Despite the fact that WooCommerce extensions are free, you may need to pay for some of the WordPress plugins.

Can you use Magneto with WordPress?

At this point in time, there’s an extension for Magneto known as FishPig. This free tool allows you to integrate your account with a WordPress blog. In this manner, you can boost your SEO performance by creating  audience focused content for your Magneto’s online store. It connects fully to your Magneto theme and this means customers won’t have to leave your blog if they want to access the store.

Is Magneto the best eCommerce Platform?

Well, this answer varies due to a number of dynamics. It’s difficult to suggest that Magneto is the best e-commerce platform considering the dominance of other channels in the market.

Magneto is not the best platform If you don’t have much startup capital. The likes of Shopify, WooCommerce, and 3dcart are best positioned in such a situation. On the contrary, Magneto seems like the most scalable among other platforms.

Alternatives to Try

Shopify 

In all candidness, I’d say that Shopify has all the mainstream basics you’d need for your dropshipping journey. The good thing about Shopify is that you don’t necessarily need a developer to get things up and running.

In other terms, almost everything on Shopify is plug-and-play and carries a high degree of user-friendliness. In relation to scalability, Shopify allows you to choose a plan that suits your needs. As a beginner, you can upload products, manage inventory, and create promotional campaigns from a single dashboard. 

It has a versatile app store which includes several free and paid apps to boost your store’s performance. Shopify’s checkout process is responsive and is optimized to fit any device; whether a mobile device or a desktop computer.

It’s user interface and design is incomparable. This makes its ease of use in a class by itself. If you’re of the view that Magneto is a bit off the budget, Shopify can be a high-standard alternative. 

The basic plan, for instance, costs $29 per month and comes with lots of benefits. This package allows you to create two staff accounts, upload an unlimited number of products, and process all major credit cards. This channel integrates with the popular Oberlo app which makes your dropshipping a whole lot easier. Once you sync the two together, you can import products from AliExpress to your online store. 

BigCommerce

This channel is against all odds, a suitable tool to start off your business across any niche in the e-commerce industry.

Numbers don’t lie. Currently, there are over 95,000 online stores built on the BigCommerce platform. Without doubt,  this channel is robust and gives viable flexibility to scale your business in the same way Magneto does. Here, you can sync your inventory to manage your online stores on big retail companies such as Amazon, eBay, or even Facebook.

The plans on BigCommerce range anywhere between $29.95 to $249.95 per month. The standard plan gives you unlimited storage capacity and allows both credit card and Paypal payments. No transaction fees guys! Each package comes with its own capabilities. If your sales increase over time, you can upgrade to the best applicable plan. 

Besides the multi-channel selling feature, you can customize your shipping options, improve the site’s SEO, and make good use of its paid themes(over 100 to select from). The templates can be adjusted to fit any business niche you might have in mind. 

3dcart

For those who don’t know, this platform dates all the way back in 1997. So here’s the glitz and glamour about 3dcart. It’s a well-aligned channel for mobile sales on social media tools like Pinterest, Facebook, and Instagram. This is very much possible since it has futuristic APIs which have the capacity to integrate with eCommerce related apps.

Looking at its ease of use, a beginner can catch up with the essentials quite fast. Ordinarily, you should expect things like order processing, product management marketing, and reports to be uncomplicated. Its dashboard has passed the above test fairly.

 It also has a variety of plans to choose from. They start from as low as $9.99 per month to as high as $99.99 per month. 

Over and above that, each plan has services like domain registration, live customer support, a facebook store and integration with over 100 payment providers. 

Magneto vs WooCommerce – Final Verdict

All things considered, it’s clear-cut that both platforms have multifaceted strengths and downsides as well. As a beginner, things are pretty much plain sailing if you set up an online store on WooCommerce. Its navigation tools are uncomplicated. Moreover, it ultimately requires less capital. 

Being that as it may, this platform is suitably designed for small-sized businesses. If you’re well versant with WordPress, WooCommerce is, by all means, a match made in heaven since it entirely runs on this popular website builder.

Contrastingly, Magneto is a faultless channel for merchants with demanding B2B e-commerce needs and want comprehensive integrations. This utterly justifies its highly-priced Enterprise plan which allows business scalability to newer heights. 

Further read: